Cash Mangement.pdf

Cash Management in SAP S/ 4HANA

PARTICIPANT HANDBOOK INSTRUCTOR-LED TRAINING Course Version: 03 Course Duration: 2 Day(s) Material Number: 50135511

SAP Copyrights and Trademarks © 2016 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company. All rights reserved.

No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permission of SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company. SAP and other SAP products and services mentioned herein as well as their respective logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of SAP SE (or an SAP affiliate company) in Germany and other countries. Please see http://global12.sap.com/corporate·en/legal/copyright/index.epx for additional trademark information and notices. Some software products marketed by SAP SE and its distributors contain proprietary software components of other software vendors. National product specifications may vary. These materials are provided by SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company for informational purposes only. without representation or warranty of any kind. and SAP SE or its affiliated companies shall not be liable for errors or omissions with respect to the materials. The only warranties for SAP SE or SAP affiliate company products and services are those that are set forth in the express warranty statements accompanying such products and services. if any. Nothing herein should be construed as constituting an additional warranty. In particular. SAP SE or its affiliated companies have no obligation to pursue any course of business outlined in this document or any related presentation. or to develop or release any functionality mentioned therein. This document. or any related presentation. and SAP SE's or its affiliated companies' strategy and possible future developments. products. and/or platform directions and functionality are all subject to change and may be changed by SAP SE or its affiliated companies at any time for any reason without notice. The information in this document is not a commitment. promise, or legal obligation to deliver any material. code. or functionality. All forward-looking statements are subject to various risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from expectations. Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. which speak only as of their dates. and they should not be relied upon in making purchasing decisions.

© Copyright All rights reserved.

Typographic Conventions American English is the standard used in this handbook. The following typographic conventions are also used.

This information is displayed in the instructor's presentation

Demonstration

a

Procedure

'V

v v

Warning or Caution

Hint

Related or Additional Information

Facilitated Discussion

iv

A

0

» .....

User interface control

Example text

Window title

Example text

©Copyright.All rights reserved.

Contents vu

Course Overview

1

Unit 1:

Lesson: Describing SAP HANA and SAPS/ 4HANA

2 11

Overview of Financials for SAP S/ 4HANA

Unit 2:

12 22

Overview of SAP Cash Management

Lesson: Defining the Functions of SAP Cash Management Lesson: Describing a technical components of SAP Cash Management

33 35

Unit 3:

Bank Account Management

Lesson: Using the Bank Account Management Solution

53

Exercise 1: Add a new Bank and Review the Bank Account Hierarchy Exercise 2: Conduct a Fuzzy Search

55 57 59

Exercise 3: Define a Bank Account Group Exercise 4: Create New Bank Master Data

61

Exercise 5: Add Bank Master Data to Bank Account Hierarchy

63

Exercise 6: Define Bank Master Data as House Bank

65

Exercise 7: Define Common Account Properties in the New

67

Bank Account Master Data Exercise 8: Maintain a Connectivity Path

69

Exercise 9: Define Overdraft Limits

71

Exercise 10: Define Payment Signatories for Approving

73

Payments Exercise 11: Upload Attachments Exercise 12: View Change History

75 77

Exercise 13: Open a New Bank Account When Workflow is Activated

85

Exercise 14: Review the Tools Available for Approvers

87

Exercise 15: Implement a Mass Signatory Change Approval Exercise 16: Initiate the Bank Account Review Process

91

Exercise 17: Upload and Download Bank Accounts Exercise 18: Generate a Foreign Bank Account Report

95 97

Exercise 19: List Employees who have Signature Authority over the Foreign Bank Accounts

99 103

121

Lesson: Customizing Bank Account Management Lesson: Setting up data for Bank Account Management


127

Unit 4:

128

Lesson: Using Cash Operations Exercise 20: Access the Cash Position App Exercise 21: Use the Cash Position Details App

149 153 155 157

Exercise 22: Check Cash Flow Items

163 170

Exercise 24: Track a Bank Transfer

Exercise 23: Make a Bank Transfer Lesson: Customizing Cash Operations Lesson: Setting up data for Cash Operations

180

183

Unit 5:

184

Liquidity Management

201

Lesson: Using Liquidity Management Exercise 25: Start a Process Instance Exercise 26: Enter a Liquidity Plan

205

Lesson: Customizing Liquidity Management

199

231 232 236

VI

Cash Operations

Unit 6:

One Exposure from Operations

Lesson: Customizing and Data Setup Lesson: Storing Data


Course Overview

TARGET AUDIENCE This course is intended for the following audiences:

•

Application Consultant

•

Super I Key I Power User


vii

E"

VIII


Overview of Financials for SAP S/4HANA

Lesson 1 Describing SAP HANA and SAP S/4HANA

2

UNIT OBJECTIVES •

Describe SAP HANA and SAP S/4HANA

•

Describe SAP Fiori


1�

Unit 1 Lesson 1 Describing SAP HANA and SAP S/ 4HANA

LESSON OBJECTIVES After completing this lesson. you will be able to:

•


•

Describe SAP Fiori

SAP HANA and SAP S/ 4HANA

Last 2 years

9 0 0/o _

of the world data was generated

Next 2 years

growth in adoption of business networks

End of 2020

2128·�

"Things" will be connected

By 2020

98

Mobile users in the world

In 2014

51°/o

Of workloads processed in the cloud

Figure 1: The 1/1/orld Is Now Digital

By the end of 2009. 5o/o of the world's population owned smartphones. Four years later that figure jumped to 22%. Currently, 1.7 billion people are on social networks. Over the next three years that audience will surpass 2.55 billion. By 2020. 5 billion people will enter the middle class and come online. while 50 billion devices will be connected to the Internet of Things. creating a digital network of virtually everything. And cloud computing - a $41 billion business in 2011 - will grow to a $241 billion business in that same time frame. The exponential growth of mobile devices. social media. cloud technologies and the amazing amounts of data they generate have transformed the way we live and work. In fact. 61% of companies report that most of their people use smart devices for everything from e-mail to project management to content creation. While all of these advancements have improved our lives and have provided us with greater opportunities for innovation than ever before. they have also accelerated the rise of an entirely new problem to contend with: unprecedented and crippling complexity that suffocates innovation. The world may be getting smarter. but it has not gotten any easier.

2


Lesson: Describing SAP HANA and SAP S/4HANA

Mass consumerization of IT means online purchasing, banking, completing on line applications becomes commonplace. How much digital data did you create today? Part of this data might be of interest to some organizations but they can only integrate it with their core business processes if they run SAPS/ 4HANA.

DEEP

•

•

DEEP

HIGH SPEED

HIGH SPEED BROAD

SIMPLE

REAL -TIME

SIMPLE

Figure 2: Trade-Off· Broad and Deep or Speedy and Simple

With the existing system architecture. you have to make a trade-off: either going for a Broad and Deep Analysis or Speedy and Simple reporting. With existing technologies. optimizing across the five dimensions shown in figure. Trade-Off Broad and Deep or Speedy and Simple. is not possible. Therefore. you can decide to go deep and broad with your business warehouse systems or have high speed but simple reports from your data. In both scenarios. real time updates are difficult. almost impossible to design. In a data warehouse environment updates occur overnight with nightly batch jobs. In the last few years. there have been significant advances in technology that application developers are able to take advantage of to build smarter and more powerful applications. The following list outlines this technology and the advances made: •

Multi-core processors: Enables parallelism of tasks. more throughput of data. and faster processing to give real· time responses.

•

Large memory: Enables users to fit an entire organization's database in memory. This means that we lose the mechanical spinning disk and the associated latency.

•

On-board cache: Enables data to rapidly pass between the memory and CPU cores. In the past. even with large memory. this was a bottleneck as CPUs were demanding more data and the journey from memory to CPU was not optimal.

•

Server flexibility


3�

Unit 1: Overview of Financials tor SAP S/4HANA

Enables organizations to slot more servers into their landscape to add more processing power or memory to scale to any size. •

CPU specific coding Enables organizations to choose the best performing software for their server CPUs. SAP re-wrote their business application software to fully exploit new hardware and innovations. They also worked closely with leading hardware partners. who shared the product blueprints of their new CPU architectures. to write the very best modern software to extract every drop of power.

•

Cloud computing Enables organizations to increase access for everyone to the latest solutions. reducing the costs and simplifying everything. Virtualizing machines means lower costs of running enterprise wide applications.

Transactions+ Analysis + Acceleration processes separated

Transact

Anatyze

One individual copy of data for Transact.ions+ Analysis, all in Memory

Accelerate

3 copies of data in different data models • Inherent data latency • Poor innovation leading to wastage

Eliminate unnecessary complexity & latency • Less hardware to manage Accelerate through innovation, simplification+ in-memory

figure 3: The Vision of SAP HANA

For more than 20 years. organizations have been using specialist software· usually with additional hardware· to extract transform and load (ETL) data from transactional systems to dedicated reporting systems. Based on the technology available at the time. this was the optimal way to provide a holistic view of business data with good response times (especially when you add accelerator software/hardware). Online transactional processing (OL TP) was separated from online analytic processing (OLAP) because of the database design of OLTP and OLAP. A database model was either built for OL TP optimization or OLAP optimization, but not both. This bought with it complexity, redundancy, and latency. Therefore. it was usually a two day process to extract the data. load it into a reporting system. and then make the business figures available for analysis. The database. which supports S/4HANA (SAP HANA") can handle both OLTP and OLAP processing from a single data model. Therefore, we do not need to move transactional data to a separate system. This means transactional and analytical applications run off the same tables and data is available in real-time at every level of detail.

4



index

aggregate

Additional code needed to improve performance

mdex

aggregate

Code essential to the core functions

aggregate

Additional DB objects needed to improve performance

DB objects essential to the core functions

Figure 4: Remove Cornptexrty with SAP S/4HANA

Traditional applications were built on a hierarchical data model. Detailed data was summarized into higher level layers of aggregates to help system performance. On top of aggregates we built more aggregates and special versions of the database tables to support special applications. So as well as storing the extra copies of data. we also had to build application code to maintain extra tables and keep the up-to-date. Database indexes improve access speed because they are based on common access paths to data. However. they must be constantly dropped and rebuilt each time the tables are updated, therefore more code is required to manage this process. The traditional data model is complex. and a complex data model causes the application code to be complex. It has been found that up to 70°/o of application code is built specifically for the performance of an application and adds no value to the core business function. With a complex data model and complex code. enhancements and integration with other applications are difficult, and simply not agile. Using SAP HANA. we can aggregate from any line item table in sub seconds. We don't need pre-built aggregates. SAP HANA can generate any view of the data at runtime, all from the same source tables. SAP HANA organizes data using a column stores. which means indexes are usually not needed. They can still be created but usually offer minor improvement. So in addition to losing the aggregates and indexes from the database, we can remove huge amounts of application code that deals with aggregates and indexes. We are left with a simplified core data model and simplified application code. This makes it much easier to enhance applications and integrate additional functions.


5�


�·"····

succ-..tactors� �....-. \\\ l"IU.OOL.48&

�AAIBA"

(,} hy1nis software

C•J hybns software

(,} hybris software

A•• t3ICONCUR ---� \\\ ,ri.oo

Figure 5: SAPS/4HANA Core and Lines of Business Solutions

SAPS/ 4HANA is built natively and optimally to run only on the SAP HANA platform. and it covers many applications. It is not a single product. customers can start with the basic components and add more later. S/ 4HANA Enterprise Management is a great place to start. This is known as the simplified core and can be considered as the replacement for SAP ERP. Here we find support for all core business processes. such as quotation to cash, procure to pay. and so on. For many customers. this is where their S/4HANA adoption begins. S/4HANA Enterprise Management can be easily integrated with SAPS/ 4HANA Lines of Business (LoB) solutions. These options can be added at any time and provide best-in-class lines of business solutions and connections to SAP Business Networks. Customers can choose the LoB solutions that suit their businesses. In the past. we had multiple add-on applications surrounding the core with overlapping models and redundancy (for example. SAP CRM and SAP SRM surrounded the core ECC). In SAP S/4HANA these overlaps and redundancies have been completely removed.

6



SAP S/ 4HANA Finance

�velop and Translate Strategy

Planning, Budgeting and Fore<:asting

Profitabiity and Cost Management Monitoring and

Rel)Oltlng

Accounting

Entity Close

Payments and Bank

Receivables

Enterprise Risk

Communications

Managemerit

MMagement

Cash and Liquidity

Collaborative Invoice to Pay

Controls and Compliance

International Trade Management

Man.agement

Debt and

Management

Corporate Close

Investment Management

Travel Management

Reporting and Disclosure

Flnanclal Risk Management

Financial Shared Services

Fraud Management

Fln.anclal Cbse Governance

Commodity Risk Management

Real Estate Management

Audit Management

Figure 6: Functional Completeness of the Solution

SAP provides a fully integrated platform. based on the latest technology trends. to allow finance to lead the transformation to digital business. The figure. Functional Completeness of the Solution, shows the functional completeness of SAP S/4HANA Finance. All aspects of financial requirements across all roles are supported in granular solution areas. Related SAP Links

The following table outlines links to SAP and SAPS/ 4HANA related sites and material: Table 1: Related SAP Links Where

What

Link

sap.com

SAP HANA

http://hana.sap.com/

SAP Service Marketplace

Hybrid Scenarios

http://service.sap.com/ public/hybrid

sap.com

SAP S/4HANA Help Portal

https://help.sap.com/ s4hana

sap.com

SAP S/4HANA LoB Finance

http://go.sap.com/ solution/lob/finance/ s4hana-finance-erp.html


7�


SAP Fiori

Instant Value

All sizes, devices, versions, channels

Decomposition into task-based experience

1·1·3 (1 user, 1 use case, 3 screens)

Apps that speak the same language

Low barrier to adoption

Figure 7: SAP Fiori User Experience (UX) Paradigm

The following list details the five pillars of the SAP Fiori" user experience (UX) paradigm: •

Role-based: Users have access to the apps where they perform their tasks. and the apps are specific to completing this task.

•

Responsive: The application interface is responsive. it adapts to the size and device used to access it.

•

Simple: Simple app scope, one user, one use case, up to three screens for each app.

•

Coherent: Apps are developed with a coherent structure, all speak the same language, and can be implemented in multiple landscapes and environments.

•

Instant value: Instant value through a low adoption barrier. both on the IT-system side and on the user-adoption side.

."

. ._..

-.

Transactional

Factsheets

·� •,

.. -.... lliE.].

•

•

.,,....� • e o e • •

--- -=--- ·-., =. ·-

··--- -•

• Ouctoet Y$ CO$t$ • 0.....-rty - -

... --?>- . . • 125.5.

....... _..,._,. _

�..

- -

75.11 .. :._

28

1200h

'I'

-Analytical

••

1..:,00.00

----

-··-

4ht

u,.10

--· - -·- ..".

.... ·-=:::-:::

•

•

., •

--· 0 •

Figure 8: What is SAP Fiori?

Transactional SAP Fiori apps offer task-based access to tasks like change, create, display (documents. master records). or entire processes with guided navigation.

8



Analytical SAP Fiori apps provide insight into action. They give you a visual overview of complex topics for monitoring or tracking purposes. Factsheets give you the opportunity to search and explore your data. They provide a 360 degree view of essential information about an object and contextual navigation between related objects. SAP Fiori Launchpad

_, _ ----· ---.d -· --- .._,__- "'-........... --- ---·- + ---·· ---· ---. . --

Stable URLs for bookmarking and sharing

...••

Search, collaboration and feeds

.348.

6

"--

• 21

.,....,-. ••• •

.63.

.72.32. 115

w

Iii tt, .-.n.,,

Multiple Devices

2

'4

Multiple Platforms

SAP Fiori Active Tiles, Provides the most impactful real-time information and KPls at a glance

Figure 9: SAP Fiori Launchpad - One Entry Point for the User

The SAP Fiori launchpad is a shell that hosts SAP Fiori apps. and provides services such as navigation. personalization. embedded support. and application configuration. It is also the entry point to SAP Fiori apps on mobile and desktop devices. The launchpad displays a home page with tiles. which can display live status indicators. such as the number of open tasks. Each tile represents a business application that the user can launch The SAP Fiori apps on the home page are arranged in tile groups. The user can personalize the layout of the home page by grouping, moving. and removing tiles. The user can also add, delete. rename, and reorder groups. The ability to personalize the home page must be enabled in the launchpad configuration. To add tiles to groups. the launchpad provides a tile catalog, which displays all the tiles that are available to a user.


9�


SAP Fiori Launchpad User Personalization End users can personalize the tiles in their Fiori Launchpad environment.

12.l4

Add new lite lo catalog

Enter the Title of the new tile and threshold

-

-

12.34

12.34

12.34

-

-

Search the new tile in the catalog and add to Launchpad

figure 10: SAP Fiori Launchpad User Personahzation

The following personalization options are available in SAP Fiori launchpad: •

Adding applications from the catalog assigned to them

•

Removing applications that they do not want to use

•

Modifying and adding applications for filtered report results

For example, if the user is a group cash manager who is interested in the German market, the user can create an application to take them directly to the cash position of the German market. They can arrive at the cash position directly with one click from the SAP Fiori launchpad home page. Related SAP Links Table 2: Related SAP Links Where

What

Link


Note 2214245

http://service.sap.com/sap/ support/notes/2214245

SAP S/4HANA "SAP FIORI FOR SAP S/4HANA 1511": Release information SAP Service Marketplace

Note 2233501 SAP S/4HANA1511: Restric· tion Note for S/4HANA Fi· nance

http://service.sap.com/sap/ support/notes/2233501

LESSON SUMMARY You should now be able to:

10

•


•

Describe SAP Fiori


Overview of SAP Cash Management

Lesson 1

12

Defining the Functions of SAP Cash Management

Lesson 2

22

Describing a technical components of SAP Cash Management

UNIT OBJECTIVES

•

Define the position of SAP Cash Management in the overall Treasury solution map of SAP

,

Define the main functions and business values of SAP Cash Management

•

List the main features of Cash Operations

•

List the main features of Bank Account Management

•

List the main features of Liquidity Management

•

Describe the technical components and architecture of SAP Cash Management

,

Enable end users with the new user interface of Fiori and Smart Business


11

E"

Unit 2 Lesson 1 Defining the Functions of SAP Cash Management

LESSON OBJECTIVES After completing this lesson. you will be able to: •


•


•


•


•


SAP Cash Management Functions Scenario You are interested in the SAP Cash Management solution. because you want to get an overview of the functions and features that can help you to run your company's cash management area more effectively. You are particularly interested in understanding what benefits you can gain from implementing SAP Cash Management in your SAP ERP system. End-to-End Treasury and Risk Management Treasury Payments and Bank

communications Cash and Ltqu1drty Management

Debt and Investment

Management Financial Risk

Management Suite Capabilities

'

Ris.k Jde.ntification

Risk Quantification

Type and Origin of Risk

ExpOStJre Mgmt

She•od Setvic:e Center

Foundation

.

Wodung Capital

.

Management HANA Platlorm

Comrnod,ty Risk Man•gement Rapid 0eplo)'111enl Soutions (RDS)

Anllyllcs

SAP Cash Management Treasury Solution Map, Edition 2014

Figure 11: End-to-End Treasury and Risk Management Treasury Solution Map

12


Lesson: Defining the Functions of SAP Cash Management

In the figure, End-to-End Treasury and Risk Management Solution Map, SAP Cash Management is part of the SAP Cash and Liquidity Management solution, which includes the following components: •

Cash operations

•

Liquidity management

•

Bank account management

Integrated Treasury and Cash Platform SAP Treasury and Cash • FX Managemenl

Market Places

• Limit Management

• Debt Management

• Exposure Management • Investment Managemeot • Hedge Management • ccrresooedeece Framewort • RI� Manag&ment

liFXall'

Banks

• Payments Liqu1d1ty Management

• In House Bani<. • Bank Statements

Market Data

REUTERS

Cash Operations

t

• Momtonng • Status


Management • Signatory

One Exposure

Bloomberg

SAP HANA Platform + SAP S/4HANA Finance soumon

t ,-----------------------------------------------------------�

'

: •,

•

.

.

AP/AFI.

SAP

Others

��:! �' ,

Figure 12: Integrated Treasury and Cash Platform

The Integrated Treasury and Cash Platform is a solution built on the SAP HANA platform. It is part of the SAPS/ 4HANA Finance solution. One Exposure serves as its technical foundation. with Bank Account Management. Cash Mapped Operations. and Liquidity Management for SAP Cash Management layered upon it. SAP Treasury and Cash Management integrates into other SAP and non-SAP systems through One Exposure. The SAP Treasury and Cash Solution also provides solution functionality relevant to the following areas: •

Payments

•

Transactions

•

In-house bank

•

Bank statements

•

Monitoring status management

•

Signatory management

SAP Treasury and Cash Management also provides transaction management functions like FX management. Debt Management. and so on. Using the interface, market place information and market data accounts can be imported into the SAP Treasury and Cash Management solution. The solution can be connected to the banks via different channels. for example, by Swift and SAP Financial Services Network (SAP FSN).


13

E"

Unit 2: Overview of SAP Cash Management

SAP Cash Management Instant Insight on SAP HANA

SAP Cash Management Centralized Bank Account Management

!lll;•c+

Intuitive User Experience all devices

Daily Cash Operations and Cash Position

SAP Accounting powered by SAP HANA

Liquidity

Forecast

Cash Flow Analysis

Rolling L1qu,d1ty

Planning

SAP Integrated Business Planning for finance

Simple Finance Add·On for SAP Business Suite powered by SAP HANA

Flexible and Non-disruptive cloud or on premise

(�I IIA Business Suite on SAP HANA

figure 13: SAP Cash Management

SAP Cash Management is a part of the SAPS/ 4HANA Finance solution. which includes two other products. SAP Accounting powered by SAP HANA and SAP Integrated Business Planning for finance. SAP Cash Management provides the following major functionality: •

Centralized bank account management

•

Daily cash operations

•

Cash position

•

Liquidity forecast

•

Cash flow analysis

•

Rolling liquidity planning

The whole solution provides an instant insight by leveraging SAP HANA to the end users as part of the suite. The solution also provides an intuitive user experience. supporting different devices like laptops. iPads. and smartphones. The solution can be deployed in cloud or onpremise.

14



SAP Cash Management: Benefits • Bank Account Management - Centralized Bank Account Management - Better Lifecycle Management for Bank Accounts - Master Data Fully Charged by Business Users

• Cash Operations - Short Term Cash Positions Analysis - Make and Track Bank Transfers

• Liquidity Management - Mid and Long Term Liquidity Forecast - Actual Cash Flow Analysis

,-.,

...,_

-- -v--.

SAP Cash Management powered by SAP HANA

•,

�,

.......

---

--

""�"

.......

�

....... ..... -· 43.4.

_-

2.24.

...•

100.

•

241.5.

��,..

•

.

OQlriollOl'$ne!"

--..... _.. --14.

' '

-

- -

- Embedded Rolling Liquidity Planning and Variance Analysis • New Fiori (HTMLS) user interface, and KPI cockpit - SAP Smart Business for Cash Management. • Integrated with Fl, TRM, BCM (Bank Communication Management) and IHC (InHouse Cash). Figure !4: SAP Cash Management: Benefits

Bank Account Management allows the customer to have a very good centralized bank account management platform within the company, especially for the heterogeneous system landscapes comprising of SAP and non-SAP systems. Customers can also manage the life cycle of bank accounts. for example, opening. changing. reviewing and closing bank accounts. In the new solution. the bank account master data is not configured. which means the master data for the banks account can be fully changed by the business users instead of the seeking support from IT colleagues in the future. Cash Operations provide short term cash position analysis. and from the same application the cash manager can make or track bank transfers directly. Liquidity Management provides mid-term and long term liquidity forecasts with very rich dimensions for analysis of liquidity. and actual cash flow analysis to identify the use and source of actual cash movements. Embedded Rolling Liquidity Planning helps the customer to manage the rolling liquidity planning process by using various analysis tools to do the actual forecast and plan analysis. The solution includes a Fiori (HTML5) user-friendly interface, and the KPI cockpit (SAP Smart Business for Cash Management record) for high level analysis. In addition, the solution includes the following integrated components: ,

Financial Accounting (Fl)

,

Bank Communication Management (BCM)

,

In-house Cash (IHC)

,

SAP Treasury and Risk Management (TRM)


15

E"


2. Fu22y Search 3. Bank Account Group

1. Bank and

Bank Account Hierarchy

(lree style)

Centralized Bank Account Management • Plenty of attributes reflecting controls on both bank and company sides

5. Overdraft

Limits 4.New Bank Account

6. Payment Signatures Bank Account

Master Data

• Bank Account standard hierarchy and free style group • Signatory integrated with BCM Payment Approval

Management

9. Workffow for Bank Account

7.Attachments 8. Change

• Bank Accounts Review process

History

10. Review

12. Upload and Download

• Approval process for Bank Accounts Opening, Changing and Closing activities

• Upload and Download Bank Accounts

Process 11. Cash Poeling

• Bank Account Management Lite

Figure 15: Function Overview of Bank Account Management

The Bank Account Management solution provides attributes reflecting the information and controls for both the bank and company. Besides all of the attributes provided by SAP. customers also have the flexibility to extend attributes according to their own special requirements. including bank hierarchy to reflect the bank structures In addition. there is a free style bank account group, which groups bank accounts according to the different views of the end users. The signatories maintained in the Bank Account Management master data can be integrated with BCM payment approval, which means it simplifies signatory management. Centralized bank account management delivers a workflow approval process for opening, changing. and closing bank accounts. The solution is also flexible enough for customers to change or define the workflow according to their requirements. The bank account review process, initiated by the cash manager, helps the customer to easily review their bank accounts quarterly or yearly. Following on from that. an internal contact person can review the bank accounts and finish the workflow. The cash manager can have a very quick review of all the review processes for the bank accounts. The solution also provides an upload and download bank account functionality to help the customer with the migration of bank accounts. or to conduct mass changes of bank accounts. It is easy to download all the bank accounts into an Excel file, complete the exchange and upload the file again to the system. For Simple Finance customers who did not purchase a SAP Cash Management license, we provide a lite version of Bank Account Management called BAM Lite. which provides the basic functionality of maintaining bank accounts including House Bank Accounts.

16



---

•

. ...

-

Cash Operations

-

;'"

• Cash Operations for the day to day management of the corporates working capital

I •

I-

-

-

-·

.... -

--

• Monitoring status of incoming bank statements

.

--· ----- --------..- . .,._._ ......._ --'-------======----�-�--=---_.1-, ·

--w

•O

.......

---

.,.,,__

• Preparing a daily forecast of cash receipts, disbursements and expected closing balances • Overseeing bank risk • Initiating bank transfers and payments

•

-·-

-·1-t! __.. _

--� -

--. ...·-

• Approving and monitoring payments

... �

-.....

Figure i6: Function Overview or Cash Operations

Cash Operations is a solution for the day-to-day management of the Corporates' working capital. The solution can help the cash manager to monitor the status of incoming bank statements, which is critical information for the cash position analysis. Using the cash position analysis the cash manager can prepare a daily forecast of cash receipts. disbursements, and the expected closing balance. The solution provides the functionality to help the cash manager to oversee the bank risks. for example, how much money you have with the bank with a low or high risk rating. It also provides the functionality to initiate the bank transfers from the cash position analysis. and a functionality to help the cash manager approve and monitor the payments .

. "' ....

-- -- - .

--.. -----�--

•.•

• Complete lifecycle management of Rolling Liquidity Planning

�-----


• System provides reference data to help Cash Manager to plan the liquidity precisely and easily

.--···

- -- '

- -- -·· -- --· - -- -- - -- -·· .... ....

...

··-·=

..

--

• Functionality to plan hedging of operating activities for foreign currencies • Plan/Plan, Plan/Forecast and Plan/Actual comparisons • Overview suspicious plans • Liquidity Forecast • Cash Flow Analysis

Figure !7: Function Overview of Liquidity Management


17

E"


Liquidity Management provides the complete lifecycle management of Rolling Liquidity Planning. The system provides the reference data to help the cash manager to plan liquidity precisely and easily. The reference data includes the liquidity forecast data. the actual data. and the planning data from the previous planning cycle. Liquidity Management also provides functionality to plan hedging of operating activities for foreign currencies. For analysis purposes. Liquidity Management provides Plan/Plan. Plan/ Actual. and Plan/Forecast comparisons. and a functionality to alert if there is a significant difference between the plan and the actual. There are some alerts to the cash manager that they have to take a deep look into the root cause. The Liquidity Management also provides a mid-term liquidity forecast. and an actual cash flow analysis to find the root. use. and source of cash flow.

Bank Account Management:

Cash Operations:

• • • •

• Bank Statement Monitor (Analytical) • Cash Position (Analytical) Cash Position Details (Transactional} • Analyze Payment Details (Transactional) Make Bank Transfer (Transactional) • Track Bank Transfers (Transactional) • Approve Bank Payments (Transactional) Bank Risk (Analytical) • Payment Statistics (Analytical)

• • • • • • •

Manage Bank Accounts (Webdynpro) My Sent Requests (Webdynpro) My Bank Account Worklist (Webdynpro) Maintain Signatory (Webdynpro) Initiate Review Process (Webdynpro) Monitor Review Status (Webdynpro) Create Bank (HTMLGUI} Change Bank (HTMLGUI) Manage House Banks (Transactional) Bank (Factsheet) House Bank (Factsheet) House Bank Account (Factsheet) Foreign Bank Account Report( Transactional) Manage Banks (Transactional)

Liquidity Management: Develop liquidity Plans (Transactional) liquidity Plans (Analytical) liquidity Forecast (Analytical) • Cash Flow (Analytical)

You can find detailed information of Fiori and Smart Business apps in following URL: https:llgo.sap.corpfkya

<,

figure 18: List or Transactional and Analytical SAP Fiori apps and Others

The figure. List of Transactional and Analytical SAP Fiori apps and Others. details a list of transactional and analytical SAP Fiori apps for different major components in Cash Management. Note that all app types such as Webdynpro. HTML GUI. or SAP Fiori apps. can all be executed in the SAP Fiori Launchpad. and end-users do not need to switch UI clients.

18



I Bank Account Management

SAP Cash Management

ERP based Cash Management

Centralized Bank Account Management

No Solution of bank account as master data.

Cash Position and Lfquidity Forecast'

Cash Position Smart Business

Fl 12 for House Bank t House Bank Account FF7A,FF7B

-

Cash Position Details Analyze Payment Details Liquidity Forecast Smart Business

Bank Risk

•uquid1ty Forecast for professionals will be

delivered in future release

Actual Cash Flow Analysts

Cash Flow Analysis for professionals

Liquidtty Planner

Rolling Liquidity Planning

Develop Liquidity Plans Liquidity Plans Enhanced FF63 with House Bank. Bank

Liquidtty Planner

Memo Record"'

FF63

Account and liquidity Item

.,'The Fiori App for Memo Records will be delivered in future release

Transfer Cash

Make Bank Transfer

FRFT_B. F111

I

Track Bank Transfer

Figure 19: Cash Management Options · Comparison old and new

The figure. Cash Management Options - Comparison old and new, shows that Bank Account Management is a brand new function in SAP Cash Management solution. The old solution of Cash Management had the components House Bank and House Bank Account. However. they are configurations and there is no equivalent function to manage bank accounts as master data that can be controlled by cash managers. For Cash Position. the SAP Cash Management solution provides several SAP Fiori apps and Smart Business apps to conduct the position and liquidity analysis, these include Cash Position Smart Business. Cash Position Details. Analyze Payment Details, and so on. For Liquidity Forecast. the old solution of Cash Management provided a Smart Business app for the high level analysis of liquidity. However, SAP Cash Management provides a design studio based version of Liquidity Forecast for professionals allowing the cash manager to analyze forecasted cash flows using different dimensions with a drill-down capability for payment details. For actual cash flow analysis, SAP Cash Management has a cash flow analysis for professional users, while the older solution has a Liquidity Planner as a separate component from Cash Management for FF7A and FF78. The analysis dimension is quite different between the old Cash Management solution (FF7A and FF7B) and the Liquidity Planner. SAP Cash Management has simplified and unified the data model into one. which means that we have unified analysis dimensions for cash position, liquidity forecast. and cash flow analysis. The SAP Cash Management solution provides a Rolling Liquidity Plan function with an embedded planning framework, which means customers do not need to set up a separate and stand alone Business(Objects) Planning & Consolidation (BPC) server for planning. nor is it necessary to set up the Extraction, Transformation, Loading (ETL) tool to regularly import the master data and transactional data into the planning application. With the embedded liquidity planning, master data and transactional data are retrieved in real-time directly from the system. For Memo Records. in the SAP Cash Management solution the SAP GUI transaction FF63 has been enhanced with additional important information of House Bank. House Bank Account. and Liquidity Item. The end user can directly enter any information when they create the


19

E"


memo records, and those memo records will be displayed in the relevant cash analysis reports. For Transfer Cash, the SAP Cash Management solution now includes Make Bank Transfer and Track Bank Transfer components. In the old Cash Management solution these components were covered by two transactional codes. However. from the user experience perspective. Make Bank Transfer and Track Bank Transfer are simplified and easy to use. You can find detailed information regarding the comparison between the old and new in our release scope note for the 2.0 release: Note 2149337: https://css.wdf.sap.corp/sap/ support/notes/2149337 Deployment Options for SAP Cash Management

Client

•

Client

•

SAP ERP Fan Ace

Mgmt""•

SAP Cash

BCM

Payment

IHC

so

TRM

MM

Any DB

(

Mm,a-gtm1:nl powered by SAP HANA

Simple Finance Add-on

SAP - HANA DB

Client

•

SAP ERP

Client

Client

•

l

Business Suite on HANA

Fin Ace

SAP Cash

Mgm1 .....

Mana.gemen.t

Peymertt

powered by SAP HANA

so MM

Any DB

so

BCM

MM

IHC TRM

Simple Finance Add-on

SAP HANA DB

Side-by-side Scenarios

SAP Cash Mgmt powered by SAP HANA

so

SAP Actounbng

MM

pOYmOO by SAP HANA.

BCM

IHC TRM

SAP HANA DB )(

Integrated Scenario

)

Accelerated Analysis and Detailed Insights

Figure 20: Deployment Options for SAP Cash Management

In the figure, Deployment Options for SAP Cash Management. deployment options for SAP Cash Management are covered from left to right. The first two boxes represent side-by-side scenarios. the first of these boxes shows a stand alone SAP Cash Management solution followed by the centralized Cash Management solution. In this. the customer can centralize all the cash relevant transactions and analytics reports in a centralized Cash Management box without touching the existing business systems. In the middle. we have the Treasury and Cash Management box including the SAP Cash Management and also the treasury solutions. With this, all the treasury and cash management operations and reports can be done in this box and also the information can be integrated from remote ERP systems. The last box is the Integrated Scenario for whole and complete solutions including accounting, treasury. and even logistics and cash management. The following table contains solution release information notes. release scope notes. and a configuration and data setup guide. The data setup guide helps the customer to migrate existing transaction data in the context of Cash Management.

20



Table 3: Related SAP Links Where

What

Link


Note 2117481

https:// css.wdf.sap.corp/sap/ support/notes/2117 481

Release Information Note: SAP Simple Finance add-on 2.0 for SAP Business Suite powered by SAP HANA SAP Service Marketplace

Note 2117719 Release Information Note: SAP Fiori for the SAP Simple Finance add-on 2.0 for SAP Business Suite powered by SAP HANA

https:// css.wdf.sap.corp/sap/ support/notes/2117719


Configuration Guide for SAP Cash Management

http://service.sap.com/erpinst-> SAP ERP Add-Ons -> SAP Simple Finance Add-On for SAP Business Suite powered by SAP HANA-> SAP Simple Finance Add-On 2.0


Data Setup Guide for SAP Cash Management powered by SAP HANA

Same as above


Note 2149337

https:// css.wdf.sap.corp/sap/ support/notes/2149337

Release Scope Information SAP Cash Management powered by SAP HANA 2.0


•


•


•


•


•



21

E"

Unit 2 Lesson 2 Describing a technical components of SAP Cash Management



•


SAP Cash Management Technical Components Scenario You are interested in the relevant technical information of SAP Cash Management. including technical and software components required. frontend UI technology. Embedded-SW and Embedded-BPC content. and so on.

-------------------------------------------------------� II

Smart Business

I

I

Fiori Transactional Fiori

WebDynpro

Design Studio

�

Bank Ac �otmt Manage nent

Cash Operations

Embedded BPC/BW/PAK

Gateway/a Data

XS I I I I I I I I

l iquldlty Mlil u�ement

ASAP

NetWeaver

HANA Views

CalcV,ews

HANA

Real-time Cube

SAP Caah Management powered by SAP HANA L------------------------------------------------------I

figure 21: Architecture or SAP Cash Management

This figure. Architecture of SAP Cash Management. shows the architecture for Cash Management. From the UI perspective on cash operations. it includes SAP Fiori including the Smart Business and transactional SAP Fiori Apps.

22


Lesson: Describing a technical components of SAP Cash Management

For Smart Business. information is consumed from the HANA database, by oData provided by the Gateway or by the XS engine. The XS engine is deployed directly in the HANA database. which means that it is two layers without an application layer. For Transactional SAP Fiori. information is consumed through the oData interface provided by the Gateway. Bank Account Management, WebDynpro Technology is put on as the user interface. For Liquidity management, the UI consumes the Design Studio as the user interface. which is put on the Embedded BPC/BW/PAK. Also, a Real-time info cube is used for planning data. SAP Fiori and Smart Business Content

Role: SAP SFIN BCR CASHMANAGER

�ndard content i$ ready once the software has been

installed.

Remote Catalog

Group

Fiori Catalog

Fiori Group

You need to set up Remote

Catalog and Group In your project to enable Smart Business content

Fiori App (Tiles) NetWeaver HANA Live (Smart Business)

HANA

Gateway Project content

1

Standard content

Figure 22: SAP Fiori and Smart Business Content

To consume information from SAP Fiori and Smart Business content, you need to install the SAP Simple Finance add-on. We already have the SAP Fiori Catalog and SAP Fiori Group to directly consume information from the SAP Fiori Application. This is for the transactional SAP Fiori application, while for the Analytical SAP Fiori. or for the Smart Business content in the customer project, you need to set up the remote catalog and group to enable Smart Business application content.


23

E"


Fiori Launchpad Designer Manage Catalogs, Groups, and Fiori App Tiles. You use the tool to create, modify, or view the Catalog and Group content (including the Catalog and Group for Smart Business apps), or define or modify the tile definition of Fiori apps. Fiori Launchpad Designer help doc (https://go.sap.corp/fldhelp)

Smart Business KPI Modeler Define Smart Business KPls and drill down. You may see Smart Business apps as a special kind of Fiori apps. You use this tool to define the KPI definition, including drilldown dimensions, key figures, views, chart type, and so on. Smart Business KPI Modeler help doc (https://go.sap.corp/sbmkpihelp)

r::,

Figure 23: SAP Fiori and Smart Business Tools

To configure the SAP Fiori and Smart Business applications. you need the following tools: •

SAP Fiori Launchpad designer: for Catalog and SAP Fiori Tiles definition

•

KPI Modeler: for Smart Business

You can look at Smart Business as the special kind of SAP Fiori app. We use the KPI Modeler to define the KPI definition including all the drill-down dimensions. all the key figures. views. chart types. and so on. You can find the help document for these two tools in the URL in the figure, SAP Fiori and Smart Business Tools. Besides the configuration tool mentioned previously to be used by consultants, end users may further personalize his/her tiles. Example: Group cash manager would like to create a new Cash Position app which monitor the cash position of Germany only, so that the cash manager of Germany subsidiary could only see the data he/she is responsible for.

Add new tile to catalog

Enter the Trtle of the new tile and threshold

Search the new tile in the catalog and add to Launchpad

Figure 24: Smart Business: Personalization

Smart Business framework provides personalization options to help the end user to define their own tiles as per their requirements. In this figure, Smart Business: Personalization, we can add a new tile to the catalog with the specific tile title and threshold. For this threshold. it would display as a warning or as an error and immediately the tile will be displayed in the catalog. The user can easily attach the tile

24



from the catalog to their Launchpad. so that a newly defined personalized tile would display in the homepage of the end user.

Smart Business Cash Position

PERP_FCLM_MP05_CASH_POS_SRV

NIA

Smart Businoss Bonk Stotement Import Status

BANKSTATEMENTIMPORTFIORl..4..SR

N/A

Smart Businoss Bank Risk

PERP..FCLM..MP05..BANK_.RISK_.SRV

NIA

Smart Business Llqt,ldlty Forecast

PERP..FCLM..MP05..LQ..FORECAST

ERP..FCLM..MPOS..00011

Smart Business Payment Statistics (XS

/saplhbalr/sfin700/oData/ca.sh/PaymentsStatistic

NIA

E.nglne)

s.xsoOata

Fiori App: Cash Posi1ioo0etails

CASH..DISPOSITION_SRV

NIA

Fiori App:Analyze Payment Details

FCLM_CP..PAYMENTOETAIL_SRV

NIA

Fiori App: Mako Bonk Tronsfer

OFCLM..BANK..TRANSFER...SRV PERP_FCLM..BTBAL..SRV

N/A

Fiori App: Track Bank Transler

OFCLM..CP..TRACK..SRV

N/A

Fiori App:Approvo Bank Payment

FAP..BANKPAYMENTAPPROVAL

N/A

Flori App: My Bank Account Worldist

FCLM..BAM..SRV

NIA

Flori App: Foreign Bank Account Repon

FCLM..BRM..FBAR..SRV

NJA

Figure 25: oOata I Gateway I XS Content

The figure. oData I Gateway I XS Content. shows a list of oData services that are consumed by different SAP Fiori and Smart Business apps. For the Smart Business Liquidity Forecast. the information is consumed by the SW-Query. For Smart Business Payment Statistics. the information is a little bit special but consumes all the data service by the XS engine without any middle layer for the application server, and this is the special oData service provided by SAP HANA directly. This information is helpful when you find any issue in the SAP Fiori launchpad. In some cases. the oData is not activated successfully. that is one thing to consider when you are looking for the root cause of the SAP Fiori errors. Introduction of oData Services oData(Open Data Protocol) is a standardized protocol built over existing HTTP and REST (Representational_state_transfer) protocols supporting CRUD (Create. Read. Update. Delete) operations for creating and consuming data application programming interfaces (APls). The oData metadata. is a machine-readable description of the data model of the APls that enables the creation of powerful generic client proxies and tools oData services are defined using a common data model. The service advertises its concrete data model in a machine-readable form. allowing generic clients to interact with the service in a well-defined way.


25

E"


Execute the TA:/IWFND/MAINT SER\LLCE in the gateway system �

Mtlv�Md #alttbtltlSMlkel

fal!VIM� E� � @.ws-t• I tt 0eli!t, s.,n,c, 1111Se",Q 0tta11 I Sc,vioo catalog r,t,t

r��• ...,.

eLP

�lti..tfW!� mw ts sz rMC5 m rm Mi& WM' we

.:,

l,&l('

KP

............

._, 11EP WC 6$$M CAJi998X eo u« !SWtt BP: &reo•u

...

'-SU'itt $!M

-�. * . ---... -, -.. --·--·---· --· -------•:-.-·---·--""�---

•...: Seltct tht SeMCfl In Ille cable

'•

� .......

eii:...-s«vu-.

- S.W.OffoOl!i:r

m IW:t mo CA$l1 PM av

L('«t- '9!1:0t>

IIH-"""Jllffl.-.;,,..0

,-

....

---'-"-� llw.

_

2.Ckl.._�

Figure 26: Activate oData Services

To use the SAP Fiori and Smart Business apps, first. we need to activate the oData Services in the Gateway Application Server. So. the figure Activate oData Services, shows the step by step introduction of how you can activate the service in this transaction. You can test the oData Service directly in this tool to make sure that the data consumed from HANA database or other database is successfully setup.

BAM WebDynpro services (sap/bc/webdynpro/sap) • • • • • • • • • • •

WDA-FCLM-BAM -ACC-MASTER WDA FCLM BAM ACC REVIEW WDA-FCLM-BAM-ADAPT-SIGN WDA FCLM BAM BANK DATA WDA- FCLM-BAM -CHGREQ WDA FCLM BAM HIERARCHY WDA- FCLM-BAM - HIER- BP WDA FCLM BAM HIER MAINTAIN WDA- FCLM-BAM - MASS-CHANGE WDA- FCLM-BAM - REVIEW-REPORT WDA_FCLM_UPLOAD_DOWNLOAD WDA-FCLM-REPORT

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Workflow services (sap/bc/webdynpro/sap) • ibo_wda_inbox • swf formabsenc • swf_workplace [ii.',

• • • • • • •

UCT-DISPLAY-DOCUMENT UCT_DISPLAY_INBOX UCT-DISPLAY-SIGNOFF UCT DISPLAY STATUS CHANGE USMD_CREQUEST_PROTOCOL2 USMD SSW RULE USMD-WF-NAVIGATION

-

-

-

-

-

POWL services (sap/bc/webdynpro/sap) • • • • • • •

POWL POWL COLLECTOR powl_composite POWL EASY POWL ERRORPAGE POWL_MASTER_QUERY POWL-PERS-COMP

Figure 27: Activate HTTP Services in SICF

To use the Bank Account Management. the figure. Activate HTTP Services in SICF, shows a list of HTTP services that need to be activated in SICF. This is in relation to the WebDynpro services. Workflow services. and the POWL services.

26



Business Function FIN_FSCM_CLM has to be switched on (via tcode SFW5), in order to use SAP Cash Management powered by SAP HANA. And Business Function F FSCM CLM is reversible.

··�

• l) FINJSCMJC06.(0H

. t,,,uso,uo

· 6 flNJSQ,\JD,.3 • !lfWJ5CM..OJ) · "'fW�_(SD;'t

...-

�

SAP l*r O.ect &..- Side SAP _. Ollltl &.I' StJe l

--

8d cann.r«.aucn�

"""""'

· J. JIUSCM_OCD-3

F$l,I Jvv:IO'IS ,

· " f,USQ,\_OCDJHTt_O\lTICH • •F T

FG(tl��2

• fi fH]�_SS<..AIC.1 . if�«._Ate

· 1,,v1_�_v.. _ · ,j,f!N.Jl...
· ,4 f:�Q._Clj

.• "'�Q_) ,

flN_a..,C
, 6 f'L.�B'f_l . I nt.a,R_wiP.

-

. ' ftj.JA..J:AA.((MUN'

· f •>tfA._l'(J. · 6 fJ;_Cl_.li:E0*4J

.

'

........

"'

A;rnadSt... Olio... 9.orlffl fi.,\.... 9.M-ess i.n..-

llJhM fin_

� fin.. �t.n.,.. � Vl,.,

�"°"· � 11.n...

........

PSCM.� b �Sl\rtd5er\QS Ntet�Oalt 8HtQ (JIMf'Sl)lf)

.

lt,ghffl

fin..

8.lsi'lesf �. ,....l, � h LW'IQ V.awt(W'I (Mh
.... Gel'ell lfdO!ir NJCw'6'0 Ui!""Gerel'��2

t.woer.,� Aa:Cl.l'U'Q!

&..tsiW ""'"'

�b\.,

� fin...

Dttamn.ibcn ofClort OSh � 'Mth SAP lQJdil... � fin.. AG. CNr#l. TtnflrofTOI. nlsrQIIODl:UT'*,,, B..1$.t11$1 j,n_ E,ia, �� ..,

£«�� A«Wllh\l "'�..V1jW•enc'I' �"O !JI�) R.Q.(Nt,r).A(I! G.-c�-�b'l...:IS., .. FJ
OOC:l.nw!L.

�- seitw�tCC:in'p::,n... Rdo...

{II [I.]

[1)

�ftl

(Of

[D

SU'J!U

002

([I

{D

fD iD

fD III

w III III III

(D

m [I] m [I] [I]

� "'--

ID ID ID

IMl'lffl

'°"'

lutlMI � � fin.

[D (D

m

�..f!tl wft� fSQt.«D fr(M_«o

m f�«o wJIN

'

""'Jllj

fin..

8,llhP

OJ

III III III III

Ill

[I]

m

ID ID ID ID

JO< FSCM.«o $¥'JIU

SAP.JO< ""fl1'

WJ'.t• WJ!tl su>Jll<

.,...,.,

$U>.JO< �Jal SAPJIU 'SAP.�·

.... "

"""" ""... "" 618

611

"" "" ""

"""" ""

Figure 28: Business Function to be activated m SFW5

To use the SAP Cash Management. Business Function FIN_FSCM_CLM has to be switched on using transaction SFWS (this business function is reversible).

Fiori Backend Roles: authorization role only

. •

SAP-FIN-ANALIQUIDITYPLAN-APP SAP_FIN_DEVLIQUIDITYPLAN_APP

Fiori Frontend Roles: This role provides a sample on how you could group cash-management-related Fiori tiles into Catalog and Group so that the end users could have those tiles in their Fiori Launchpad. • PFCG role: SAP_BR_CASH_MANAGER

.

Figure 29: End User Roles

For the front-end. you need to align the role SAP_BR_CASH_MANAGER. This role provides the SAP Fiori tiles. SAP Fiori catalog. and the SAP Fiori group so that the end users can have those tiles in their SAP Fiori Launchpad if they have the role aligned to the user. The figure, End User Roles. shows a list of PFCG roles corresponding to different SAP Fiori apps. But these roles are just for the authorization role only. This means that if you just want to use one SAP Fiori app, for example. Make Bank Transfer in the Cash Management environment. and you need to do an authorization check. in this case you need to align this PFCG role to the end user to do a proper authorization definition for that list.


27

E"


Authorization Objects in the "SAP_SFIN_CASH_MANAGER" role F CLM BAM

F FEBB BUK

• Bank Account Management

• Company Code Bank Statement

F_CLM_BAH2

F BNKA MAN

• Bank Hierarchy

• Banks: General Maintenance Authorization

F_FDSB_BUK

B_BUPR_BZT

• Company Code in Cash Position Details

• Business Partner Relationships: Relationship Categories

F CLM UP • Authorization for Import and Export Bank Accounts

B BUPA RLT • Business Partner: BP Roles

S RS AO • Analysis Office: Authority Object Figure 30: Authonzation Objects

.

The figure, Authorization Objects. shows a list of authorization objects. which are included in the back-end role "SAP_SFIN_CASH_MANAGER". You can also check the details in the back· end SAP quick transaction PFCG, where you can also assign the proper authorization checks in the role.

Smart Business configuration Role, including HANA Authorization

.

Frontend role for KPI Modeler: SAP_BR_ANALYTICS_SPECIALIST (only necessary for KPI Modeler)

Configuring Authorization for Fiori • Help document (https:/fgo.sap.corpffioriauthorizationhelp)

Gateway I oData I Easy Query Configuration • Authorization to create customizing requests Figure 31: Configuration Roles There is one additional PFCG role required in the front-end to configure Smart Business Applications. To configure the authorization for SAP Fiori. you can check the help document at the URL: https://go.sap.corp/fioriauthorizationhelp To configure the Gateway specially for oData services and the Easy Queries you just need the authorization to create customized requests.

HANA Authorization HANA role: sap.hba.r.sfin 700. roles: :SapSmartBusinessCashManager

VDM Privilege • F_REGU_BUK • F-STAT-MON

..•

28

Automatic Payment: Activity Authorization for Company Codes Bank Relationship: Status Monitor authorizations

Figure 32: HANA Live Authorization (for Payment Statistics)



The Smart Business Payment Statistics app consumes information directly from XS engine. This means that you need authorization roles for this specific SAP Fiori Smart Business app, which authorizes in a different way. We have the VDM Privilege defined for the Payment Statistics app. Navi ation

Fiori Tiles

SPC Workeenter

'O

c

�

c

0 � LL

Design StvdtO Applic,ation ;.----�

SEx Query

[

Plarv,ing F1.11ction

Embodde
Embo
BPC Environment

0..

ca

Worl< Status

<(

Virtual Provider

Reat-Ume lnfoCubo

<( �

SPF -s-

lnfoObject

Transaction data

.r::==l

.__.._,_,_,� ...._r_m•Pl_t•a �

'-,.----� Masterdata

HANA View

BWTable

J:

Figure 33: BPC-PAI< Planning Architecture

The figure. BPC-PAK Planning Architecture. shows the planning architecture for the Liquidity Management of the Rolling Liquidity Planning Application. In the front-end. we have different tiles. The tiles can launch the BPC WorkCenter or directly launch the Design Studio Application. The information is consumed by the BW Query on Planning functions in the above layer and the BPC WorkCenter will consume information by the Embedded BPC. In the Embedded BPC, a BPF template is defined and is pre-delivered by SAP for the planning template. The status of the planning cycle is also managed in the Embedded BPC. For the Embedded BW. all the planning logic is provided by the Virtual Provider lnfoObjects and also different Multiple Providers. To consume information from HANA. there are HANA Views and also the BW tables for Embedded BW and also some BPC tables consumed by the Embedded BPC.


29

E"


• All the BW content needed for planning and reporting in Cash Management area will be activated with this Bl Content Bundle

Bl Content Activation Workbench: Content Bundle Overview / ,t,i:INale...

/ Silltul8l*ldvallon

�Rettsh

Business Category

• BPC content (e.g. BPF template) is not included in this Bl Content Bundle. BPC content shall be installed manually as separate step 7 see next slide

.......

Tect,11ical Namt IIQI PA 1

HCJI PT 1

HCM: Ptnonntl A!lmiw-srrion HCM: ra1em Mana11etneiw HCM: Time M.ana�mel'II

�� :� �� l

!;Pr!

Hgt 111C 1

l!!·�:t ni=� �s�#;:S;� []so!l!---;�...ji,� :,.� ...;i..i iii;l")ti� . . .. . ;

ERC

MIN,,rS_1(SWE·ReetulUng) n·�1 let COmmooi�'Mana91men1 In Salts

0DP COf'lltr'II 811ndlt f()r OPM

Ofll OCf'

Install BW content • T-code: BSANLY Bl ACTIVATION • Switch Business Category to "03 - Business Functions· and find out Content Bundle FIN -CLM-PLANNING • Click Activate button to start the BW content activation • SAP recommends to activate all BW content in central Bl client Figure 34: Activate BW Content

To use the Liquidity Management application, first of all. you need to activate BW content using the business transaction code. All the BW content needed for planning and reporting will be activated with this Bl Content Bundle BPC content is not included in this bundle and needs to be installed manually in a separate step.

Specific Design Studio templates for Liquidity Management apps: ....... • OFCLM_MLP_AGGVIEW

Will be installed automatically when you activate BW content via Bl Content Bundle with I-code BSANLY_BI_ACTIVATION (see in previous slide)

"\

• OFCLM_MLP_DISPLAY • OFCLM-MLP-INPUT • OFCLM-MLP-REVIEW • OFCLM-MLP-STATUS • OFCLM_ALP_PCUR • OFCLM_ALP_BY_LQITEM_PCUR OFCLM_ALP_BY_LQITEM_ACUR • OFCLM-ALP-ACUR

-

• OFCLM ALP BY ALERT OVERVIEW

-

- -

Generic Design Studio templates for Cash Flow Analysis: • OANALYSIS

-

I

� Not covered in Bl Content Bundlel Need to be installed manually (see in next slide)

Figure 35: Design Studio Templates

There are two kinds of Design Studio templates:

30

•

Specific Design Studio Templates for Liquidity Management. These templates will be installed automatically when you activate BW content in the progressive steps.

•

Generic Design Studio Templates for Cash Flow Analysis. These templates will not be activated in the BW Bundle and needs to be installed manually.



O.,u, WHfh011•1tig Workbtnch: Bf COrltfl'lt

r

<;l !;! - ...'()elftt

.s •_.�

·--·

Jit'fO

Cl

· · -···-�l ··'> II &

..

,mo... ,-... ,..... ••.,...•ou•

.._

..

. . -· ..

{i)�1
.. a,....�..... "lt;

,..,.

,.;i-.�-

tlM0:1«1-.

f�III

•cw..c.,$

,es�-"'' ... o...... c-,,..

.........

.·r......,_ .... ......•�C...\\�·>

.....,_�Oll!MIIII.._...._

• t:i ........ ___ •tiO......,._

�

-.-. ..... : l

e-18"...,Hlf'CI«-)

;-.,,,�,�

""',,

• ....fflltl

. .l�t..iM*II'

""Oflioo:�1ntt.l.l

...

,q�.._.,,.,,ln•

1.-e<<1C-..

We&

.·-..........

,o ...�-

'"

,o.u- .....

Q,.n.-,s..11PC �WOIO

�

�,., "° .... ""'

...,. 811+{1'0t,i;,05 .....i,:,...

. ,._111
• Choose "Object Type" in the left panel, choose "More Types"->'Analysis Apphcat,on"->"Select Objects" in the middle panel. and then select OANALYSIS in the popup window • Mark on the object in the right panel and then choose 'Install" Figure 36: Manually Install Generic Design Studio Template OANALYSIS

The figure, Manually Install Generic Design Studio Template OANALYSIS, shows the step to activate the Design Studio Template OANAL YSIS.

_.... .. ...--•'-• ------• .. • ...,w,_ ..·c:·--�, �-- ... .··-· . .•. -· • •l_,_'J___ ' ._ . . ..... · � =-. : : ' • -· -·-· · -· .... · · -. . . ·- ��!-- --»-1 ---- ::. t :t¥is:;:: ;;... 1 j==" " � · , · , -----· --..I -- .··.··..--- ..... . . •

,

-····-

• •lit

¢-='

�fJ ••

•••

-

,..,.,.

_,

• "'�e'==--J� ... � Op •

C• -• 'P

tlwtiH

',J

...._

..... ....

-,

• •• • •

• •

.,_

• .....,,._ "'""'·".o,

••

•

• Choose Grouping as 'Oataflow before and afterwards' • Right click on the root node and choose "Install all Below' • Click 'Install' • Prerequisites: Activate Planning Unit Hierarchy

,.,_._....

,,

._

..__

•*Prerequisite: Please firstly make sure to finish BPC installation by following the latest installation guide here.

Figure 37: Install BPC Content

As a last step we install the BPC Content. the figure. Install BPC Content. shows the steps to activate BW Content by installing the Design Studio template. Also, we need to install the BPC Content. We then finish the setup for Liquidity Management for Rolling Liquidity Planning more specifically. But. that is only for the system set up and not for the functional configuration.


31

E"


·--0o--l

--

..... ,v,<,�--------ICOOC>.UI.IIT

-�__,_...·-- - --:. .·•"--__'"'-- _,_.___"" a .• ,� .•. In...._� ,,_.

.....,.

_c.,-.-, r_.......,. r"'tlO-..-CIIC

.s,...

-,-�

··-

C-M&n•>·- --

"i� fii •Q'-·lli.1-•
--°"'·-.

Go!_...

.

�-...-)

._.._,

..

Figure 38: Create "GetServerlnfo" Service in SICF

The following procedure outlines the steps to create the "GetServerlnfo" Service in SICF:

1. On the Back-end Server. maintain ICF services in transaction SICF. 2. Navigate to path I sap/bw I ina. 3. Create a new Sub-Element with the following settings: •

Name: GetServerlnfo

•

Type: Reference to Existing Service

4. In the Alias Target tab. select /sap/es/ina/GetServerlnfo as the target. 5. Save and activate the newly created service reference For Remote Gateway scenario, please refer to SAP Note 2106016 for how to set up Web Dispatcher LESSON SUMMARY You should now be able to:

32

•


,




Lesson 1 Using the Bank Account Management Solution Exercise 1: Add a new Bank and Review the Bank Account Hierarchy Exercise 2: Conduct a Fuzzy Search Exercise 3: Define a Bank Account Group Exercise 4: Create New Bank Master Data Exercise 5: Add Bank Master Data to Bank Account Hierarchy Exercise 6: Define Bank Master Data as House Bank Exercise 7: Define Common Account Properties in the New Bank Account Master Data Exercise 8: Maintain a Connectivity Path Exercise 9: Define Overdraft Limits Exercise 10: Define Payment Signatories for Approving Payments Exercise 11: Upload Attachments Exercise 12: View Change History Exercise 13: Open a New Bank Account When Workflow is Activated Exercise 14: Review the Tools Available for Approvers Exercise 15: Implement a Mass Signatory Change Approval Exercise 16: Initiate the Bank Account Review Process Exercise 17: Upload and Download Bank Accounts Exercise 18: Generate a Foreign Bank Account Report Exercise 19: List Employees who have Signature Authority over the Foreign Bank Accounts

35 53 55 57 59 61 63 65 67 69 71 73 75 77 85 87 91 95 97 99

Lesson 2 Customizing Bank Account Management

103

Lesson 3 Setting up data for Bank Account Management

121

UNIT OBJECTIVES

,

Use the Bank Account Management solution

,

List the functional features of Bank Account Management


33

E"

Unit 3: Bank Account Management

34

•

Describe customization of Bank Account Management

•

Describe the workflow of Bank Account Management

•

Detail the authorization settings of Bank Account Management

•

Describe data initialization in Bank Account Management


Unit 3 Lesson 1 Using the Bank Account Management Solution

LESSON OBJECTIVES After completing this lesson, you will be able to: •


•


Bank Account Management Scenario You are interested in the detailed functions in the Bank Account Management. Function Overview of Bank Account Management

2. Fuzzy Search

1. Bank and Bank Account Hierarchy

5. Overdraft

3. Bank Account Group (free style)

Centralized Bank Account Management • Plenty of attributes reflecting controls on both bank and company sides

Limits

4.New Bank Account Master Data

6. Payment Signatures

9. Workffow for Bank Account

7. Attachments

a.Change

History 12. Upload and Download

10. Review

• Bank Account standard hierarchy and free style group • Signatory integrated with BCM Payment Approval • Approval process for Bank Accounts Opening, Changing and Closing activities • Bank Accounts Review process

Process 11. cash Pooling

• Upload and Download Bank Accounts • Bank Account Management Lite

Figure 39: Function Overview of Bank Accounl Management

In Bank Account Management. attributes are provided reflecting controls on both banks and companies. Besides all the information provided by SAP recognized pre-delivery. customers also have the flexibility to extend information according to their own special requirements. The solution also provides the standard bank account hierarchy that helps customers manage the bank accounts and bank account relationships. The solution also provides free style user-defined groups. which help users group bank accounts according to the specialized requirements of end users. The signatories maintained in the Bank Account Management master data can be integrated with Bank Communication Management (BCM) payment approval so that it simplifies signatory management, which was previously maintained in the release strategy of the BCM component for the payment


35

E"


approval. For the approval process of bank accounts opening. changing, and closing, the solution provides a workflow to manage the approval process for the company wherein SAP delivers the pre-defined workflow steps. This workflow process is also flexible enough for the customers to change or define according to their requirements. The bank account review process helps the customer to easily manage and review bank accounts yearly or quarterly. Cash managers can initiate the review process followed by a review by internal company contacts to finish the workflow. The cash manager can then very quickly review of all the review processes for the bank accounts. We also provide the Upload and the Download Bank Accounts functionality to help the customers to migrate of bank account or make mass changes to bank accounts. Customers can download all the bank accounts into an Excel file. make the mass exchange, and upload the file again to the system. In the context of Simple Finance without Cash Management, a lite version of Bank Account Management called BAM Lite is available, which provides the basic functionality of Bank Account Management with the license of SAP Cash Management parts of SAP HANA. Bank and Bank Account Hierarchy

_

_____ .._ ---·-- -·�- - __ •• • -· ___ i·-... __. ··.,--. ..._ ..._

�

__ .,.

•, I

,-,

•' ..... ,....

-· --

S �

-�- · -··- --· . -.. --···-- ·--· . . -·-.. . _ ·-'t- --· · ···-· -�· ·- .... �-- __---� -- - _......... _. .- ·-· -- - -· ·-. ····---·-- .. -·----. . .___ ·- -·:-.--·· .,. ___ .. - - -- - - -· --· - --- ...... -- --- -- --·-- -·.,

-

-.1

__....

--

--

--

-

...... . . -....... .....

e-

,.._ ........

�

"".,_ ""-

--

��

.,,...

......,:,n

r�

••

•.:..!

""

I

---··

,._,

...

.......

.,

--••

I

, ,

,

-

-

**""°• W-»•

--

...

,...

..

,._ ,__

,.._

....

..

Standard Bank and Bank Account Hierarchy • Well-structured of all house banks and house bank accounts • Easy and fast search functionalities • Central work station to maintain and manage banks and bank accounts

I

..,_

...

..

....

Figure 40: Bank and Bank Account Hierarchy

The following functions are provided to help you group and organize banks and the bank accounts:

36

•

Standard bank hierarchy: Add the banks into the hierarchy by leveraging the business partners. The bank accounts under each bank will be displayed automatically in the bank hierarchy. So. from this view. you can have a complete view of all the banks and bank accounts within the company.

•

Account list: Display all bank accounts in a flat structure. By leveraging the framework of Web Dynpro tables. you can easily sort groups and bank accounts in the account list.



Exact Search and Fuzzy Search

User can easily search what he/she wants by using our Fuzzy Search.

___ .. ---.. --· ·-· ......... --· · -. --·-. -· -·--- ___ ,_ -· --· -- --·---· ----· -·· -· - - -· -· -· -· -· . _ --· ·-,.._ ...... ... ---· -- -· -�· ------ __ ---·· -· -· --._.-·-.._,·.._.. - --�· ·� ----_ ·· -·· -· ..• -_ ··-· --· -··-· ----- -·--·- ---�· -·--··--··-· -� M-- ·- --··- - -- --.. -· ----·· -- -· --· -·-· ---- --··-·---··-··------- ----- - -·--· -· .. · -·�- -- ---___ ---- -- -........ _ -· -

i,';)'

-·-

, ,_

---- e,.--

•

.

..

-»

;w

_ ...11,o·i

•

_,

•

---- D-

.

• •

,,.

�

••

.,�....

.... ...,._

__ _,..,...

�

• .....-.,-.1.....--

""*' ••• •••

••••

••

.

•

�

"'·· •

•• ••

•

...

._

• '•

•••.......... _,.,,_

,..

.......... . ..

,

...,,

..dr:,>l .......

.

.....

..

=--,

.,.

"'"'_

$ $ $

<•

In Account List, Many flexible functions are available. For example, after right clicking a column, there are sorting, grouping and filtering functions. The screen above is the grouping feature by Bank Name. Figure 41: Fuzzy Search Both the bank hierarchy view and account list view provide the Exact search option. With Exact search. the user enters a complete string. for example a complete number or description of the bank account. In the account list view. the Fuzzy Search option is provided. This search allows the user to enter an incomplete description or number and the system identifies all bank accounts that match your search for at least 70% and higher. Free Style Bank Account Group

__

-· ·-·----.....___ -- -- .... .. --.. ,,,-.--....---.. - ___-·------ -- - --- - -··..·-·-- --_,----·-· --· .. --·-·· -- ... -- --- -... .. -. ·-· ...._.. ... - .. ·• - ---

.

---

----· �--- ---- · ·-·· ·=··-···--- -···----·-· ·-······--- . ----- ·---·-•

.

• • ••

• ' •• •

••• • •

• • • • •

-- --.. -- -·- -•.--- --.,-· --- .--. •

•

••

�

,_

---- ••.

---

•

--- -

• •

. .. _,__ , " ·--·---- - -� •.. - -.. .. - ... . -- . ·-· --· -·--."

.,

�

I ,..,...-,_

Free Style Bank Account Group • Define bank account group according to individual's requirements • Easily create and maintain bank account group

·------- - ·--·--.

1•

......

• Authorization control for public or personal usage • Cash pool can be created upon bank account group

Figure 42: Bank Account Group (Free Style) In the Free Style Bank Account Group end users can define bank account groups according to their individual requirements. which can be very specific or personalized. The user can set


37

E"


whether a group is for public or personal usage, and then create cash pools directly on the bank account groups. It makes the work of creating and maintaining cash pools much easier. New Bank Account Master Data

-- -- _... -- -- ,

.. -.

---- ___- -......._ __ ..... - ------ ·----·- -------- ·-

.

..

�

--- -·-•

••

•

-----·---- --..------- -·---

•

New Bank Account Master Data • General Data: status, details of entity, account and banks, bank statement data, payment data, and contact persons inside and outside • Payment Signatories • Overdraft Limits • Connectivity Path • Additional Data • Attachment

Figure 43: New Bank Account Master Data

With bank account master data, you can define the following:

38

•

General Data tab: Define common account properties such as the bank account number. IBAN number. properties for bank statement import. contact persons. and so on.

•

Payment Signatories tab: Define payment signatories for approving payments through a bank account.

•

Overdraft Limits tab: Maintain overdraft limits for a bank account. which can later be shown on the Cash Position Details app.

•

Additional Data tab: Define data such as closing date, organizational data, and technical data.

•

Connectivity Path tab: Maintain links between the bank account and the corresponding house bank account or other account records either in a central or a remote system.

•

Attachments tab: Upload attachments. which can be a file or a hyperlink.



New Bank Account Master Data • Connectivity Path bak Ac:c:ourrt 201SOS1101, Tut f«vitw Ptoctt!I. Yuila's Bank .,

--

. ...._..,._, -""" ti-. ---

--

--.

--

! �-

--1-

-·-- -Collll�l"wth

--

Connectivity Path

__ ,..,o

• Connectivity path enables you to link a bank account to its corresponding house bank account in the central system where SAP Cash Management powered by SAP HANA is installed, or to account records in remote SAP or non-SAP systems.

ID Categories: Central System: House Bank Account: Link the bank account to a house bank account that exists in the central system Remote System: House Bank Account: Link the bank account to a house bank account that exists in a remote SAP Business Suite system Remote System: GIL Account: Link the bank account to a GIL account that exists in a remote SAP Business Surte system Others: Link the bank account to an account record in a nonSAP system • Central System: GIL Account: Link the bank account to a GIL account that exists in the central system

• There are five types of ID Categories for different usages.

Figure 44: New Bank Account Master Data· Connectivity Path On the Connectivity Path tab, as shown in the figure, New Bank Account Master Data· Connectivity Path, the user can link a bank account to its corresponding house bank account in the central system or to account records in remote an SAP or non-SAP system. For different connectivity scenarios, different ID categories have been provided. For more information about how to use different ID categories and maintain the connectivity correspondingly. check the field help of the ID category field. Starting from SAP Simple Finance On-Premise Edition 1503, the transaction codes Fl12 for maintaining house banks and house bank accounts is no longer supported. To create new house bank accounts. you must define house bank accounts on the Connectivity Path Tab Overdraft Limits

---·------- - .·-.. .

,i- _,..__ ..._._

··'

••

Overdraft Limits • Maximum credit allowed by the bank on a particular overdraft account • Define overdraft limits per currency and valid period • Bank account level overdraft limits • Overdraft limits information is shown in Cash Position Details App

Figure 45: Overdraft Limits Overdraft limits are the maximum credit allowed by the bank on a particular overdraft account. You can define several overdraft limits for one bank account for different currencies and different validity periods. The system will automatically calculate the total overdraft limit


39

E"


for a specific date and you can see the overdraft limit information in the Cash Position Details app.

Payment Signatures

_ --·-__ --· ----- .. ----� ---·-· --- -- -- - ... _...

...

••

�

.,

•

••

....

-····-

•

Payment Signatures

•

• Define approval limits per approver • Support single and joint sign • Support sequential and nonsequential sign • Integrated with Bank Communication Management Approval process • Integrated with Fiori App Approve Bank Payments

Figure 46: Payment Signatures

Payment signatories are people who have the authorization to approve payments. With Bank Account Management, you can define different approval processes for different bank accounts by configuring signatory groups and approval patterns. Please note that this function is integrated with the Bank Communication Management approval processes. For the signatories. they can approve the payments in another SAP Fiori app called Approve Bank Payments.

Payment Signatures Integration with Bank Communication Management The payment signatories can be used to replace the complex release strategy in BCM. The following scenarios are supported: The payment signatories in bank account management can be used to replace the complex release strategy in BCM. Currently you can define either single signature or joint signature for payment approvals. For each bank account. you can assign different signatories and define signatory amount limits in the Bank Account Master Data so that only eligible signatories can receive the approval requests. Also you can define multiple signatories for one signatory group. The benefit of doing so is that if one of them is on leave. other people can still back up and help with the approval process. Also. you can assign signatories to different business groups. for example, one group for the Treasury Department and one group for the Accounting Department. For different bank account types. you can assign different payment approval patterns so that different bank account types can have different approval logic. You can define the validity of signatories by maintaining the Valid from and Valid To attributes for signatories. For example. if a signatory is going to leave the current position and you know that a new signatory is going to join and take over the original signatory's task. you can just set the "valid to" date of the original signatory as the last date of their position and set the "valid from" date of the new signatory as the starting point of time on this new position so that the approval logic is only activated at the available time. With Bank Account Management. you can still use the automatic payment logic defined in BCM, so that payments that satisfy certain rules can bypass the approval logic.

40



Attachments

-" ' � . ·-�· . ,....� . . -·o.· -·.,,-... _ t-,b--- ·--··--Q,o, ..

...... M<-ll\l�l·l<*IKeUIO

-...

Iii __ ,,,_ x�•

°""'.., vnr•

J-

o._..

C.-IWI'"°='"

,..,_,.;,

...

-ll'c.!1"'91-�

o. ""'°""'"0.-

°"'

,

M.._O

-(*·- -· ·-

,...... o.

t:"•l#O

_..

-�

c,

.

IU J0'1>" olUI

'4G!�OUJ11 -

I

End user can easily attach important documents and links to one bank account.

,. . ::

Figure 47: Altachmenls

In the Attachment tab you can attach important documents and links to one bank account for future reference. Change History

�

........

...,.....

o,-o,i..

-

....9tyOtull1

_,, -�-�.. _,,-·· -·

�11·�· Hhtl
111,a,...,

-�-· ·-·-·'* "" �-'-"

-!>

. . ......

�°"

-�

�o,,

--

...... c.,....

..... "•'IDO

,,,u... •hl)hl

t1•10'-''l""

,,..,»· ..tiu, 1'f")l0'� !UH�

t.c ...

U 11:,-..

a,.,,...

Cl

......

Ctwno• oeoc.um..i ,......,;'>,

c: •

-·-

-

ll It

An easy-understanding change history is provided for all bank accounts, whose backend is change document, including documents for both finalized and work-in-process changes.

Figure 48: Change History

With bank account change history. you can see who has changed something and at what time.


41

E"


Workflow for Bank Account

---·---- --- --- _ ·-- - ··-_ ------·. -_ ----R---... ··-� _ ----· ·- - ----. -- --.. --�·- ·-·-- -------- ____.. .... __ _ --· --···�-----· -- . : : - ------E-aJ:Ia:t -- --- ----.....

....

.

1:-

-·

-

'

....-

.._ -

•

--

Workflow of Bank Account

......... � ....

\,- 4-

xc.-

··--

--

..

,...

...

--

••

�

. ...

1-

I_

• Opening, changing and closing approval

• Sensitive attributes change approval

• Mass signatory change approval

• Bank account review processes approval

Figure 49: Workflow for Bank Account

In addition to the Bank Account Master Data. you can also use workflow processes to centrally manage your bank accounts. This is specially used for larger corporates with subsidiaries around the globe. You can use workflow processes to monitor the opening, modifying, and the closing process of bank accounts. You can also use it to initiate and manage the annual bank account review. The workflow for bank accounts is based on the SAP business workflow. SAP has delivered several pre-defined workflow templates. You can use these templates or adapt them to your own needs. Workflow for Bank Account: Open New Bank Account Request

)Approve

Subsidiary Cash Manager requests to open a bank account, with business reasons attached.

} Open in the bank

Group Cash Manager reviews the request, compare with the existing bank accounts, and decide to approve or reject the request.

Bank Relationship Manager negotiates with the bank on the contract, gets the bank account opened in the bank, and fills in all the detailed information of the account.

) IT configuration IT consultant makes necessary configurations in the system, to really enable the bank account into the payment and bank statement processes.

Bank Account Management (BAM) in SAP Cash Management powered by SAP HANA leverages SAP's NetWeaver Workflow to standardize the process and link all involved people together.

,::\,

Figure 50: worknow tor Bank Account: Open New Bani< Account

In the pre-defined workflow for opening a new bank account. the following process is defined:

1. Request: The subsidiary cash manager decides that the company needs a new bank account. The subsidiary cash manager then completes a request and submits it to the group cash manager. 2. Approve:

42



The group cash manager sees the request in the bank account worklist, compares the request with existing bank accounts in the company code. and decides whether to accept or reject the request. 3. Open in the bank: The bank relationship manager starts to negotiate with the bank regarding the contract. After everything is finalized and the bank account is officially opened in the bank, the bank relationship manager can figure out all of the detailed information for the bank account in the Bank Account Master Data. 4. IT configuration: The IT consultants take care of all the necessary configurations and settings, for example. the connectivity paths. They then enable the bank account with the payment and bank statement processes so that the bank account can be used. Workflow for Bank Account: Tools for Approver

''

--------·· -.... _ ---------� ___ .._ --------�--w_. _ -·-·-- ..--·. '----. "'�-----� -- -- -- --...... --·---· _____ ___ _

-�-··-....

o,!(_ ... _

•••

·--

,,..

Easy to understand change history in change request

_.,_

••

'-"-

,,

,_

-·--·-- • ·-·--

--- --

••

...

...

. .. ..

....

..

-

,. . ::

___

I

";":

•.. ·.--, __... --· ..

•

•• •• •• ••

• ·-·-·-· · ..r --· . -----·-.. -- .. -·-- -· -·· • --· -· -· --• ·- -· -·· •• • -- -· -·· - .

-

-

In request, approver can easily check existing bank accounts to avoid duplicated accounts �

-

Figure 51: worknow tor Bank Account: Tools for Approver

Using the change history function you can check previous changes to a bank account. such as who has changed something or who created information for the bank account. Also. you can use the existing bank account function to check existing bank accounts and then decide whether a new bank account is needed or not.


43

E"


Workflow for Bank Account: Mass Signatory Change Approval

"' ..

-·---

End user can simply search the accounts that -..---,;.,:�::::::::;:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::;__'.s�gi�n�ta �o�ry�n�e� � d ro�b�e�m�ia �� n at�ni�e�� d .

��_J

e�

:

--� -.··-· · . .... --- -- . --· ...

.

'.l-

, -

.••

·-

..•••

. ..

•

,_

---. ............

,

...

.

End user can add new signatory to the chosen bank accounts. - End user can use the 'Change Signatory' function to replace existing signature with new one. End user can revoke one signatory in multiple bank accounts. " The approve process will be triggered for above processes if the signatory fields are sensitive. If split mode is maintained, multiple approve processes will be triggered by company code and/or account type.

•

....

·-

-·__�•._,.

•

-..... - -

• • • •

• •

·--·...-

•-•• _

T T ·---.._

---·-

--

• ' • '

••

••

-

.

-

-�--. ..·I

-

---

•

-

-

Figure 52: Work flow for Bank Account: Mass signatory change approval

When a signatory leaves a company, it is not uncommon that records have to be maintained for a large number of bank accounts. You also have to consider that when a new payment signatory is authorized. you have to assign the signatory to a certain number of bank accounts. In order to help you with these scenarios. the mass signatory change function can help you maintain signatories in multiple bank accounts with a single action. With this function. you can add a new signatory to chosen bank accounts. or replace existing signatories with a new signatory. You can also revoke one signatory in multiple bank accounts by editing the validity information of the signatory. The figure. Workflow for Bank Account: Mass signatory change approval. outlines this process.

44



Bank Account Review Process

---

•••••

---•• -•• ---- ....·--... ..... •• -..___ • --· •. ·- ____ ·-___ ----· -- ·-· --· -· __ . ._.. . -_,. ___.._ -· I=___ . .-. -- --. --.. ..... -- . --- .. -.. '" . . . . •• ----·---- .... ... .... . •••• •• •• -·--- -·-..--------·--· • · • ···· ·---·- -• --__ ---· ------· -· -__ --· . · --·----· -----• �--------· ---"·--· -----· �--... . . . .. ·· ---·-·-- --· ·-· -· -· ----.

Cash Manager triggers the bank accounts review process. Then the review request will be sent to the contact person _ who is maintained in the bank account.

.

•

•

• •

..,,

..,. ..._

..,.

• ••

• • •

L •••

• • -

-..

0

.

�

.

_,,.,

Cash Manager can easily get the review completed rate using the Bank Account Review Status Monitor.

• • • • • • •

,,_

,

.

Ill-·�

•

.

•

...

Figure 53: Bank Account Review Process

While working with thousands of bank accounts. it is very important to ensure that the data is correct and up-to-date. Therefore. cash managers have to perform regular bank account reviews to ensure that all of the data is correct. To help them with this task. there is a pre· defined workflow process for bank account reviews. With this process. cash managers can trigger the bank account review process and monitor the status of the bank account review. Note that if you want to use this function, you must ensure that you have defined the general contact field on the Bank Account Master Data General Data tab under the Internal Contact section. as only those who have been defined as internal general contacts will receive the review reports triggered by the cash managers.


45

E"


Cash Pooling e.,,oo1GMo1,_....,...,,...........,�

-- .. --....-·· -· -· -• ·-----......·-. -·- - --- - -· - - __. ..... -.---• ----·--- -• • - ·--· ---a--- __ .. • • -� • • • • ___ ..·- -.... -·-- _..___ ·�·---·-�-- -- ·-. ,._ -· - -·-·--···- -----.. ' ---. • •• -· - ·-·- j ..�Y· .... .

�,

____ --

•• • •

·.t.-·•

.,.. •-•·n

,.

f... C.,.hPOOI

•

•

•

•

•• • • •

�

P'focfl., Cash c-�lon

C:Ml>(o,,c-•OIM �U tO)l(c,.R)MOI lll-15

•

,

,,.

-·�·-· ..- -- . ... -·

��

•

•

""'.,..

••••

o'I. G·'

..,....

,_,_ ••

......

�

--

••

t

�

• " • •

"•

- ---

I

·- �- ·- ... ...-.•

•

•

Cash Pooling • Cash pool is created from bank account group, which is in charge of business user • When concentrating cash, end user can easily check bank account balance before concentration and simulated balance after concentration • Limitations: although cash pool can be created/edited at any lime, once a bank account group has been used to create one cash pool, future change to bank account group(l1ke add/remove bank account) won't impact the cash pool createreoit/ccncemrauon. This will be improved in next SP.

Figure 54: Cash Pooling

With Bank Account Management. you can create cash pools based on the bank account pool structure and use cash concentration to centrally manage your cash. Upload and Download Bank Accounts

�-�.---""'*'�

Upload and Download Bank Accounts

,--A
·-

_

-

• Upload bank accounts from external systems or spread sheet to Cash Management system • Download bank accounts into XML file for mass editing • XSD based validation and customers can adjust validation logic per their own requirements • Extens1b1hty to support customer defined fields

Figure 55: Upload and Download Bank Accounts

To work with the new Bank Account Master Data. you need to migrate existing bank account data into the Cash Management system. However. the source data often exists in external systems or spreadsheets. Therefore. the Import and Export Bank Accounts tool can be used to help with the transfer of bank account data. With this tool. during the system set up phase. you can prepare your bank account data into the template provided and then import the bank account data into the Cash Management system on a large scale. After go live with Bank Account Management. if you want to check all your bank accounts in a single spreadsheet. you can simply export all the bank accounts.

46



display them in spreadsheet format, and then carry out batch editing as needed. Extensibility is also provided to support customer-defined fields.

Foreign Bank Account Report App

_ __

I �-- ft!--

B;iok Account M.inngement ��

f'-8a"'Ano.nt

�

_,

Aie(ou,•

,.., 0.,1 �

,',h s.-,1 �--

•ere.,,_

WON1J

Mii"'- �

u:.,� D� 0..

.._;, ...,.,_

1,n-. It""'"�

31 iti

Foreign Bank Account(Fiori ID: F1575) • With this transaction app Foreign Bank Account, you can identify foreign bank accounts and responsible signatories in your company, you can use the information to file legitimate reports, if required in your country, for example the Report of Foreign Bank and Financial Accounts (FBAR) required for United States persons and you can also use the information for analytical purposes. Figure 56: Foreign Bank Account Report

With the Foreign Bank Account Report app, you can check foreign bank account information and the responsible signatories in your company. You can use the information to file legal reports. if required in your country. for example, the Report of Foreign Bank and Financial Accounts (FBAR) required in the United States. You can also use the information for analytical purposes.

S,andltd · €1 li:f!'e

a::.mn

us®

OOntia1t

� al

'

""*""

""""'°""

, 61

.._

Fo,eg11 Sarfl Accourt R� ...»F«iei 931

0 Home Country lo Specify the State Where your company is created and organized. 0

OtDIXllS 3112�

*""'�lta}Jt

O)rWEf Acoc.\nl 'llal.l!'

"'

-

v

<,

""'""'

al " Consider Account Value to control whether

10000

US)

al

account values should be displayed and considered

l!J:, �

""'""' i�l Siward €1 MJm'J,!ril
fNlt41 lnstJJA;QI

·��-,

�IN.lf"W/

ar�.ec�n

o,-,anm:,,, �

umw1

Indicates the greatest value of currency in a certain bank account in the specified time range. It is calculated based on the Fl document and bank statement.

CtU'!J'Vo.�n Gtm�

sure il'$SM Cl( frn\nWilfl

Cou'lry" At;m Gtfnlt'i'

"°"'

Ot( OXl1»m

Slttt P3saln DPoOr.JCO:>! 2!.!SI

SUie S)W�

Cit \',Of Stl!fl ICWIO JN!CE

l1'-� eooe tc120 U� JIKKU to1Ji0 \\tf I GtfflUny

,.neaistr. 11 J nm

COIA'tOI� Gem�

(M"f:Qr� A:lae$$

QfflNIIJ

see rnttc.v.w•
0

ltOJJlllKEl!OltllYIW i

fW-l!\IIIIIQlnt fmllfultllihln I Hnun I O.aunp

Maximum Account Value I SU 280.25 Bani

""''" El

'ft:!I � -,l't

,,..,

c«,,,v (t Ac;ni -Oe't!Mf,' $Jlt�-q

Orr- i:x:, stitet 1000 JNI'.::

ZIP.'P0$1'AICQ NlN

Figure 57: Lisl or Foreign Bank Accounts

The Foreign Bank Account Report app also lets you see a list of bank accounts by country code. By selecting the Home Country dropdown, you can specify the bank accounts in this country. By selecting the Consider Account Value dropdown, you can control the account values to be displayed and considered.


47

E"


In the Maximum Account Value column, you can check the greatest value of currency in a certain bank account in the specified time range. It is calculated based on the Fl document and bank statements. If you consider account value. when the sum of the maximum amount of each bank in the company code exceeds the Minimum Aggregate Value specified in filter bar. then the bank accounts in the company code will be shown in the view.

Ia b

o

,_ ,INI,! I llti. 'tOIGollUf!,

1llMN

•$.i•ttl

eu,

sw,tch the view between 'Table View· and

"""""-

'Form View'

cow

-·...._u_r-

ACCOUMS (94) $1onl$ard G)

-·

.ICCOllllt

,..,..,

M�l\coolr.t\(W(! l.mlO f"lpe:01,\CIOL'.A,llt �

Crpialon� !'OWt �� IOOOJ.Nl
Flllia�IW.b.lb)'t OOM1,1Zf.RZ&.'I< Aox-uft thmtei � T'97$31

Ott

o

�-�·�\ Y,1)f

Slale: S..d!'d ZI� toot· 2'110

$)n(A:dfus. f�k'ull.M1'fl. Ft.ttid,Jn,M.1tlJHt»ffi IG4'm'IMI}

Cf) f•Wflll\l.ll!fl St1le. HcS$CII � Ot Regien GeffN1tt A«Ollllt

""''""

Mbru!1 Aa:our11 w..e I 9,11 2e, 2S ;')Pt OI Ao:iolllt 11,u

01p,rt,1b0n�

,ow,

� � 1-000 .INI(£ 120120 \WE: Gt'lNfl'f

F1Nnolll 1161J')Joo,, f<)tl Ot

""""' w•�000tc

li«fNft. Ht.flit� �

Slate $1-*d

�ACOteSs·� 11,·2S451 OUdbmllGe!m/lWf

"" ......... «

201:io

�·�Gt!N�·

llP>l'l:ls!IICC731:' l�I

Cclufffl ReQIOfl Oe,!m,1nr

Figure 58: List of Foreign Bank Accounts· Views

There are two kinds of view to display data You can switch the view between Table View and Form View by selecting the toggle button to the top right of the accounts list view.

_,.......... Cl

m

'l:,e... _,...,..

•

-- ··-

--

-

•

• r,,,.

Navigation to bank accounts Information:

navigate to next page "list of the authorized Accounts in specified signatory"

•

.-

___ _ .. .,.. .

.... ,.�

... ... _

--

..__ -- -··:::.-· --· --.... --·- __�--...... - ....... --·--· - .. ........ -· =-----�---·-··,

·--

�' ,,,,_

,

--� ·-· --"'--· -·-·---·-..

••

......... --· -----·-·--

Figure 59: List or Employees who have signature authority over the foreign bank accounts

By selecting the Employee tab. you can switch to a list of employees who have signature authority over the foreign bank accounts. By choosing a row. you can navigate to the list of authorized Accounts for a specified signatory.

48



Manage Banks App

Manage Banks (Fiori ID: F1574)

Figure 60: Manage Banks

The Manage Banks app provides you with an overview of all the banks in your system. You can add new banks. contacts. and banking relationships to your database. You can also create. display. and change data for existing banks that your company. your customers. and your suppliers use to transact business. The figure. Manage Banks - List of Banks. shows the first step in the creation of a new bank process .

•

..

--

.... e......

. ......... .............

•

.

....... c.......

�

v

-

c, 0 "

Figure 61: Manage Banks - List of Banks


49

E"


Manage Banks - Create Bank

.

Q.

"'""

•• """Cl

...... v

. . .....

_ ........

...-·........

,,, v

Deletion lnklrm.:111ion

.....

Figure 62: Manage Banks • Create Bank

As shown in the figure. Manage Banks· Create Bank. when creating a new bank. you need to enter the correct Control Data and Address for the new bank. You can also set a deletion indicator and a credit risk rating. 0.

........ v

. --

--- ...

.,._

0,,.,-..•·-

_

,•

_._...,. ....

()IQ..t -

v

II

....... l>o_

v

�

-

_.,__

v

..................

_.,__

•

Figure 63: Manage Banks · Lisi or Banks

After you choose Save the new bank is added to the list. as shown in the figure. Manage Banks · List of Banks.

50



Deuts.Che Bank

-

.... «

.. _ f1t'*'> ..... _ t..lK... �

�

s,,,.-re•;
-··-�

....

Ho1Jwt1,111t..� 11)

�·,�

� C..,.,.a; 11,.. ·SJl�ll

--

,.-, ••UMt$1U

''"'

0 "

3

0 �

-

l,..,...o

·•H-•••

4

Figure 64: Manage Banks· Display the Bank in specified signatory

When you select the bank in the list view, you can access the following types of information as shown in the figure. Manage Banks· Display the Bank in specified signatory:

1. Link to Business Partner: Directs you to the Maintain Business Partner app. 2. Advanced Address: Directs you to Display Advanced Address information. 3. Display House Bank information: Directs you to the Display House Bank for the specified signatory. 4. Display Contact information: Directs you to the Display Contact for the specified signatory.

--·--

_,. __ - - --- .. -. ..._.- _ -- -·- --- ,.._ ...... ' «

pl

""'"'

. ..... ...

-51

"

....... viw,

,_..

__

-

,...

- -- -"'-..

a.--

I'"

Figure 65: Manage Banks· Units of Bank Used

The figure. Manage Banks· Units of Bank Used, indicates how to identify and navigate to Units of Bank Used information for a specified signatory.


51

E"


Bank Account Management Lite (BAM Lite)

BAM Lite is a basic version of Bank Account Management for customers without an SAP Cash Management license. It provides the following: •

Attributes include account holder. internal contact persons, and house bank account related settings on bank accounts

•

No workflow-based bank account processes

•

Replaces transaction Fll2 for Accounting customer to do the following: Define house banks: Use the new transaction FI12 HBANK. Define house bank accounts: Edit the Bank Account Master Data. on the Connectivity Path tab.

Find more detailed information in SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/sfin200 At the SAP Help Portal. navigate to SAP Library--> SAP ERP Central Component -+Accounting--> SAP Simple Finance Add·On -+ SAP Financial Supply Chain Management (FIN-FSCM)--> Bank Account Management Lite.

52


Unit 3 Exercise 1 Add a new Bank and Review the Bank Account Hierarchy

With the Bank Hierarchy and Bank Account Group the following functionalities are provided to organize all the banks and the bank accounts: •

Well-structured house banks and house bank accounts

•

Easy and fast search functionalities

,

Central work station to maintain and manage banks and bank accounts

In this exercise. replace## with your participant ID.

1. Edit the Bank Hierarchy and add a new bank.


53

E"

Unit 3 Solution 1 Add a new Bank and Review the Bank Account Hierarchy

With the Bank Hierarchy and Bank Account Group the following functionalities are provided to organize all the banks and the bank accounts: •

Well-structured house banks and house bank accounts

•

Easy and fast search functionalities

•

Central work station to maintain and manage banks and bank accounts

In this exercise, replace## with your participant ID.

1. Edit the Bank Hierarchy and add a new bank. a) In SAP Fiori, choose Bank Account Management---. Manage Bank Accounts: Overview and Maintenance .. b) On the Bank Hierarchy: Active Accounts screen. select the Bank Hierarchy tab and choose Edit Bank Hierarchy (pencil icon). A new window opens. c) On the Bank Hierarchy screen, select a node from the Bank Hierarchy section (ex: Bank 1). d) On the Bank Hierarchy screen. on the left side of the screen. select the bank to be added as new node in Bank Hierarchy (ex: UNI· Bank##). e) Choose Add Bank. f) Choose Save.

54


Unit 3 Exercise 2 Conduct a Fuzzy Search

Both bank hierarchy and account list view provide the exact search option. The user can easily search for what they want by using the Fuzzy Search.

1. Conduct a Fuzzy Search.


55

E"

Unit 3 Solution 2 Conduct a Fuzzy Search

Both bank hierarchy and account list view provide the exact search option. The user can easily search for what they want by using the Fuzzy Search.

1. Conduct a Fuzzy Search. a) In SAP Fiori, choose Bank Account Management--> Manage Bank Accounts. b) On the Bank Hierarchy: Active Accounts screen. choose the Account List tab. c) In the Fuzzy Search free text search field. enter a search term (ex: EUR) and choose

Go. d) A list with bank accounts with EUR in definition will be displayed. e) Close this tab.

56


Unit 3 Exercise 3 Define a Bank Account Group

Create and maintain a bank account group. In this exercise. replace## with your participant ID.

1. Create a bank account group using the name Bank##.


57

E"

Unit 3 Solution 3 Define a Bank Account Group

Create and maintain a bank account group. In this exercise. replace## with your participant ID.

l. Create a bank account group using the name Bank##. a) In SAP Fiori. choose Bank Account Management-+ Manage Bank Accounts: Overview and Maintenance .. b) On the Bank Hierarchy screen. choose the Bank Hierarchy tab. c) Under Bank Hierarchy, choose Edit. d) On the Bank Hierarchy section . select a node from the list Bank 1. e) On the All Available Banks section. select any bank which is not included in hierarchy and choose Add Bank with BP. f) On the Add Bank to Bank Hierarchy screen . choose Add Bank with New BP. g) On the Business Partner and Business Partner Name lines. enter Bank 3 and choose

OK. h) On the Bank Hierarchy section . select the node Bank 3 previously created and choose button Move node to higher level.

i) Choose Save.

58


Unit 3 Exercise 4 Create New Bank Master Data

The Manage Banks app provides an overview of all the banks in the system. In this app, you can add new banks, contacts, and banking relationships to your database. Also provided is the functionality to create. display. change data for existing banks in company. for customers. and for suppliers. In this exercise. replace## with your participant ID.

1. Create a bank and define the following common account properties: Field Name

Value

Bank Country

DE

Bank Key

987654##

Bank Name

Bank 987654##


59

E"

Unit 3 Solution 4 Create New Bank Master Data

The Manage Banks app provides an overview of all the banks in the system. In this app, you can add new banks, contacts, and banking relationships to your database. Also provided is the functionality to create. display, change data for existing banks in company, for customers, and for suppliers. In this exercise. replace## with your participant ID.

1. Create a bank and define the following common account properties: Field Name

Value

Bank Country

DE

Bank Key

987654##

Bank Name

Bank 987654##

a) In SAP Fiori, choose Bank Account Management--+ Manage Banks. and on the right down side of the screen. choose Create Bank. b) In the General Data tab, define common account properties such as the bank country, bank key, bank name. as provided in the table. c) Choose Save. The Bank Created message displays.

60


Unit 3 Exercise 5 Add Bank Master Data to Bank Account Hierarchy

1. Add bank master data to the bank account hierarchy.


61

E"

Unit 3 Solution 5 Add Bank Master Data to Bank Account Hierarchy

1. Add bank master data to the bank account hierarchy. a) In SAP Fiori. choose Bank Account Management-+ Manage Bank Accounts. b) On the Bank Hierarchy screen. choose Edit Bank Hierarchy. c) On the Bank Hierarchy screen. in Bank Hierarchy section. select the node under which to display the new bank. d) On the Bank Hierarchy screen. in the A// Available Banks section. select the master data previously created and stored. e) Choose Add Bank.

f) Choose Save.

62


Unit 3 Exercise 6 Define Bank Master Data as House Bank


1. Define bank master data as House Bank using the following data: Field Name

Value

Company Code

TA##

House Bank

T·B##


63

E"

Unit 3 Solution 6 Define Bank Master Data as House Bank


1. Define bank master data as House Bank using the following data: Field Name

Value

Company Code

TA##

House Bank

T·B##

a) In SAP Fiori, choose Bank Account Management ..... Manage Banks. b) On the Manage Bank screen. under Bank Type: My Banks. select the bank created previously (987654##). and choose Edit. c) Under House Bank section. choose Add(+). d) On the Create House Bank screen. enter the data provided in the table . e) Choose Save. The message House Bank created displays.

64


Unit 3 Exercise 7 Define Common Account Properties in the New Bank Account Master Data


1. In the new bank account master data. define the following common account properties: Field Name

Value

Opening Status

Current Date

Company Code

TA##

Account Holder

TA##

Bank Country

DE

Bank Key

987654##

Currency

EUR

Account Number

111111##

Select IBAN button

The proposed IBAN will be generated. Check and Save.

Description

Current Account EUR

Account Type

01- Current Account


65

E"

Unit 3 Solution 7 Define Common Account Properties in the New Bank Account Master Data


1. In the new bank account master data. define the following common account properties: Field Name

Value

Opening Status

Current Date

Company Code

TA##

Account Holder

TA##

Bank Country

DE

Bank Key

987654##

Currency

EUR

Account Number

111111##

Select IBAN button

The proposed IBAN will be generated. Check and Save.

Description

Current Account EUR

Account Type

01 - Current Account

a) In SAP Fiori, choose Bank Account Management__, Manage Bank Accounts. b) On the Bank Hierarchy screen, choose Account List. c) On the Active Accounts screen. choose New Bank Account. d) In the Genera/ Data tab, define common account properties such as provided in the table. e) Choose Save as Active. A message stating that the accout has been created appears.

66


Unit 3 Exercise 8 Maintain a Connectivity Path


1. Maintain a connectivity path between the bank account and the corresponding house bank account. Enter the following bank account data: Field Name

Value

ID Category

Central System: House Bank Account

Company Code

TA## displayed by default

House Bank

T ·B## displayed by default

2. Enter the following data for the House Bank Account: Field Name

Value

House Bank Account ID

GIRO

Bank Account

111111## displayed by default

GL Account

11001020


67

E"

Unit 3 Solution 8 Maintain a Connectivity Path


1. Maintain a connectivity path between the bank account and the corresponding house bank account. Enter the following bank account data: Field Name

Value

ID Category

Central System: House Bank Account

Company Code

TA## displayed by default

House Bank

T ·B## displayed by default

a) In SAP Fiori, choose Bank Account Management ..... Manage Bank Accounts. b) On Active Accounts screen, under the Account List tab. select account created previously (111111##). c) On the New screen, choose Edit. d) Select Connectivity Path tab, and choose Add. e) Enter the data provided in the table. 2. Enter the following data for the House Bank Account: Field Name

Value

House Bank Account ID

GIRO

Bank Account

111111## displayed by default

GLAccount

11001020

a) Under House Bank Account Data. enter the data provided in the table. b) Choose Save as Active. c) Message No payment signatory is maintained is displayed. d) Message Bank Account Current Account EUR is updated is displayed.

68


Unit 3 Exercise 9 Define Overdraft Limits

Overdraft limits is the maximum credit allowed by the bank on a particular overdraft account. You can define several overdraft limits for one bank account for different currencies and different validity periods. The system will calculate automatically the overdraft limit in total for a specific date and you will be able to see the overdraft limit information in the Cash Position Details app. In this exercise. replace## with your participant ID.

1. In your 111111## account, define the following overdraft limit and validity data: Field Name

Values

Currency

EUR

Overdraft Limit

10.000

Valid from

Current date

Valid to

31.12.9999


69

E"

Unit 3 Solution 9 Define Overdraft Limits

Overdraft limits is the maximum credit allowed by the bank on a particular overdraft account. You can define several overdraft limits for one bank account for different currencies and different validity periods. The system will calculate automatically the overdraft limit in total for a specific date and you will be able to see the overdraft limit information in the Cash Position Details app. In this exercise. replace## with your participant ID.

1. In your 111111## account. define the following overdraft limit and validity data: Field Name

Values

Currency

EUR

Overdraft Limit

10.000

Valid from

Current date

Valid to

31.12.9999

a) In SAP Fiori, choose Bank Account Management_, Manage Bank Accounts. b) On Active Accounts screen, under Account List tab, choose account previously created (111111##) c) On the New screen. choose Edit. d) Select Overdraft Limit tab. choose Add. e) Enter the data provided in the table. f) Choose Save as Active.

70


Unit 3 Exercise 10 Define Payment Signatories for Approving Payments

Payment Signatories are people who have the authorization to approve payments. With Bank Account Management. you can define different approval processes for different bank accounts by configuring signatory groups and approval patterns. Please note that this function is integrated with Bank Communication Management approval processes. For the signatories, they can approve the payments in another SAP Fiori app called Approve Bank Payments. In this exercise. replace## with your participant ID.

1. Define the approval processes for your 111111## bank account by configuring signatory groups and approval patterns using the following data: Field Name

Value

Signatory Group

GOOl

Signatory

Your User

Currency

EUR

Max. Amount for Payment

10.000

Max. Amount for Batch

20.000

Valid From

Current date

Valid To

31.12.2016


71

E"

Unit 3 Solution 10 Define Payment Signatories for Approving Payments

Payment Signatories are people who have the authorization to approve payments. With Bank Account Management, you can define different approval processes for different bank accounts by configuring signatory groups and approval patterns. Please note that this function is integrated with Bank Communication Management approval processes. For the signatories. they can approve the payments in another SAP Fiori app called Approve Bank Payments. In this exercise. replace## with your participant ID.

1. Define the approval processes for your 111111## bank account by configuring signatory groups and approval patterns using the following data: Field Name

Value

Signatory Group

GOOl

Signatory

Your User

Currency

EUR

Max. Amount for Payment

10.000

Max. Amount for Batch

20.000

Valid From

Current date

Valid To

31.12.2016

a) In SAP Fiori, choose Bank Account Management--, Manage Bank Accounts. b) On Active Accounts screen, under the Account List tab. choose account previously created (111111##). c) In the new screen. choose Edit and select the Payment Signatories tab. d) Choose Add. e) Enter the data provided in the table. f) Choose Save as Active.

g) Message Bank Account Current Account EUR updated is displayed.

72


Unit 3 Exercise 11 Upload Attachments

In the attachment tab. you can easily attach important documents and links to one bank account for future reference. In this exercise. replace## with your participant ID.

1. Add an attachment to previously created bank account 111111##. 2. Insert a link to previously created bank account 111111##.


73

E"

Unit 3 Solution 11 Upload Attachments

In the attachment tab. you can easily attach important documents and links to one bank account for future reference. In this exercise. replace## with your participant ID.

1. Add an attachment to previously created bank account 111111##. a) In SAP Fiori, choose Bank Account Management--, Manage Bank Accounts. b) On Active Accounts screen. under Account List tab. choose the previously created account (111111##). c) Choose Edit. d) Select the Attachment tab, and choose Add. The New Attachment screen displays. e) On the New Attachment screen. choose Browse f) Select the file and choose Open. The file location is copied in the File field. g) Enter a new name in the Name field. 2. Insert a link to previously created bank account 111111##. a) If you want to insert a link. choose Link. The New Link screen displays. b) On the New Link screen. enter a link in the URL field. c) Enter a new name in the Name field. d) Choose Save as Active.

74


Unit 3 Exercise 12 View Change History

With the bank account change history. you can see who has done what and when. In this exercise. replace## with your participant ID.

1. View the change history of your bank account 111111##).


75

E"

Unit 3 Solution 12 View Change History

With the bank account change history. you can see who has done what and when. In this exercise. replace## with your participant ID.

l. View the change history of your bank account 111111##). a) In SAP Fiori. choose Bank Account Management-+ Manage Bank Accounts. b) On Active Accounts screen. under Account List tab. choose your previously created account (111111##). c) On the new screen, choose Change History. d) The changes are stored under different sections on the left side of the screen as: Change Document. Changed Attributes - Account Data. Changed Attributes Signatories. e) Close the window in order to return to previous screen.

76


Unit 3 Exercise 13 Open a New Bank Account When Workflow is Activated

By default. new Bank Account Management has an opening. changing. and closing governance process. For this exercise, please create other users to approve the request to create a new bank account. In this exercise. replace## with your participant ID. The following table outlines the user IDs used when the Bank Account Management workflow is activated in this exercise: Field Name

Value

User S4F40-##

User who will request the bank account crea· tion.

User S4F40A-##

User who will approve the bank account creation from Cash Manager perspective.

User S4F40B-##

User who will confirm the bank account creation from Bank Accountant perspective.

UserS4F40-##

User who will confirm the bank account creation from Key User perspective.

1. Check the assignment for user with the correct rule for corresponding actions using the configuration (I MG) node: Define Responsibilities for Rules Used in Workflow Steps. and revise the rules outlined in the following table: Field Name

Value

Rule 74300006

Cash Manager rule used for 1st step in approval process workflow template

Rule 74300007

Bank Accountant rule used for 2nd step in approval process workflow template

Rule 74300008

Key User rule used for 3rd step in approval process workflow template

2. Activate the approval workflow for Bank Account Management. Use the data in the following table to add Another Entry Field Name

Value

Object Category

BO

Object Type

FCLM_CR


77

E"


Field Name

Value

Receiver Type

WS74300043

3. Log on to SAP Fiori with User S4F40-##, and create a new bank account Use the data in the following table to create the bank account: Field Name

Value

Opening Date

current date

Company Code

TA##

Account Holder

TA##

Bank Country

DE

Bank Key

987654##

Currency

EUR

Account Number

112233##

IBAN

select IBAN button and confirm the proposal

Description

Current Account EUR

Account Type

01 - Current Account

4. Add the following note to the new account send request: Create bank account CURRENT ACCOUNT EUR

5. Log on to SAP Fiori with User S4F40A-##. and approve bank account creation from the cash manager's perspective. 6. Log on to SAP Fiori with User S4F40B-##, and confirm bank account creation from the bank accountant's perspective. 7. Log on to SAP Fiori with User S4F40-##. and confirm bank account creation from the key user perspective. 8. Deactivate the approval workflow for Bank Account Management. Follow bellow steps and use the data from bellow table:

78

Field Name

Value

Object Category

BO

Object Type

FCLM_CR

Receiver Type

WS74300043


Unit 3 Solution 13 Open a New Bank Account When Workflow is Activated

By default. new Bank Account Management has an opening. changing. and closing governance process. For this exercise, please create other users to approve the request to create a new bank account. In this exercise. replace## with your participant ID. The following table outlines the user IDs used when the Bank Account Management workflow is activated in this exercise: Field Name

Value

User S4F40-##

User who will request the bank account crea· tion.

User S4F40A-##

User who will approve the bank account creation from Cash Manager perspective.

User S4F40B-##

User who will confirm the bank account creation from Bank Accountant perspective.

UserS4F40-##

User who will confirm the bank account creation from Key User perspective.

1. Check the assignment for user with the correct rule for corresponding actions using the configuration (I MG) node: Define Responsibilities for Rules Used in Workflow Steps. and revise the rules outlined in the following table: Field Name

Value

Rule 74300006

Cash Manager rule used for 1st step in approval process workflow template

Rule 74300007

Bank Accountant rule used for 2nd step in approval process workflow template

Rule 74300008

Key User rule used for 3rd step in approval process workflow template

a) In the SAP Easy Access screen. choose SPRO ..... SAP Reference /MG ..... Financial Supply Chain Management ..... Cash and Liquidity Management ..... Bank Account Management-> Define Responsibilities for Rules Used in Workflow Steps. b) On the Responsibility. choose Rule. and enter 74300006.


79

E"


c) In the Responsibilities for Rule FCLM_CASHMNG Cash Manager, select the Cash Manager TA## line. and then choose Insert agent assignment. d) On the Selection screen, check if the User S4F40A-## is displayed in the list in order to approve a new bank account. The user can approve the change request as 'To Be Approved from the cash manager's perspective. e) Return to previously screen. f) On the Responsibility, choose Rule. and enter 74300007. g) In the Responsibilities for Rule FCLM_CASHOPR Bank Accountant. select the Bank Accountant TA## line. and then choose Insert agent assignment. h) On the Selection screen, check f the User S4F40B-## is displayed in the list in order to confirm a new bank account. The user can confirm the change request as To Be Approved from the bank accountant's perspective. i) Return to previously screen. j) On the Responsibility, choose Rule. and enter 743000078. k) In the Responsibilities for Rule FCLM_SYSCOLL Key User. select the Key User TA## line. and then choose Insert agent assignment. I) On the Selection screen, check if the User S4F40-## is displayed in the list in order to be able to confirm a new bank account. The user can confirm the change request as To Be Approved from the key user's perspective. 2. Activate the approval workflow for Bank Account Management. Use the data in the following table to add Another Entry: Field Name

Value

Object Category

BO

Object Type

FCLM_CR

Receiver Type

WS74300043

a) In the SAP Easy Access screen, choose SPRO-> SAP Reference /MG - Financial Supply Chain Management --+ Cash and Liquidity Management --+ Bank Account Management_... Maintain Event Type Linkage for Triggering Workflow Processes. Alternatively, you can use transaction SWETYPV. b) In the Display View Event Type Linkages: Overview screen, choose Change if the screen is in Display mode .. c) In the Change View Event Type Linkages: Overview screen, choose Position. d) In the Another Entry screen, enter the data provided in the table. e) Choose Continue. f) Select the line with characteristics requested, and choose Details.

80



g) In the Change View Event Type Linkages: Details screen. choose Linkage Activated. h) Choose Save, and choose Back twice to return to initial screen. 3. Log on to SAP Fiori with User S4F40-##, and create a new bank account Use the data in the following table to create the bank account: Field Name

Value

Opening Date

current date

Company Code

TA##

Account Holder

TA##

Bank Country

DE

Bank Key

987654##

Currency

EUR

Account Number

112233##

!BAN

select IBAN button and confirm the proposal

Description

Current Account EUR

Account Type

01- Current Account

a) Log on using user S4F40-##. b) In SAP Fiori. choose Bank Account Management-+ Manage Bank Accounts. c) On the Bank Hierarchy: Active Accounts screen, choose Account List. d) On the Active Accounts screen. choose New Bank Account. e) On the New Bank Accountscreen, enter the data provided in the table. f) Choose Save and Submit. 4. Add the following note to the new account send request: Create bank account CURRENT ACCOUNT EUR

a) On the Send Request screen enter the following note: Create bank account CURRENT ACCOUNT EUR.

b) Choose Submit. c) Message Change request xxx created is displayed. d) Message Bank Account Current Account EUR created is displayed. 5. Log on to SAP Fiori with User S4F40A-##, and approve bank account creation from the cash manager's perspective. a) In SAP Fiori. choose Bank Account Management--+ My Bank Account Worklist (Cash Manager rule).


81

E"


b) In the Requests for Approval tab. the new bank account is displayed. c) Select the line with the new bank account. and on the Change Request: Create Bank Account Current Account EUR screen. choose Approve. d) On the Approve Request screen. choose Approve. e) On the Approve Request new screen a note can be entered and choose Approve. f) Message Change request xxx approved is displayed.

g) Choose Home to return to the initial screen. 6. Log on to SAP Fiori with User S4F40B-##, and confirm bank account creation from the bank accountant's perspective. a) In SAP Fiori, choose Bank Account Management--. My Bank Account Work/ist (Bank Account Rule). b) In the Requests for Approval tab. the new bank account is displayed. c) Select the line with the new bank account. and on the Change Request: Create Bank Account Current Account EUR screen. choose Confirm. d) On the Confirm Request screen. choose Confirm e) On the Confirm Request new screen a note can be entered and choose Confirm. f) Choose Home to return to the initial screen. 7. Log on to SAP Fiori with User S4F40-##, and confirm bank account creation from the key user perspective. a) In SAP Fiori. choose Bank Account Management---> My Bank Account Worklist (Key User Rule). b) In the Requests for Approval tab. the new bank account is displayed. c) Select the line with the new bank account. and on the Change Request: Create Bank Account Current Account EUR screen. choose Confirm. d) On the Confirm Request screen. choose Confirm. e) On the Confirm Request new screen a note can be entered and choose Confirm. f) Choose Home to return to the initial screen. The new account is created and is visible in Account List. g) In SAP Fiori. choose Bank Account Management---> Manage Bank Accounts. h) On the Bank Hierarchy: Active Accounts screen. choose Account List. Account 112233## is created. 8. Deactivate the approval workflow for Bank Account Management. Follow bellow steps and use the data from bellow table:

82

Field Name

Value

Object Category

BO

Object Type

FCLM_CR



I Receiver Type

I WS74300043

a) In the SAP Easy Access screen. choose SPRO---. SAP Reference /MG---. Financial Supply Chain Management ---+ Cash and Liquidity Management ---+ Bank Account Management---. Maintain Event Type Linkage for Triggering Workflow Processes. Alternatively. you can use transaction SWETYPV. b) In the Display View Event Type Linkages: Overview screen. choose Change if the screen is in Display mode .. c) In the Change View Event Type Linkages: Overview screen. choose Position. d) In the Another Entry screen, enter the data provided in the table. e) Choose Continue. f) Select the line with characteristics requested, and choose Details.

g) In the Change View Event Type Linkages: Details screen, deselect Linkage Activated. h) Choose Save. and choose Back twice to return to initial screen.


83

E"


84


Unit 3 Exercise 14 Review the Tools Available for Approvers

There are tools available for approvers in the Bank Account Management for workflow processes, for example, the change history function. In the change history check, previous changes to the bank account such as who has changed something, or who has created information for this bank account. There is also the existing bank account function. This function allows approvers to check existing bank accounts and decide if the new bank account is really needed or not.

1. Review the available approver tools.


85

E"

Unit 3 Solution 14 Review the Tools Available for Approvers

There are tools available for approvers in the Bank Account Management for workflow processes, for example. the change history function. In the change history check. previous changes to the bank account such as who has changed something. or who has created information for this bank account. There is also the existing bank account function. This function allows approvers to check existing bank accounts and decide if the new bank account is really needed or not.

1. Review the available approver tools. a) In SAP Fiori. choose Bank Account Management---. Manage Bank Accounts. b) On the Active Accounts screen. under the Account List tab. choose New Bank Account. A bank account was created in the previous exercise. Using different codification for bank account a new account can be created. c) After the bank account has been created. choose Change History. d) On the Change History screen. under the Current request tab, choose Approval History. Information regarding Person Responsible, Action, Step Name. New Status. Completed On, Completed At displays.

86


Unit 3 Exercise 15 Implement a Mass Signatory Change Approval

With Mass signatory change approval function bellow operations are possible: •

End user can search the accounts that the signatory needs to be maintained.

•

End user can add new signatory to the chosen bank accounts.

•

End user can use the 'Change Signatory' function to replace an existing signature with new one.

•

End user can revoke one signatory in multiple bank accounts.

The approval process is triggered by the above processes if the signatory fields are sensitive. If split mode is maintained. multiple approve processes will be triggered by company code or account type. or both.

1. Define a payment signatory for the bank account created previously. 112233##. Use the data in the following table to create the payment signatory: Field Name

Value

Signatory Group

GOOl

Signatory

your user

Full Name

update with user data

Currency

EUR

Maxim Amount for Payment

10000

Maxim Amount for Batch

20000

Valid From

current date

Valid To

31.12.9999

2. Maintain the signatory in multiple accounts. Table 4: Old Signature Data Field Name

Value

Valid To

Current date


87

E"


Table 5: New Signature Data

88

Field Name

Value

New Signatory

New User

Valid From

Current date+ 1 day

Valid To

31.12.9999


Unit 3 Solution 15 Implement a Mass Signatory Change Approval

With Mass signatory change approval function bellow operations are possible: •

End user can search the accounts that the signatory needs to be maintained.

•

End user can add new signatory to the chosen bank accounts.

•

End user can use the 'Change Signatory' function to replace an existing signature with new one.

•

End user can revoke one signatory in multiple bank accounts.

The approval process is triggered by the above processes if the signatory fields are sensitive. If split mode is maintained. multiple approve processes will be triggered by company code or account type. or both.

1. Define a payment signatory for the bank account created previously. 112233##. Use the data in the following table to create the payment signatory: Field Name

Value

Signatory Group

GOOl

Signatory

your user

Full Name

update with user data

Currency

EUR


10000


20000

Valid From

current date

Valid To

31.12.9999

a) In SAP Fiori. choose Bank Account Management---+ Manage Bank Accounts. b) Under Account List. choose Bank Account. c) On the new screen. choose Edit. d) Select the Payment Signatory tab. e) Choose Add and enter the data provided in the table

f) Choose Save and Submit. g) On the Send Request screen. add a note and choose Submit.


89

E"


The bank account is then approved by the user defined as approver in bank workflow. For workflow process see exercise Create a New Bank Account When Workflow is activated 2. Maintain the signatory in multiple accounts. Table 4: Old Signature Data Field Name

Value

Valid To

Current date

Table 5: New Signature Data Field Name

Value

New Signatory

New User

Valid From

Current date+ 1 day

Valid To

31.12.9999

a) In SAP Fiori. choose Bank Account Management Accounts.

--+

Maintain Signatory in Multiple

b) On the Maintain Signatory in Multiple Accounts screen. select the accounts that need to be changed and choose Change Signatory. c) On the Change Signatory screen. enter the data from the table, Old Signature Data. d) On the Change Signatory screen. enter the data from the table. New Signature Data. e) Enter a note and choose OK. f) Use the user that was defined as approver in bank workflow process. g) In SAP Fiori. choose Bank Account Management --+ My Bank Account Worklist. The account displays and needs to be approved by cash manager and confirmed by bank accountant and the key user. For workflow process see exercise Create a New Bank Account When Workflow is activated.

90


Unit 3 Exercise 16 Initiate the Bank Account Review Process

While working with thousands of bank accounts. it is very important to ensure that the data is correct and up to date. Therefore, cash managers have to perform regular bank account reviews to ensure data correctness. The pre-defined workflow process for bank account review can be used. In this exercise. replace## with your participant ID.

1. Define the contact person for the 112233## bank account. 2. Use the data in the tables provided to initiate the review process: Table 6: Bank Details Field Name

Values

Company Code

TA##

Country

DE

Bank

987654##

Account Number

112233##

Table 7: Initiate Review Process Field Name

Value

Due Date

current date

Title

Review bank account

Note

Review bank account

3. Monitor the status of the review. 4. Access the SAP Fiori app and use the cash manager user (S4F40A-##) to approve the bank account workflow.


91

E"

Unit 3 Solution 16 Initiate the Bank Account Review Process

While working with thousands of bank accounts. it is very important to ensure that the data is correct and up to date. Therefore. cash managers have to perform regular bank account reviews to ensure data correctness. The pre-defined workflow process for bank account review can be used. In this exercise. replace## with your participant ID.

1. Define the contact person for the 112233## bank account. a) In SAP Fiori. choose Bank Account Management-+ Manage Bank Accounts: Overview and Maintenance. b) In the Bank Hierarchy: Active Accounts. choose Account List and select previously created bank account 112233## and choose Edit. c) Under General Data tab Internal Contact Persons. enter user S4F40A-00 and choose Save and Submit. The user defined as contact person will be the user who will confirm the review process. The bank account to be reviewed and confirmed will be displayed under Bank Account Management - My Bank Account Worklist in the user defined as contact person session. 2. Use the data in the tables provided to initiate the review process: Table 6: Bank Details Field Name

Values

Company Code

TA##

Country

DE

Bank

987654##

Account Number

112233##

Table 7: Initiate Review Process

92

Field Name

Value

Due Date

current date

Title

Review bank account

Note

Review bank account



a) In SAP Fiori. choose Bank Account Management ...... Initiate Review Process For Bank Accounts. b) Enter the data provided in the table. Bank Details. Please note. these fields are not mandatory. choose Go to generate a list of banks. c) Select the bank displayed and choose Initiate Review button. d) On the Initiate Review Process for Bank Accounts screen. enter the data provided in the table. initiate review process and choose OK. 3. Monitor the status of the review. a) In SAP Fiori. choose Bank Account Management---+ Monitor Review Status. b) On the Monitor Bank Account Review Status screen. choose Go. The bank account 112233## displays. 4. Access the SAP Fiori app and use the cash manager user (S4F40A-##) to approve the bank account workflow. a) In SAP Fiori initial. choose Bank Account Management--+ My Bank Account Worklist. On the My Worklist screen. the account 112233## displays. b) Select the bank account and on the next screen choose Approve from Cash Manager Position. c) Choose Home to return to initial screen.


93

E"


94


Unit 3 Exercise 17 Upload and Download Bank Accounts

To work with the new Bank Account Master Data. we need to migrate the existing bank account data into the Cash Management system. Using Upload and Download Bank Accounts functionality the following are possible: •

Upload bank accounts from external systems or a spreadsheet into the Cash Management system.

•

Download bank accounts into an XML file for mass editing.

•

XSD based validation and customers can adjust validation logic to their own requirements.

•

Extensibility to support customer defined fields.

1. Review the upload and download options for bank accounts.


95

E"

Unit 3 Solution 17 Upload and Download Bank Accounts

To work with the new Bank Account Master Data. we need to migrate the existing bank account data into the Cash Management system. Using Upload and Download Bank Accounts functionality the following are possible: •

Upload bank accounts from external systems or a spreadsheet into the Cash Management system.

•

Download bank accounts into an XML file for mass editing.

•

XSD based validation and customers can adjust validation logic to their own requirements.

•

Extensibility to support customer defined fields.

1. Review the upload and download options for bank accounts. a) In SAP Fiori, choose Bank Account Management--> Manage Bank Accounts. b) On Bank Hierarchy: Active Accounts screen, choose the Account List tab. c) On Active Accounts screen. choose Import and Export Accounts. d) On the Import and Export Accounts screen two sections are available: Bank Accounts Export and Bank Accounts Import. e) Note that for Bank Accounts Export. the following options are available: •

Export Bank Accounts to an XML file

•

Download XML Spreadsheet Template

•

Download XML Schema File Import validation

f) In Bank Accounts Import section, choose Browse, and select your chosen file and choose Open.

g) In the Import path field. the location PDF file to be imported is saved. h) The following options are available:

96

•

Import with Test Run

•

Import


Unit 3 Exercise 18 Generate a Foreign Bank Account Report

With the Foreign Bank Account transaction app, you can identify foreign bank accounts and the responsible signatories in your company. You can use the information to file legitimate reports in your country. for example. the Report of Foreign Bank and Financial Accounts (FBAR) required for United States persons. and you can also use the information for analytical purposes. In this exercise. replace## with your participant ID. 1. Generate a foreign bank account report. Use the data in the following table: Field Name

Value

Country

us Home country to specify the state where the company is created and organized.

Company Code

TA##

Time Range

01.01.2000 - 31.12.9999

Consider Account Value

No. Select this option.

Consider Account Value to control whether Yes and bellow fields will be opened: the account value should be displayed and Minimum Aggregate Value - 100.000 considered. Currency - USD Exchange rate type - M


97

E"

Unit 3 Solution 18 Generate a Foreign Bank Account Report

With the Foreign Bank Account transaction app, you can identify foreign bank accounts and the responsible signatories in your company. You can use the information to file legitimate reports in your country, for example. the Report of Foreign Bank and Financial Accounts (FBAR) required for United States persons. and you can also use the information for analytical purposes. In this exercise. replace## with your participant ID. 1. Generate a foreign bank account report. Use the data in the following table: Field Name

Value

Country

us Home country to specify the state where the company is created and organized.

Company Code

TA##

Time Range

01.01.2000 - 31.12.9999

Consider Account Value

No. Select this option.

Consider Account Value to control whether Yes and bellow fields will be opened: the account value should be displayed and Minimum Aggregate Value - 100.000 considered. Currency - USO Exchange rate type - M

a) In SAP Fiori, choose Bank Account Management--> Foreign Bank Account Report. b) On the Foreign Bank Account Report screen, enter the data provided in the table. c) Choose Go. d) Switch the View between the Table View and Form View to obtain a second view for displaying data.

98


Unit 3 Exercise 19 List Employees who have Signature Authority over the Foreign Bank Accounts

In the Foreign Bank Account Report. when you select the Employee tab. a list of employees who have signature authority over the foreign bank accounts displays. By selecting a row. you can navigate the list of the authorized Accounts for specific signatory.

1. Generate a list of employees with signature authority.


99

E"

Unit 3 Solution 19 List Employees who have Signature Authority over the Foreign Bank Accounts

In the Foreign Bank Account Report. when you select the Employee tab. a list of employees who have signature authority over the foreign bank accounts displays. By selecting a row. you can navigate the list of the authorized Accounts for specific signatory.

1. Generate a list of employees with signature authority. a) In SAP Fiori. choose Bank Account Management-+ Foreign Bank Account Report. b) On the Foreign Bank Account Report screen. switch the view between the Company and Employees tabs.

100




101

E"'



102

•


•



Unit 3 Lesson 2 Customizing Bank Account Management



•


•


Bank Account Management Configuration Scenario You are interested in the customizing, workflow, and authorization functions in Bank Account Management (BAM). BAM Configuration • Bank Account Master Data Setting Change View "Bank Account Milster Data Setting": Details

"'�"'*' Debo Structure

_

· 5ia0k A£c',-,,e ,=-2-,,::_ _ -.::_...,J _ , ", "-..,•""'o.'• "u,-s"'m • C!Accoont TYPe DemtlOO • Cl Senscwe Flekls fOf Hodfboon Process • llloeme lrroort Hedlocfs fof �nk Statements

• Cl Dtfin• Signatory GtOUPi " • Otfile APOro-v� Pa:tttrns • 1::1' Manti" tlon·Sto1>1n� Ai>oroval P•tttnt$

• 81 Assi!,'I App,OVJI PJt'ttmf

• �

Bat\\ A«ount M�tr Data ReQ,No,RJng,e

01

Ted\. E No. runo

01

)

---

�·Aoj,()n,. w ._

AC:w..• eu.n.. �

w�

Su&t oo,wtfff � w 111$.

ON l«Jla(IOl'ICOflOOtM!� "*'
°*" �

-............ ""°""

('m,nd�N«I�

lanl(A«o,,#lt �

._.A«Mll

OfMt �� lo, T$0WIIQl:IDS M �� o.tr'otlu'lk�ff/1�� Q Oolt Settn(ll (w lffl A«N'lt � �

,,.• . q,

Figure 66: BAM Configuration· Define Settings for Bank Account Master Data

Use the following path to access the SAP customizing implementation guide (IMG) guide: SAP Customizing Implementation Guide -+ Financial Supply Chain Management -+ Cash and Liquidity Management-+ Bank Account Management-. Basic Settings 1. In the Bank Account Master Data Setting, under Basic Settings. you can use customizing activities to define number ranges and then specify a number range respectively for the bank account technical IDs and change request numbers.


103

E"'


BAM Configuration • Account Type Definition

I

Ci,,ng. V',ew "�t Type l>H"mition": Dwtview � c;('

INw �

• ·�t

![!. ji ..,

""""""' : •:;:;�dtl

It fir, 11.

....

A,m,Jr,:

sea,,�

• ls.no.,-�o:mt.t-81111t�-� " " flelo:s lof �, ""°Kffl

·•o.tr·s.-��

"' ..c.!Y, IIOfl,\M Pr.t• ·�lbl.Sto.ol<\UIJoo.iMIPn"e!'l"IS

··�AMMP�s

".. .. ".. �

�

-

r,r,t �llOfl

.......

• :11n- ...- o....n...

"o: Os>er•�•'4 �...�

--· ,__

• !ll?leot .,... 0ii,u1�

"Ol ¢pct•UM �l

• :nn=-i .w 0;:.�n�

"o• n.c,;n-1 �:;

.• .•

�"«-t

� laneoo - Oir..tleoi

"'0) tl.oell-1

•

,.,_.. #,(tl)Jflt

• :nn..,..

a2c1

w.n�

.Slllt)

� !ll!teot eo

w.u"

V(!� MCUO!lll-

• :nnew ,.,. o.:..nw

" Ol l'l,:,cUOM t 1.:oo.....

A«*M'lt TIOt Oeta'clQllfl Qn>eN: A«wn: {t,tt"'*}

Ohttc l>C(Wnt �·W)l;f(.

• :..:lAol a2d o....tt<:ol Jc !Mi� � o.1.U.�

A,({(lufll;

o..o.r,; Attovrit

·-t

• •

Figure 67: BAM Configuration -Account Type Definition

You can define account types for bank accounts. Account types can be for example a current account. a balance account. a loan account. and so on. With the Account Type Definition field. you can select the following settings: •

Direction: Specifies whether the cash movements in accounts with this bank account type are incoming. outgoing. or can be either of the two directions.

•

Attribute: Specifies whether the bank account is an operating account or a functional account.

BAM Configuration • Sensitive Fields for Modification Process

I

Change View Sensitive Fields for Hod/f",a,tlon Process ff: Overview ff

,, <,ii

New Entries (Q � 11') Iii).

1$ (],

Oi>lo9 Structure • Clsank Account Master Data Settno • l?JAccount TYPe DefhtlOn · b senstt.te Fields for Modfcition Process • �Oef11e lfl'1)0rt. Methods fer Bank. Statements • C:Soefl'le S�atorv Groups v c:toeme Approval Patterns · Cl Mant.111 Hon·SeQuential Approval Patterns · CIAsslg.n A,pprovat Patterns

Sensitwe fie�s for ModlicatiOn Process Object

� Bank aeeec v

Fiel:I name

}cc_NUH

PM 86.nlc- Ate

VJ8""

Field Oesat)ton

l:lll

Bink Account Miste, "' !BAN (International B: v

CURR CU.nsency v WA!R.5

O.rencyKey

ovo Overd:e.! ... v A.'l)tJNT
Over'draft l.i1* Arrou CUrrency Key

SIG?l S1Q'.natu ... v i»iA.�

Bank Account M:astet

I Figure 68: BAM Configuration· Sensitive Fields for Modification Process

The fields maintained in the figure. BAM Configuration - Sensitive Fields for Modification Process. are important and sensitive attributes on Bank Account Master Data. Changing these attributes will trigger a change workflow.

104


Lesson: Customizing Bank Account Management

BAM Configuration • Define Import Method for Bank Statement Ch11n11e View "Define Import Methods for Blink 5til�ments•: overview

"»'

tlew B>tl1es

CD � ,,., Iii', I'.!]. [l.

Ol.*>O Structure · Cll e:an1: AC((MJnt NMttf om Sttti'IO

Ottne ln'c>Ott Mtttiodf fof 8¥lk SQittmienu ln'Oort MtUlod

· D Accoont Type Oefnt10n • C:, Sttl$0/i F..lds fOf Modlia:tiOn P10
01_?:r,..Slt

• ii.o!fne llT'C)Oft Methods for Bilnk Statements! • i;;;, Dtfht SiONtOfY Gtouos

02_M1.Nt!ll.

I)

Mlin1.1� �o Stlttmtnt

till A

y

1n1>ormo w Ob Bank t4o ,e;,oftng ti tins A.ccount

01_cn1

.., � Oefne Approval Patterns • [!:I Mailt:11'1 lton·StQUtntei ApptOVII P•tums · e:i Assign A;>ofoval Patt.ems

"'""'""'

�Ol'UlO W SWIFT Code

80_1'.t.PORTilfG

-

F ,gure 69: BAM Conuguratron · Define Import Method for Bank Statement

In the figure, BAM Configuration - Define Import Method for Bank Statement. you can see the following list of the Bank Statement Import Types: •

Import via SWIFT

•

Manual import

•

Import via CITI Bank

BAM Configuration • Define Signatory Groups Change View "Oeflne Signatory Groups": Overview �

,..,. "'"'"' CD � .., Iii', � [l.

DllloO StlUCture

Oe&.t Si;lnatorv Groups

· Ca 8.lnk Account Muter Data StMo

Sl!J. Grp rIN

0-tJon A'landlls:

· Clotfnt �oit Method, for 8¥ik Stittmtnts

G-001

r,easurv A

. i':ij····-·--ilil l?.!;..'ir!!.��'t

G00.2

Treasury 8

G()03

Fl'lincsals A

GOOC

Fi'IJnct,ls B

G-005

MR

••

tiurran Resou1ces

111.S

Treasury

· C!Account Type Otf*'l�iOn • (.:I �t1$1tJV'e Fields for Modtntson Proce$$

�Otfnt AoMMI Pitttms • • ��t1in tlon-St®tntlll �al Patttms · l:1A.S$1Qn APi>rM Patttms

v

err: A y

I

•

Figure 70: BAM Configuration - Define Signatory Groups

The figure, BAM Configuration - Define Signatory Groups, show the fields to define a group of signatories who are authorized to approve payments.


105

E"'


BAM Configuration • Define Approval Patterns �ngot View "Ootflne Approval Patterns•: OWrvlew

i �.

New Entries [t)

§. ""

a1. I!, (?.

OialoO Structurt

· f:l Bank Account Masttt om stttno • G:il M:c°"nt T� Otfiiition

-

• � SenstlYt Fiek!s for MocfkilltlOf'l Process

• � Dfflle lrrc,,olt Methods fOf Bank Statements · t:J Defile S19natory Groups ... et Oefrle Aooroval Pittems

· Iii Malltlt'l Non�StQutnttal Approval PJtttms

· el� Aootoval Pattems

H

P>tttm PAtt

5(1, Gro

AOOf, Seq,

�

,1 fiu� St.ep ruat

• •

• FIN

PAI2

l

PU3

1 fir.st St.ep

•GOOl

Pll3

2 Se�Qr.d Sup

•G001

PAIS

1 Tint Snp

... iRU.Sil1l't

PUS

2

P.UG

1 ri.ui. Step

PJJ6

2

seeeee

Step

- SG2

... ?RU.Stt"'R'!

Step

.... FIN

seeeee sup

.

0

• iREJ.S'U'R !

Figure 71: BAM Cont,guration · Define Approval Patterns

The figure. BAM Configuration· Define Approval Patterns. shows how to define a payment approval workflow by specifying the signatory groups involved and their corresponding approval sequences. You can define the following two types of approval patterns: •

Sequential

•

Non-sequential

BAM Configuration · Maintain Non-Sequential Approval Patterns Otm• APIXO'llll Pittems Appt. seq. P:itttm l fiut. SW-p P001 t !,ecoo:t Sttp POOl ,00, O lkin�St,.�1:tl.t

,.,

,

} 110n·S&q,:,t11tt•l

l rrree Su:p

... ""

"'<.001 ... (1002:

• • ., F!li

Chlln{lot View "Hlllntaln Non·s«,utmt/111 Appro1111/ Patttms•: 0 � New E11t1>,s [[}

el, .., (;I!.

Olillog 5mJCtUre

l!f. {§

· e;i � �«ount Nasttr OatJ SttthO

-- Sig. P.ttem

• e:JAc.coont Type Defl'uuoo • 1:::1 Stn:stN1 Fiti:h (or ModifotlOn Proeta • LI Oefne ltl1)0l't Netho� for Sank Statements

· I:> Otti'le Slgnrtorr Grooos

• � Def'ne A4)proval Patterns

. e, Mal'IOi'I l'otl·StQUtl'\tiaf AOproval Pxttn"IS

Mantarl tlon-Se.••

.......

..,

SGl

C!l •

· E:J A.S$IOn Al>C>«l>nl Pattems

Figure 72: BAM Configuration· Maintain Non-Sequential Approval Patterns

The figure. BAM Configuration • Maintain Non-Sequential Approval Patterns. shows how to maintain Non-Sequential Approval Patterns:. by defining the signatory groups for non· sequential approval patterns. For non-sequential signatory patterns. the signatory groups approve payments regardless of sequential order. All signatory groups receive the approval request at the same time. and they must have one signer to approve the payment. then the payment request can be completed. For signatory groups under a non-sequential approval pattern. you must specify the sequence value as Non-Sequential.

106



Assign Approval Patterns Ch.nge V-,ew ,.Assign Approval Patterns·'': Overview 'j, flew Entnes

CD � .., � l!ll- (1,.

OiJloo Stru
AsslQn Approval Patterns

Cor.d Type 0001 01

0001 02 0001 0$

· Ill Otfrlt SIQnJtOfY Groups .., �Oefne A.l)p,tOYill P•ttems

0()01

• lliilHantan tlon-Sequennal Approval Patterns

o,

0001 06

· lii"ASSQI App� �itternsJ

ooo, 02 COM9 01 COM9 02 COM9 06

SP02 01

5?02 02 SP02 06 IJUU 01

U.Kl 02

-

l

•

nMl 06

......,, ......,, ..."'", "'" ..., "'" ......,, ......,, ...,

J)anem

t!t

Prk>ritv

�

• I

.. 02

'

Figure 73: Assign Approval Patterns

As shown in the figure, Assign Approval Patterns, the company code and the account type can determine the signatory patterns. However. you can define a pattern without entering bank account type or company code. and enter from one of the following four priorities: •

Priority 1: Get a pattern with a specific account type and company code

•

Priority 2: Get a pattern with company code specified and account type not specified

•

Priority 3: Get a pattern with account type specified and company code not specified

•

Priority 4: Get a pattern with neither account type nor company code specified

Enable the Workflow for Bank Account Management Change View "Event Type Lln1'11ges•: Overview

7�

l'D lfo ..., llf. 1!i'> (a

llew Entnes

Event Type Lf'lbges

Type l'lka ... Ena?>ie ev... St:atus

Object cateoorv Ob;iertTvt>e 90I\ jcct L "'!'CLH_CR

Eve:nt

Recev• Type

CR!ATtD

�"$74300043

*° crrou

BCA ObJCCt 1- "'f'IPP

CR!AIEO

WS00400004

Yo error11

--

•

-·--

• •

-

..

Figure 74: Enable the \.Yorkflow for Bank Account Management

To enable the workflow for the Bank Account management process (opening, modifying, and closing), an Event Type Linkage entry must be registered. In SAP standard delivery, a default entry with an Object Type: FCLM_CR and a Receiver Type: WS74300043 are provided. If customers need to use a new workflow. then a new entry should be added and activated. the default one should be deactivated. If customers don't need the workflow for Bank Account Management. they can simply deactivate the linkage here. To access and customize Event Type Linkage, navigate to SAP Customizing Implementation Guide -+ Financial Supply Chain Management -> Cash and Liquidity Management -+ Bank


107

E"'


Account Management-> Maintain Event Type Linkage for Triggering Workflow Processes. or enter the transaction code SWETYPV.

BCM Configuration - Basic Setting for Approval

Basic Settilgs

"'LEmf ilc,1

Rule Currency

J

Exchange rate type Days Resubrrisslon

!0

Signature required

!

fr_

Figure 75: BCM Configuration - Basic Setting for Approval

To enable the payment approval process. there are several configurations that need to be done in Bank Communication Management. If you want a signature popup to appear before a payment batch is approved. select the Signature required checkbox as shown in the figure. BCM Configuration - Basic Setting for Approval. To access the Basic Setting for Approval screen. navigate to Financial Supply Chain Management -> Bank Communication Management -+ Basic Setting -> Basic Setting for Approval. If the check box is selected. the signature popup appears before the payment batch is approved. BCM Configuration - Rule Maintenance

.... ., "'°"" .. � sc

\'ltW fw Ade -.rtfflf".«

\wro:

""

A:WN« ,xit.MI tffl

"' ;wo,wp�� l

OOeir.of

Seownc. II

Define payment batching rules Figure 76: BCM Configuration • Rule Maintenance

In the rule details, a priority number determines how the rules are applied. Rules with small priority numbers are taken into account first. and the rules with larger priority numbers are taken later. To access the Rule maintenance screen. navigate to Financial Supply Chain Management -, Bank Communication Management -> Payment grouping-> Rule maintenance.

108



BCM Configuration • Additional Criteria for Payment Grouping 1

Change View •Additional atterfll for pa.--nt grouping•: Overvh

� � l;il f!i!. (J Add-.i
fMe lO

Gll)flg, field!

Pnorty

-

Gll)flg. Reld2

90

,,-,,\0101

IHiCIID

999

l1iO

I

Figure 77: BCM Configuration - Additional Criteria for Payment Grouping

For the Additional criteria for payment grouping dialog, the entries in Grpng.Field 1 must be entered as HKTID for a house bank account. You can enter payment groupings details in Grpng.Ffield 2. To access the Additional criteria for payment grouping screen, navigate to Financial Supply Chain Management -+ Bank Communication Management -> Payment grouoing-« Additional Criteria for Payment Grouping. BCM Configuration · Mark Rules for Automatic Payment (No Approval)

Change View "Rules for automatic payments": Overview

'P�lai �Q Rules for automatic payments

--, Rule ID AUTOl 11iO

Pnor,ty

Rule descrc>tion

A ... 0 ...

90

Automatic approval test

Qj

999

two step approval

O 00

Figure 78: BCM Configuration - Mark Rules for Automatic Payment (No Approval)

The configurations in Bank Account Communications Management - Rules for automatic payments are still valid. therefore if you want to define a rule for payments to bypass the approval process, you can define it as shown in the figure, BCM Configuration· Mark Rules for Automatic Payment (No Approval). If the Rule ID is checked as Automatic, the running of batch merging skips the approval process workflow in BCM and signatory approval process in BAM. If the Rule ID is not checked as Automatic. the approval process workflow in BCM and signatory approve process in BAM begin. To access the Rules for automatic payments screen, navigate to Financial Supply Chain Management -> Bank Communication Management .... Release strategy -> Mark Rules for Automatic Payment(No Approval).


109

E"'


BCM Configuration • Specify Signature Method for Approval Using Simple Signature

Change View "Digit:4/ Signature: Signature Object": Overview �

New Entries

��IIBEJ

I

Digital s10nature: Signature Object

Object --, BC LOG

!)··,

,..S10n.Meth. Sy,�,em SJ,gn,u:ure

c

I

Com... Remark nocu ... Verl. , wl• Pca., • Dis_ • Dis ... • �

0

Figure 79: BCM Configuration · Specify Signature Method for Approval Using Simple Signature

This screen allows you to set up user password verification when performing an approval. To access the Specify Signature Method for Approval Using Simple Signature screen. navigate to Financial Supply Chain Management ..... Bank Communication Management -, Re/ease strategy-+ Digital Signatures -+ Specify Signature Method for Approval Using Simple Signature. Maintain the Workflow Split Mode for Mass Signatory Change Change View "Split Mode of Mass Change Request": Details

�5

"'

e.;J

sotit MOde of Mass Chinoe Request St>k Modt

�Cl>d.i

11'.1

None ey�nyCod• By Account Type 8V �ny Cod• & Account l',\)t

!,.:;,\

Figure 80: BAM Configuration · Workflow Split Mode

To enable workflow splitting for a mass signatory change. you need to maintain Split Mode as shown in the figure. Maintain the Workflow Split Mode for Mass Signatory Change. Depending on the split mode chosen. multiple change requests will be triggered for the selected accounts and assigned to agents who have the corresponding company code configured in Rule Responsibilities. To access the Split Mass Change Requests into Multiple Change Requests screen. navigate to SAP Customizing Implementation Guide -, Financial Supply Chain Management-. Cash and Liquidity Management -. Bank Account Management -. Split Mass Change Requests into Multiple Change Requests. The following four split modes are available:

110

•

None: The workflow process of mass signatory change will be the same as the process in previous release.

•

By Company Code: Split by company code of selected accounts.

•

By Account Type: Split by account type of selected accounts.

•

By Company Code & Account Type: Split by both fields.



BAM Configuration • Enable Signatory Control

I

Change View "Process STE: Customer Enhancemc New Entries

�

[Process

,

ctr Appl.

Function Module

Product

- - - FCLV, BA.V, BO! REL PROC CTRL - - - -

BAM

FCLM BA.� BO! AGT PRES EL

OBANK002 08.1\NKOO(

I' I

Iii:! Iii, � � IBl. EA

BA.V,

Figure 81: BAM Configuration - Enable BCM Payment Approval

To enable the Signatory Controls from Bank Account Management. you need to set up the relevant entries in the Enable Signature control activity. Choose process OBANK002 and OBANK004. then enter the relevant Functional Modules, For the Product field, customers can define products in the view TBE24. To access the Enable Signatory Control screen. navigate to Financial Supply Chain Management-> Cash and Liquidity Management -, Bank Account Management -> Enable Signatory Control, BAM Configuration - Cash Concentration

-·O

0..nge View "Aat Transfer. OetBrmlne Receiving Bank's C. � New Entries

\.¥0.0,.._........,_4-

,.

-•w_...,._.,.,...._ ,..,_

ft} � .., l;i,

!!ii (],

•&Qi_111t.,..��

___ _,_

•O •O

---. _,__�-

•

--.... n->

.

I =• ..

...

�- ...... S'IO'IOII'(_,

•

.

CoCode House bk

,!)..

• 0.

'"""'�--. . o:......... ... ....

•11'

t-;

•

flc,we,�

[C

""'

Account ID cro acct A:;)(I

�yment,

113105

ml

I•

to cA IJi'.. � U

--..'-Mt�

----

·fl, -•[) ·G- O... """"'• U,

..

Pnt Method Q.arrency

CIMnge V,ew "Clewing .«ount for

...••,......,\(-(Ii.)

[}

coonuy

•
. °"'·-�!i),1---

•I;), � ·() ---

...........

·--

,Q�o,,,1o...... ,-

.

-.co.,.-.

.

-

'

......

1000

ltUOO

,ooo

lh400 ltUOO

.... ""

''"

''" ,. ..

·015----....-

Ut!IGO 19000

tiuO:.<

�eo.�·

wil

..... """

,

-� ...

.... '• ... .... '" ... ' "' ,.. ' "" ....., ...,_ bit ,.. (lq

HO!

)o

c

uo,

,;:.:,

�

m

' "'

Ult� �Htt-l

UUC>l

�l!t0,1

tUtt1 �1:tW

Figure 82: BAM Configuration - Cash Concentration

Cash Concentration creates a payment request to process cash transfers, Thee settings for payment requests are required. for example. the clearing Account for the receiving and sending bank account In the figure. BAM Configuration - Cash Concentration. the user can transfer cash from DB/ 1001 to 08/ANXI. To access the Payment Transactions screen. navigate to Financial Accounting (New)-> Bank Accounting=« Business Trsnsections-« Payment Transactions.


111

E"'


BAM Enhancement · Bank Account Master Data

'1"

A.a.

"' • .I'

I

... --

--

--...

... . .. -·- ··-... ·-..---· -....... ---....-.....--.. ...... ·----"' .. ............. -. --· """"' --a �.:,::::::- � =-�--- . . �

=

� � � �

...... . . .. ,.....

I....111 -....

.;

�"-

&WWl' ,_

,

••

_.,

......

------- _--.. -···· _, e..,,........, -

.,

r,w,-, -

..

� JAfa

..........

-:!

-. •

...'

.,

•-'" �IQ

_.

.

---.·--- -·-·-·- . • ··--

-

...

-----·

-__.. ....---·-----· -

I

... ,_,,.,., .. ,

·-

-------·---

---- .-..

1:-.U...

·-

.

figure 83: BAM Enhancement • Bank Account Master Data

Bank Account Master Data Enhancement allows you to enhance the Bank Account Master Data with customer specific fields. You can first add Cl fields to structure FCLM_BAM_AMD by in the structure CI_AMD_EXT. Then you add the fields to the Bank Account Master Data in the Webdynpro application configuration mode. BAM Enhancement· BAdl Enhancement

Bank Account Management enables the following extensions:

112

•

FCLM_BAM_AMD_ACTIVATION: Notification after a Bank Account is activated. For example. customers can extend the BAdl to create an IT Ticket to notify IT colleagues to create House Bank Accounts after a new bank account is created.

•

FCLM_BAM_AMD_CHECK: Additional Field Checks for Bank Account Master Data maintenance.

•

FCLM_BAM_ACC_NUM_MAP: As the length limit of House Bank Account Number. some customers use another field to store the Account Number like 'Alternative acct no.' This BAdl is to specify detail mapping, which can be used when generating Bank Account Number from House Bank Account.

•

FCLM_BAM_AMD_CI_FIELDS: Additional checks for User-Defined fields.



BAM Standard Workflow BOR Object FCLM_CR: Change request for Bank Account Master Data

Ob)eCt type

F�CR

Cha• reque.st !or bank account master data

-s tnc.cr!acu: �

• Events

SAP nal'ldarcl

reeerrece

�GJ Key !ield.s

l.......__FCLK_CR.�tatID

- FCLM CR.CREATED

Ch.nqe requut ID

- FCLM CR.PROCESSED

-m J.ttributu

4tt1t

Jlo (ll)JeCt

c:R.¢bJect7ype

type

t-Gl !'�t.."i'Ms

-

•

•

FCLM_CR, f:RoctSS

1.-m

Chc:clr c:xinen;c: of ob)«:t Display object P"rOe,t.u ene Cllanoe kqu.ut

Evtnts

�reut_ca.

i'ROCtsSED FCU!_CR.OV.!tl>

Ch�• Re(ll,1c:at Step Proc••••d Chang� Requut Crut�

Figure 84: BAM Standard Workflow

SAP delivers Bank Account Master data management standard workflow combining all objects in the object FCLM_CR.

BAM Standard Workflow Delivery Workflow objects ID

74300047 74300043 74300047 74300048 74300049 74300050 74300065 74300006 74300007 74300008

Type Standard Workflow Workflow Workflow Workflow

task template template template template

Workflow template Workflow template Rule Rule Rule

Abbr. FCLM DEC FCLM AMD FCLM-AMD-OP FCLM-AMD-MD FCLM-AMD-MM

Name Bank Account Bank Account Bank Account Bank Account Bank Account

Management: Decision Master Data Master Data: Open Master Data: Modify Master Data: Mass Modify FCLM-AMD-CL Bank Account Master Data: Close FCLM-BAM -RV Bank Account Master Data: Review FCLM CASHMGR Cash Manager FCLM CASHOPER Cash Operator FCLM CASHSYSCOLL System Colleague or Key User

Figure 85: BAM Standard Workflow Delivery

The figure. BAM Standard Workflow Delivery. shows the standard workflow objects for Bank Account Management. which includes the following: •

1 standard task

•

6 workflow templates for Master Data and Master Data: Open. Modify. Mass Modify. Close and Review

•

3 rules for different user roles


113

E"'


BAM Standard Workflow Delivery· Overall

Workflow Template - 74300043 Entrance of the following workflow processes

Change Request Created

Ac1ion

Check

Close Account (WS7430005-0)

Open Account

Review Account

ModlfyActount

(WS74300047)

{WS7430006S)

(WS74300048)

Mass Change Account

(WS74300049)

End figure 86: BAM Standard Workflow Delivery • Overall

The figure, BAM Standard Workflow Delivery - Overall. shows the standard workflow for the overall process. In this workflow template. you can see the actions that can trigger workflow and their corresponding workflow templates. BAM Standard Workflow Delivery - Open New Bank Account

Workflow Template - 74300047 Three roles in the workflow for opening account: • Cash Manager • Bank Accountant • Key User Approve

Send back

Bank

Rejec1

Send back

Confinn

Conflnn

W-ow Comple1ed

figure 87: BAM Standard Workflow Delivery· Open New Bank Account

The figure, BAM Standard Workflow Delivery· Open New Bank Account. shows the standard workflow to open a new bank account. Once a change request is created, the cash manager can choose to approve or reject the request. If the request is approved, the bank accountant will open the bank account in the bank, maintain the information. and confirm the request in the system. The key users receive a

114



request stating that a new bank account has been created, carry out the relevant configurations. and confirm the request. BAM Standard Workflow Delivery - Open New Bank Account Details Request

-----Subsidiary Cash

)Approve

) Open in the bank

Group Cash Manager requests to Manager reviews the open a bank account, request, compare with business with the existing bank reasons attached. accounts, and decide to approve or reject the request.

Bank Accountant negotiates with the bank on the contract, gets the bank account opened in the bank, and fills in all the detailed information of the account.

) IT configuration Key User makes necessary configurations in the system, to really enable the bank account into the payment and bank statement processes.

Figure 88: BAM Standard Workflow Delivery · Open New Bank Account Details

The figure. BAM Standard Workflow Delivery - Open New Bank Account Details. outlines a detailed description of the standard workflow for opening a new bank account. BAM Standard Workflow Delivery - Change Bank Account Workflow Template - 74300048 Three roles in the workflow for changing account: • Cash Manager Bank Accountant • Key User Approve

Send back

Reject

Send ood<

Confirm

COnfinn Workfcw., Compleled

Figure 89: BAM Standard Workflow Delivery · Change Bank Account

The figure, BAM Standard Workflow Delivery - Change Bank Account. is the standard workflow for changing a bank account. Cash managers need to approve the change of bank account. and the bank accountant then makes the necessary changes in the bank account. The key users then need to make any configuration changes. if necessary, and confirm the change.


115

E"'


_R_e_q_u_e_s_ t

) Approve

Subsidiary Cash Group Cash Manager requests to Manager evaluates the Bank Account change a bank Master Data and account, with business reasons either agrees or attached. disagrees with it.

) Change in the bank) IT configuration Bank Accountant aligns with bank and confirm the bank account changes.

Key User can either check and modify the system configuration and finish the change request or reject the change request.

figure 90: Change Bank Account Details

Workflow Template - 74300049 Two roles in the workflow for mass changing bank accounts:

Gash Manager

• Cash Manager • Bank Accountant

Approve

Send beck

Reject

WOl'kfow Completed

figure 91: BAM Standard Workflow Delivery· Mass Change

The figure. BAM Standard Workflow Delivery - Mass Change. shows the standard workflow for making mass changes to bank accounts. The cash managers need to approve the mass change bank account request, and confirm the change of bank accounts. Request

)Approve

Subsidiary Cash Group Cash Manager requests to Manager evaluates massly change bank the Bank Account Master Data and account, with business reasons either agrees or attached. disagrees with it.

[.,'\

116

} Change in the bank Bank Accountant aligns with bank and confirm the bank account changes.

Figure 92: BAM Standard Workflow Delivery · Mass Change Details



Workflow Template· 74300050 Three roles in the workflow for closing account: • Cash Manager • Bank Accountant • Key User

Reject

Send baek.

COOflrm

Cotl!lrm WOl'ldow Completed

Figure 93: BAM Standard Workflow Delivery · Close Bank Account

The figure. BAM Standard Workflow Delivery· Close Bank Account. shows the standard workflow for closing one bank account. Cash managers need to approve or reject the request to close a bank account. then the bank accountant closes the bank account. and confirms the change request. The key users change the required configurations. and confirm the change request. Request

)Approve ------Cash Cash

Subsidiary Group Manager requests to Manager evaluates close a bank the Bank Account Master Data and account, with business reasons either agrees or attached. disagrees with it.

) Close in the bank ) IT configuration Bank Accountant closes the bank account at specific bank. If the bank account is not closed successfully at bank. or cash operator thinks there are something wrong with the bank account closing, cash operator can reject the change request.

Key User can either do the system configuration and finish the change request or reject the change request.

F ,gure 94: BAM Standard Workflow Delivery · Close Bank Account Details


117

E"'


Workflow Template· 74300065 Workflow Started

Three roles in the workflow for reviewing bank accounts: • Bank Contact Person

Contact Person

Confirm

Workflow Completed Figure 95: BAM Standard Workflow Delivery - Review Bank Accounts

The figure. BAM Standard Workflow Delivery - Review Bank Accounts. shows the standard workflow for reviewing bank accounts. Once the group cash manager initiates the bank account review process. the bank contact person verifies the information maintained in Bank Account Master Data, and then confirms the review request. Request

} Review Bank Accounts

Bank Accountant reviews all Group Cash Manager requests to Bank Account Master Data review bank and confirm it. accounts, for example for yearly review. Figure 96: BAM Standard �Vorkflow Delivery - Review Bank Accounts Details

Technical Name

Descriptions

Properties

Information

INDICATOR_APPROVE

Approve Indicator

Import, Export

Decision of current step

IS-LAST-STEP

Is Last Step

Import

Flag for last step in workffow

EDITABLE

Account Editable

Import

Change Request

Import, Export,

Flag for bank account data editable Flag for house bank information editable General data of change request

APPROVE STATUS

Approved Status

Mandatory Import, Mandatory

Next status after approving

REJECT STATUS

Rejected Status

Import, Mandatory

Next status after rejecting

DESP-OTR-ALIAS

Step Description

Import

ADD_CHECK_FUNC

Additional Check Function

Import

OTR alias string for current step's description Function module for additional check.

AGENTDET BUKRS

Company Code

Import

Company code

AGENTDET ACCTYPE

Account Type

Import

Account type

MAINTAIN_HOUSEBANK Maintain House Bank CHANGE_REQUEST

Import

Figure 97: BAM standard workflow delivery - Standard Task

118



The figure. BAM standard workflow delivery - Standard Task, shows a list of standard tasks for the standard delivery bank account workflow .

I

Request Structure Enhancement 1

2

J

Extend the workflow request with customer specific fields.

�---- -

"""'--)/'I...,.,.-,. .. 7

__..,

4'l ....

0

·-·.. �---i,-

te•-- -· --

........

- -· --··----- ·-��- .. ···-�---� -·-� �·slo �

112=

""' ....

N:pr.Jlrpo

Add Cl fields to structure FCLM_BAM_REQ by adding user own fields in the structure Cl FCLM REQ.

<(I,,..

i<:•• ..mr ;er:-• il,1.1).l �

..

,:;_fl

..............�,.. -

.......... 9.,

...

...

-

�-ll'i'•

..,.....,.'!fin

t

11

"n

'"""' ·--·

·---

......, ��-· �"'L· f"".:""'"""'----,-.�--__· -· --- ,.

-

Add Cl fields to change request in webdynpro application configuration mode.

··---

• --.

···---

:.._L

--

-

--

-----·---

-· --

-·--- -.....-·--· -

Figure 98: Workflow Enhancement - Request Structure Enhancement

The figure. Workflow Enhancement - Request Structure Enhancement, shows the Request Structure Enhancement process. First of all. you can extend the change request with customer specific fields. add the fields to the structure FCLM_BAM_REQ by adding user own fields in the structure CI_FCLM_REQ. Then, add those fields to the change request in Webdynpro application configuration mode. • BAdl Definition in Spot FCLM_BAM: FCLM_BAM_REQ_EXTEND

-

-

• Interface: IF FCML_BAM REQ_EXTEND ltftUl..""'->&o_CX.....

Er.h�cemcmt lmp�tfflon .ill Pr.......lWS ), H-.......

[!](ID [J;lJ[ID §BAdI tnoie�S

Tedlnal Ott:liJ

..........

JJ &ih.

----:+. ZfO..M_IWt_ftEQ_� Tut ZfQ.M_6AM_RfQ_EXTE · ® l��tr!O GaS!

"'

"""" -

lnttmCt �l"lentri9 0-

Med>od

-

.

1, fCt.M !W! � txtt!,'D

'tCL reut BAH � r.xnmi"

�.� IF_FO..N_BMC_aE:(LsntHO....sAve

\'.:

-.

lrrP1erntr,tl'l9 Qiu

�

Si'lcwt oescrotiOn

Otmt Aelds to 8t Rtcordtd n (Jl�n

Figure 99: Workflow Enhancement - BAdl Enhancement

The figure. Workflow Enhancement· BAdl Enhancement. shows the second step of the process. which is to define the fields to be recorded in the change request by BAdl Definition.


119

E"'


------

1. Define own workflow in Workflow Builder

·-·-·--___ ·-----

�

··

2

Activate in transaction SWETYPV 3. Define own work item action

.

•

--

'(�

'-'-

(11,_J .... .l. -�--

1!!1!

=-

-. ...•===--"' ----·-·----:"..::..

........_----

.,,_ -·--··-- -·-·-.:;:::

•

" • a,.,._ Kew 7-, T_nN ,,,...,.,..., l>nMlt, ,, ""'� 4,Qc)Q(IQ

i::::-

-

Disp/ly Vlow 7-fr>r Inbox Configuration•: 0-V-

'!l' Iii l!ll O

-

Tub foe 1tbo:l �

�ra.K-IM-tlllQll.-l'l

won&w hlft » hlk l".offll1 Amon �

'1$7000047 a

:..AI.IIIClClllf

l'QIIQ.-rcl.lt-U.K- llllOX.-Wl

;:nuooou

Uil.lll'CIIQIII

l'C*l.-�lll!Cilt-11'1

7$7000049

.i.AlmCl!Cllll

iQIL-rcuf-... tlllOX.-lfl

iN.llltllOl!II

l,'Ql(l,-�ll!IOX-wt

1,,uooon na1ooou

l'Cll!l,-�lQOX-wt

l$lOOOOn

�CCIII

f'C*1...�Ull¢ll·Wf fQllll..-ttuf.� tlllQX-"1

u,0000$,

u,,,,c,,,, """"'". ,....

T$'HSOOOU

�llll"

Figure 100: Workflow Enhancement

If the customers want to define their own workflow, they can first define a workflow in the Workflow Builder and then activate it in transaction SWETYPV, and then define their own workflow item action.


120

•


•


•



Unit 3 Lesson 3 Setting up data for Bank Account Management



Bank Account Management Data Initialization Scenario You are interested in the steps of data initialization in Bank Account Management.

Generate Bank Account Master Data from House Bank Accounts The Migration tool is provided to generate the Bank Account Master Data from the existing house bank accounts. • SAP Menu: •f-Acc......,o • Cl Fhartoal Accountrto

• f""" Fnandail Supp.,, Chai\ M,ma9ement • D C-redt Management • CJ Bier orect • e) CW, ond UQuij(y Mwgemtnt

·�stttt,o,

• n TOOi! •

bnk Account M�Q,.cceme=nc,s__ t

• (;t' M9rate House Bank Accoonu

• � EXPosure Htb • c:11 OiStrbutlOn

Transaction Code: FCLM BAM MIGRATION Before using this migration tool to generate the Bank Account Master Data, please deactivate the approve process in the workflow settings. Figure 101: Generate BAM Data from House Bank Accounts

The migration tool is provided to migrate house bank accounts to Bank Account Master Data. You can use the transaction code FCLM_BAM_MIGRATION to do so. Before using this tool, please deactivate the workflow object in the workflow settings.


121

E"


Migrate House Bank Accounts

� qi II] Opened On

12.02.2015

� cocode House bk Acct ID :0001 �Ol OPHII 0001 Ol OPE112 0001 OPEN3 OI 0001 Q91 OI TEST 0001 OI 0001 OI TTTl 0001 Ol USDOl 0001 Ol ZNCNE 0001 OI ZNOIU 0001 OI ZNCNC 0001 OIK HOIK 0001 DB 0122 0001 DB 0716

�

Accoune Nurrber 20131210009 20131210009 201312030131 20131108001 622.2322265001 98730235 201311150091 6222322265003 6222322265003 6222322265003 62223222650021 1222 20140716002

St.INS

i.co i.::o CCD

c:co ocm CCD CCD

i.co i.co i.co CCD

c:co

c:co

Figure 102: Migration From House Bank Accounts (Cont.)

The following list outlines the meaning of each migration status indicator: •

Red Light (Not Linked) The linkage between house bank account and new bank account has not been created. The corresponding new bank account has not been created in the new bank account management system.

•

Yellow Light (Partially Linked) The corresponding new bank account has been created in Simple Finance Add-on 1.0. but hasn't been migrated to Simple Finance Add-on 2.0. The migration step is required to allow the bank account to be used in Simple Finance Add-on 2.0.

•

Green Light (Fully Linked) The corresponding new bank account has been created. The linkage has been built.

And you can check the migration log using the transaction code: SLGl

122


Lesson: Setting up data for Bank Account Management

,-::;

= = = =

--

_.., ............

Production System

Spread sheet

I

tlownlGNI

legacy system .... ,y ...........

- ... - .. . Prerequisites: Business Partners for Bank and Bank master records shall be maintained in target system, otherwise, bank account under the bank cannot be created successfully.

-.. -.. •

..

•

Dev/Q/P Syste Figure 103: Upload and Download Bank Accounts

The Upload and Download Bank Accounts functionality can be used to migrate bank account data from an external system or source to the target Cash Management System. Also. customers can download bank accounts into an XML file for mass editing. The prerequisite for importing bank accounts is that the bank the account belongs to should be maintained first in the target system. Otherwise. the bank accounts under the bank cannot be created successfully.

Slllldil1•V1to"'

St,� K�

8-A-IGrO
A«-1 U,t

D�•

1'191JM 8..-« A«ol,,,ll..

'°.I�

0001(-flOIIII

1Wl_}OIS01ll

HJROI

Clllllllolf'ltl(IO(I

SM.Utl1a

AOCOullN_,..f

IC.EJIRVOI

'"'

l(t..llR't02

""""''

0$11

Find Import and Export Bank Accounts in 'Manage Bank Accounts' Account list view

....... ..... "..

"' '"moo•o

fHll�IIII

'" '• •cecc, c-· ce<:C)

1JJGO�,

T•u,cc,ou.e

ceccs

ceccs

¢111.......... 1

,noo·t ,noe,1

�actOWI

eeees

eeees

C.-.dM lrlfiCIII.-! h 1

'IHll«OIIU

Cl&CC)

Cl8CCl

ClllMIM l'f(lt1111l h 1

r..-.0«011t1

Cl&CCl

Cl!IC(;>

C�a1 ...CN18111

CEICCl

ceccs

C,nda,i l'f(l-1,I Ba I

20,...0,01 "16�)2

o,�,n

bfoe,� Cl'NltO 11�>.tff)'

F6f,ft 20 I �tl,00$ l'tl) (11,t,l�Gff

......

l

• • CO«>

CltCC)

c_,

--

e...."'"' ... -...... , e-..... -..i...-a., ¢.,MIMll'lll(l.....18al

CBCCl

CIIICCl

,e..,,...., IIC>llltll8• 1

""" ,,_ "'"'

Tt1UUOU!I

Cl!ICC)

CIIICC)

c..... hpfflal •• 1

lt�f«OUll

C8t<'3

cecca

c,,,"'"' \'Nlenal S. 1

lfli! ffl':IU•I

CO«>

ea,i,..,......,�"'''

tnOCll

tntfffl!u,1

cecc, cecc,

CltCCl

c...... l'op"'918f I

T•-11•1

cecc,

c-.cc,

12]00)

11JOOI

<

e.n..... �-···'

Figure 104: Upload and Download Bank Accounts · Detailed Functions

You can find Import and Export Bank Accounts in the Account List view in the Manage Bank Accounts app.


123

E"'


....

Bank Atcounts Expoll

Bank Accounts.xml contains all of the active bank account data

EXPOf1 Sank Accounts to an XML F1.. . Oc>wnlOaO XML Sil(eadSlleet T""'113'

'

,nlOaO XML S<""11a F•f0< I._VahdaUOO

D

....

I

XML_SpreadSheet_Template.xml can be opened - by Excel in which the layout is specifically arranged in a way that resembles the Bank Account Master Data user interface.

� AtCOUnlS llllj)On

Imp

C.IU$91$,059122\$3mple.xml

Vall

"esults

Vie

ti

v

&...,•._

,

f'Mt Ve,slon

....

XML_Schema_lmport.xml contains the format of the bank account data ,with which we can validate the bank account data's format validity.

I

lffll)M

111¥1M \\� Test Run

Exl)Of1.

Status

oco

Mmaoe

su«essful test M: bank a«CIJllts can be imported

Upload bank accounts I

Figure 105: Upload and Download Bank Accounts· Detailed Functions

The file Bank_Accounts.xml contains all of the active Bank Account Master Data. The file XML_Spreadsheet_Template.xml can be opened using Excel and the layout is specifically arranged in a way that resembles the Bank Account Master Data user interface. The file XML_Schema_lmport.xml contains bank account data formatted to allow us to validate the Bank Account Master Data's format validity, and customers can upload bank accounts in the application.

___._._.__

---�------ -· - =---- . -. . . . .. 6-......-...-.,.

1 Select the file to import 2 Import the file with Test Run 3 Verify the status of the import

• Upload logic would be: find the record in system wrth logical key(" ACC_NUM". "BANKS" and "BANKL"."CURRENCY'), 1f can't find rt, add a new record. otherwise, update 11. • For Add. all fields(including user defined fields) user can input manually from BAM UI are supported. So, bank account number, bank key, currency

are supported. Also, General data. Connectivrty path, Payment signatories. Overdraft limits. bank account descriptions ,n other languages are supported all fields which user can't manually inpuVselect are not supported. • For Update. update will first find the object with logical key according to Excel. If found, then update all the rest fields if there rs a value 1n Excel. If not found. add a new record into system.

Figure 106: Upload and Download Bank Accounts • Upload

To upload the bank accounts. select the file to be imported. and then import the file. We recommend that you first try the Test Run to check if there are any issues with the source file. If everything is fine. you can import the file into the system. The upload logic would be as follows:

124


Lesson: Setting up data for Bank Account Management

•

Find the record in the system with logic key, 'Account_Number', 'BANKS", Bank key and "Currency".

•

If the system finds a matched record. the system updates the exiting record. Otherwise, it will add a new record.

For Add. all fields that the user can input manually from the Bank Account Management UI are supported. This means the bank account number, bank key. and currency are supported along with General data, Connectivity path, Payment signatories, Overdraft limits. and bank account descriptions in other languages. All fields which user cannot manually input or select are not supported. For Update, update will first find the object with logical key according to Excel. If found, then update all the rest of the fields if there is a value in Excel. If not found. add a new record into the system.

..,,_�. ,._,

.,

.,�.

-. . .... ••

...

,_

114•-·

.i-·-

-- .:,=··,:--,._.. --- ·-··-�·-··--__ ,·-__ ,:::= __ ,··-·-· •

c:::;:::J

o�

•• ••

••

·-

,, .t=

a

---

a

��

·.··..•---•• ·..···-·----

·.··-.-··••·-.....-..

-·

-L,,..,.

""'

c.:r......

1. Add Developer Tab in Excel

_____. ---_.... . .;. . -·.:- - ·-�-- ,......_ ..

,I

...

.....

•

•

,

� - ..,_._

..

-

- -' .. • ;: .r:::::::;.= -�..=-. .... ::. - - ---

J,

.

....

• II' .._ Cl �....- �

. _::a--"·-1

-·-¥· . ... --·

�:=::

==== -··· _::::=... .ec ---¥· -. .....

---------

Figure 107: Upload and Download Bank Accounts - Upload (Prepare Data) 1/2

To upload the bank account. you should first enable the Developer Tab in Excel. Then you can import your source file into the spreadsheet format to make edits in Excel layout. After the data is ready. export the data out and save it into an XML file.


125

E"'


..

11111111

IQII

-· L �--

-lll,'IO.lf

-.,..u

o � .. ll!111o_,..._ 0: O

O"'I,\

=- ·-� -::::. ..,. "'":" .,,

• •

'• •'

-

u�

ll

um

nAA

•• nm

,.,......, ...;, ... . ..... ";,•• �-I "1W)m

1»�

�

t,t,ffl_m irmu:11,-1,n: Gt '»Uf1IO 0 #Uf1IO '1»».UO

'nt*IO

:::

·· -

'1N$0000

-...... ·� ·� .""'..

�m

"• •• • "• ••

_

ONW,n1

"" u ""ee ""

·��· ':oi)ln)

..." t ••"... "••... ;,

�,._.

';ou,nm: ';e:1s

'nn•un 'lt1-1

·,., ...

'zouui1u:n

'wwm

......

':eism,:,oo1

�

'"111:1-

0

)01.ih)MI

.., ......" ...

·»1-»1 ·wi-t

'2Cr1•,:,01

-� �---- "

nm

""

nm

"w

':oi-uu

lll
'">,�

'"1JQl!Jf(II

"'""'°"

itn»muA

lt',UOf«

.

•

'

-

!IOI-ID

-·@-o-, -·p,w.,_o.o. � �

f,

•

. .. •.. "" ..• "" . .... . • . .. "• ."".. •• ."".. • u

IIIIYl"..

- r-1' �,,.__,.. ';IJ �M,f._... i:ta• • 1Ji..-,- r\• (l-�

•

c-°""''""

' .• .,,, 4. Export the data into the XML U:;')11

111/Hu

wwi.,..,..��-'

J/)/Jfl', Uhl/ttili

l/V>fn llftlf'!IM' t/tl'JIU llhllffl" 111/14» Uhl/tffl 1,'IO,/Je� _ .. - --· -- - ..... - -· --IVUl)tU � � �':'::-..;::.__ d • • W' ::::-;::,

''"""' =- ·--·-

111./>ffl

""""' .

--.:..->:. -

,.

.;.:�

--

-- ·' -.. . """'" ....,,.., .. . --..·-...,...,,,.,.·-......- ........ -.-....- -·.•--·-�... ""''"" ........... ..--·- l'i'WK»:

.,,_ . ._, """"' ,,n,.,.... .. HU/JI�

L;.

· ...... ··-·

.

• "

4/l/XlA

•

• �::

-

!Tl•;:-_-;,::,,:::;::

·-- ,.,

..__ -.,.,__

if-"

...

. . - -...=-· -------�--�··--... -___ _ ------·-· -�----...........-_______

-�

,,

------.. ·---- =;......·.-. =��. ·--··_.-· ··.-·�-. ----=----�.::..::...-::,;-:-

-.

..,_, ...

....

'""'

Figure 108: Upload and Download Bank Accounts· Upload (Prepare Data) 2/2

After exporting the data to an XML file, you can use the XML file to upload the bank account into the system. Please note. in upload and download bank accounts the workflow will be bypassed. so the changes will not trigger a workflow.

--·-··..· -..--..... ---·_ ·_·.._,-·.... .. ..... ---==-=.:--.�. -·. -· -· -··, -..... -----.·-·-..,-�-. -, _,... -,

_,_,

-............ ·"-"'JI"'.'..

....

_._,_ . ·--· ----·--··..

---· · --·-··____ --.-. -- ..•·--·-•-"'u ---____ '-.-· --�--._--,· .,-,__-.---_ .··.. ------· · _,-·-·-·..-·--..-_..-·--'*' ... -·--· __-·-.. ....�·..·--·...-,,.,..-. ........ _.,..._.,.,.....

.....

-----....

...-..

,,

Figure 109: Upload and Download Bank Accounts· XSD Validation

SAP provides a predefined schema for data validation. The XSD file contains meta information that can be used for validating the data in Excel. It was used to add customized fields, now it isn't needed. However. you can still download it for checking. LESSON SUMMARY You should now be able to:

•

126



Cash Operations

Lesson 1 Using Cash Operations Exercise 20: Access the Cash Position App Exercise 21: Use the Cash Position Details App

128

149

153 155 157 163

Exercise 22: Check Cash Flow Items Exercise 23: Make a Bank Transfer Exercise 24: Track a Bank Transfer

Lesson 2

170

Customizing Cash Operations

Lesson 3 Setting up data for Cash Operations

180

UNIT OBJECTIVES

•

Define the business context of Cash Operations

•

List the functional features of Cash Operations

•

Describe the required customizing settings of Cash Operations

•

Understand how to build up the data from legacy system for Cash Operations


127

E"'

Unit 4

Lesson 1 Using Cash Operations



•


Cash Operations Scenario You are interested in the detailed functions in Cash Operations. Function Overview of Cash Operations

--..... ';!

-

•

-

�-

•

•

. - ----·-· - --....,.._ -... ---·-- --· -·. , . _ ...-.... . . . _ ----- -- -·--- ........ _ .....--_ - . - -

-· '----·as ----

---

D

-....

--- --..-

----

-... '""t:

-·-·· --

figure 110: function Overview of Cash Operations

This component focuses on the daily operations that a cash manager has to perform to ensure that the corporates function and operate with enough working capital. The major tasks include monitoring the status of bank statement inputs. preparing a daily forecast of Cash Position including information such as cash receipts. cash disbursements. and expected closing balances. The cash manager also has to oversee bank risk by checking the deposits in banks with low ratings. initiate bank transfers and payments. Senior cash managers can also check. approve. and monitor payments.

128


Lesson: Using Cash Operations

Morning Tasks of Cash Manager

Bank Statement Monitor whether bank statements have all been imported successfully.

...

_

)

Cash Position Review yesterday's bankconfirmed position, and forecast today's closing balance.

Bank Transfer

)Payment Approval

Make bank transfer in case of deficit or surplus.

Approve bigamount payment or bank transfer.

1·

••

.

""' 100

)

. . __Iii(...-

. !

.

-- -.

--

-

Figure !11: Morning Tasks of Cash Manager

The cash manager checks the input status of bank statements in the morning. The cash manager can trust those Cash Position reports where the bank statements have been imported completely. For example, if the cash manager can be sure that the Cash Position report is close to the reality when 99 percent of the bank statements have already been imported. The cash manager can also check the bank statement with import issues in the Bank Statement Monitor app and then contact the responsible persons to solve the issue. While checking the Cash Position app, the cash manager can have a look at the confirmed bank position of yesterday and forecast today's closing balance. Based on the forecast, the cash manager can directly make bank transfers in case of deficit or surplus. Also, the senior cash managers can receive payment approval requests and approve payments for bank transfers and outgoing payments.


129

E"'

Unit 4: Cash Operations

Bank Statement Monitor App

784. 9 . :.: _ .

Bank Statement Monitor (Fiori ID: F0514) • The analytical App displays the Key Performance Indicator (KPI) Bank Statement Monitor. With Bank Statement Monitor, end user can monitor the import status of bank statements for all the bank accounts that are set to be monitored. This KPI provides end user with an overall status of the monitored bank statements and also allows end user to identify bank accounts that are not imported successfully. Then, end user can communicate the issue to the responsible person by email when end user find a bank account in an error state. figure 112: Bank Statement Monitor

With the Bank Statement Monitor app, cash managers can monitor the import status of bank statements for all the bank accounts that are set to be monitored. This app provides you with an overall status of the monitored bank statements and also allows you to identify bank accounts with statement import errors. After that, you can communicate the issue to the responsible persons using emails directly from this app.

--- --· __ ..__ ,

._.._.,

,,,,

,.

T

.. __

• ·---.,

---

....._

!

i. •

---

-

- -- - - -- --

.......

["!

figure 113: Monitor importing status via various dimensions

In the upper right corner of the figure, Monitor importing status via various dimensions. you can see the key indicator - the percentage of the import rate. In the left top corner is a dropdown list where you can switch between different dimensions to analyze the bank statement info status by Country. Company. Bank and the Company, Company and the Bank. and also by Bank Accounts. In the Bank accounts view. you can see the contact person information so that you can communicate with the contact person if there are any issues.

130



...

__

-- --_.......- --

--

T

x

_ ... _ --· ·-·-----... .

·-

•

.... 1• (.!

.,...... __ !"""

,.. �l.t."" .-- -- =;

-•

-

•

•••

'

-- ·-

---

T

•

-..--------··-··-- -- �- -·--

20'I

Bank s�1,men1 Monl»'

--,.

..

,_,.._

-

-

• C!I

... -... .....

Determine the bank account and contact person

Figure !14: Drill down to the failed bank account

To check for detailed information. such as, contact person of bank accounts with import errors. you can drill down by clicking on the bank accounts with problems and then navigate to the bank account view.

- -- - _,, '

_

,.._

lo)-----

'*

._ ... ._ ...

__

-·

-·-"·

-

T

)(

•

�--

',1 .... -�

9rc......,.,-,.,.

- ·--

• I:!

•••

c.... ---

·

-·

-- --

t1••1

--

- _, _-------

--- ---�....

..

......

-- - -I -·- --- --·�---

-·-

. - .."' _..

-----·---------------__ __ ... __-<, -__

Unde�stand the bank account details

,

,,,

••

--

l

Figure 115: Navigate to Bank Account Management

If you want to check the bank account details, you can navigate to Bank Account Management and have a look at the bank account master data.


131

E"


.._..,...

x

,.

-- -·---.:.

T

........

----- .. ----�--··...---••• �--c_..,. ...

-

...

,,

_

.. ._-·-

_,,,.- .. ,

---. __·-·-- --·-- - .

-

• 13

,.....,.__

-·

--

.......

_,

---

- . ...

•

•

•

,..

f Selection criteria passed through

figure 116: Navigate to the bank statement monitor

To see more information for the bank statement. you can navigate to traditional SAP GUI version of the Bank Statement Monitor transaction. You can see from the figure. Navigate to the bank statement monitor. all the selection criteria is automatically passed through. and all you need to do is to choose Execute. Cash Position and Cash Position Details Apps

Bonk Stateoerll t,lo,Uor

lll'cotl SuttcuR.-

.....

CHh POS*On

0 -971,4. ""'

C,,Sh �Qon oe1:ilk

M,l°"' ee,'11: 11'$nSr"'i

fq,('l &),* T�lfi

'(;"

o·•

o'

-...

-

C:llfKtt cw- f1(M

4 Ii!)•

-Paymen1.s

�

0

=-

Cash Position (Fiori ID: F1737) and Cash Position Details (Fiori ID: F0737) Figure 117: Cash Position and Cash Position Details Tiles

The analytical app Cash Position displays the Key Performance Indicator (KPI). With Cash Position. you can check cash positions by location. company. and currency. This KPI allows you to filter and drill down by various dimensions. With the transactional app Cash Position Details. you can monitor the cash position trend in your company and analyze cash position details using different dimensions and filters, based on transaction data from accounting. memo records. and the Exposure Hub.

132



--T- -· ...

--�

..... �.....

·-� ·-·-·

... ....

-

.....

'

--

T

&

L

I!

l

·-"-°"'

••

·-·-

.. -·-....-· .,c._, ...--.,·--·

�

•••

... c.,•.,. ....-.

l

.. .. ... -964 O!>l 800 .51

·-·l

....._ ••

c,

• •

----·- .......---

_

......

•••

••

-·-·-·

----...

.,.

-

..

····-·- - ---¢. .-. . - - -

-

Figure 118: First Level Drill·down

The Smart Business app Cash Position has several views of drill downs with different dimensions. By Currency (Table View) is displayed in a table and has the amounts both in bank account currency and display currency. The other views are all displayed with bar charts and only have the amounts in Display Currency. By Bank Group is a new view in SAPS/ 4HANA, on-premise FPSl.

..

.. ilW

-.-...,,--1"'

0.

··--,., T

___ ..,.. o,n,..,.

'"' .......,...

I!!

OG

.."'....

- .. i,.. .....

.........

..... ..

'

..

Figure !19: First Level Drill·down


133

E"'


��"

-- ---·---� ·--�-

"'""" ::!ii..,.,. G v

--- -

--

r"

1t

�� .·,·-""'-�_

Oiof ...

-

-

·-"111�.lfO

··� -�···=

··� ··= --···- ··- ..... ,.,.o,u1.n1�

..-···••

••

••

·--·) ,... -..,i

.... _ ... ...

�

ll(llff)I"

•• •

w

"

•

"' !IUJII

..Mf_.. _

_,..,a,._.. .,

...._.........

,,. ••....

-"'"'

• ..,_

o,a •JII

QOII-

0«1-

1 .. t;l'I

•

••f�

Ootl',P

•t<..

·---

••.• o-.r-A

O•�"'

o .....st

o,a,A

<1M
.f.M1.1•1.1t-

•lMIMUtntl

......,_...._

11m1<.oll

• •

0-°'�.,0

�,.,

oc.nu•-

___.. Cl,11

, __ ,c..�n) ..... .._ •••111

�

�-,u\

�

....

, ••
OOOill"t

••l
(*t\11'

no

...... _,.,_,

....... .i.

··= ··•••

· · ··- ....."" ..... __ ·..--·- ···•·-··- .....,,,... •• •• ···-··-..--._

·--

•MUN.ft-

Olltrta

lhlO-

,o.-

••-

UH•...

'"'"'

,._,.,.,.... _

..eu�

Oa!a can be exported to exc•I d:>curnent

'

•••

o.:.:,n•

,oo_ •oo-

·'-��--'"��-1,...._� ••t.• •••

.

..••r"'. �.,.

UU'-'I

•

•••

•

•

uo

Planning Level Certainty level

'"-'"

�---

••

"'"'' "' ••e>::

···�• . . ··= ••

,1111_

ol)D�

IUNMOA

Group

O•!-

... h..

toNI•

New fitters added: Bank Account

(Olflllt

) --... »•*'"*'

Ill

�

•

...u,....u,_

'"°''" e .. r-.-,r-.,..

• ••

•••

··- ,_ -""· .. . ...,..,._ o•--·. . .. -··......·----· ··· · _ ..�. ··· .. ··- ••··-·· ·· · ...... ··---·· --· ..-�, '··.-. •··-·· -· � .. ....... ... · · · · ··� _., _ , _ .... ,·--·'*··. . , ····-- ···--·1 1,0.:,01 ,,.,.,._..._, ......··-,... ....-····-

.. °"'"""'CNt •• &w"o

0. •• ,...

...

-....··-.

"-

��--,,,..,��-',

•• """ ""'""

�-,<>l

·-·-··�·- ···=···--

Figure 120: Cash Position Details

The default Group Hierarchy Data is displayed by the default group hierarchy Bank Acct Currency=« Company Code --+ Bank Account. Multiple Days Report by multiple days as follows: •

Overdue: last 60 days before value data

•

Following 7 days from value date

•

Later: From 8 days after value date to 68 days after value date

The data can directly be exported to excel document di 1!:!;"' � Si..:'ld«d G)

,�,e,oo,

�,� Oll,e,

19 10.!01$

Stal'll:laro

0

e • •

9-.t((f)O;lfi

... .,.... ..... Cb:<"1,tf '""'

C- 40-)1.&,1,,P.t,O ) � � 101010tOI

... c::i:w,�

___ ,n:»

nn�

""" ,,n,-, 11'2�

1122» 11'2.U

"""

·��12»21

"'

dl

_

�t,lteYl'I

cl

I

- -- ... ... ... ... . -- ----·-__ · __. , -_ --·-__ -_, , • -----· ---·· --.. -·- --·- --·-·1<-• ------ ·---···---· --- - -..,.- -.. --·---- ·-· _ ___ ···----· - --· ·--- ----- ·�

...,,.

> �k#.0,!l!l'q > ...N;,11 0,,,11114 .\tO > � AOa °"''Mel C.-0 > e.,ll;Acec,,t10!!'0q c,iv

..

9¥t: .\Cd O.n-,

c-r-o-�

-.w1� :m$

weo oa21.�1$

r�.0<1,0.:0,&

zr;r

...... '""'· "'

-

I

•

....

•

• ee • • • "

....

....._

•

..

'

--- ·-

..,

•

•

Figure 121: Show Bank Account Detail Information

134



To display the bank account detail information page, you can click on a bank account to drill down.

•

..�.. °"

t,,,ue,,.11 ,o�

..

�

ooeir.-<11 su.�

-·"

Stanoard

"'-°"·

0.

u.a.-.,--

--

- .... e _--) .._, I-

:;1�0

ff

�............ -�- -·· -- --..-... -

"s!7

fl

·,-c-....

,;,

,;>

Ul'*J!t - Dt-1(

--

0

Oll•.!(IIO ..

---·

0

.� ,e. fl_Ot •

"'

--� .... ---

. .... � a

;;

-� �--·-

0 •

·-o..·� --

.. io.to•

&'"""'V"'

"'"'"

IU,OC... e-A

er... _°""-

�

X' 10201.)

!lat"• NO:,ufll C'°"9t

L

.. •

--

si-,cs,ro

e

�

) �N(-W1MCY > 818..., ACW.1 CW!fl«)' ALO

""'

-

) &lr«�Oln,:,,'i()' CA!>

"""�

Tue OcUO 201$

000 O.OII�

"'"'"'

) suaACaWJMq �

0912030

Balk� «112030

11.0CO.tO euft

""'"

) BilrlkAU.Cllllt�S03H

a.n._-«ov,. �1�

000CM

) BalkAaoult. 1011)1�JOI

> >

'""'" ,

nm,

..,........ IEIJR

!Mn� A,W)u,,t 12SJ21

t+l.-'C3,n CUit

!l;lllk"-"--

....,...

O.QOM

) 0.,.. 11,(cQl.lll :;:()l�t2QI

) lmkAaolld. J:(11$

... -"'-

> SMkaloa:01111; 1(11S0630001 > tMl\hA((OIII( 10,�

-

tlt.Hf,10 Wft

. . . '. . ..

...........

... ....' "' _. . "

Thi.!. ()(122 21)1)

-·-

.

l'rt. ()(123, XIU

(.OOAitO

0000

�

• <»'>N"J COFAG

>

000

4tUOCNV

.,.. lrilM ,l«'I �Mt)' (Ul:l

>

...,,...

Well. �U1 201$

...,.

Related Apps

OOOEI OOOEI

..... .... ,.

� CW! "'"' lleffll ""1* Tr.-i,lf,¥1(1ffl 911111 Tt.,lll!J ff

owt1

.......

"J.IW,"1 CUii

lt1.MM3Glft

..,l,Ht,UCI

OOOCV't

o.ww=t

O..OOCI

11.su..u EVlt

1Utt.� EUJI

OOOl!Ull

OtOE�

""'"' "'""' OOOIA ... - -

....

n1Mgation ;a.rg�! apps.

.,,MUtUtll

....... ... -

.- -

r

Cli(J( en amount to show

lUt!.31€1.lft

-

....-

0.001!1

,utt.�!I

..

Figure 122: Drill Down to Check Cash Flows Items

If you click on an amount a dialog displays with links to navigate to related apps. Get rid of classic cash management tables:

Cash Position Details

Most of the information is directly from original tables

r

Cash Flows

I 1--c;;hBala;c�;- -,

•---------------- ._

Memo Record

Accounting

One Exposure

J

Bank Statement

• Accounting information from BSEG and BKPF • Memo Record from FOES • Other cash and liquidity relevant information in local system from one Exposure (FQM_FLOW) • Integrated information from remote system from one Exposure (FQM_FLOW) • Bank Statement from FEBKO/FEBEP Interim classic cash management tables are not used to save the data footprint(FDSB, FDSR etc)

Figure 123: Simplified Data Structure

Comparing to the Classic Cash Management, the new Cash Management has simplified data structures by getting rid of Classic Cash Management tables. The Interim Classic Cash Management tables have been removed in order to save on the data footprints. Currently. data is consumed directly from the original tables, for example accounting information. memo records. local cash and liquidity management information from One Exposure. integrated information from remote system from One Exposure. as well as bank statement information.


135

E""


Check Cash Flow Items App

--

•

•

,.,_

·-

""'•

.."""-"""'�. ·519, 1 ..

80

M

�...::-

--�r:; .•. ....... ......

20. ••

'

Na,<,t ......

T-

fN,,:-T-.,

.

o·

---

15 ;;;i•

-

0

�'cw,"""'

Godo--

-0

c:i,,,..

'o

0

Check Cash Flow Items (Fiori ID: F0735) • With the transactional App Analyze Payment Details end user can track problematic payments that are booked. For example, outgoing payments that are rejected by a stakeholder or a bank, or expected incoming payments that do not arrive in time. end user can also check the details, for example, Cash Positions of the aggregated cash flows, and analyze the root cause of unexpected cash flows. Figure 124: Check Cash Flow Items

As already mentioned in the Cash Position apps. SAP have provided an app named Analyze Payment Details for cash managers to check transaction data and detailed information of payments belonging to different categories.This app can also help cash managers to track problematic payments that are booked.

-:: i·-e- _.. . . � . . . -. . _.,.. . . ,� -·�--"'--"" ��

,.C., 0.(-"""'• ·�;;:;;;.��:;::==;:;;:;��=;;:=::7,;:;:::::;:::::::::=::::;:;:==:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::1r:�-..0 ........ .;,............._.,,..,

..

•

........ ., "

-

•>)»il,Nt,.

c

·- ·-- -·..-

..---•• -----

l)Qc';....,b t;l"I S"AI-Olld fil

••

--------

""• .,_ • ",.• .,_ . .,_

-··---" -.." ·---"'_ •,. .,_ •• .,_ ••

(!

"" a" '1 "e ••

,

--

-....... .........

_ .. ........ -·-__ ....... -....... .. _ --.... .

_.._

........ ,o

,.,.

,....... 10

...........__

_...

--·

....

,. •

Q.

--

,• ·- ,..

_ ..... -·'21 Iii

-•o•�-- __ ...__, ·"'"-

-----.. ---·-· -·-»..... .. ..... . ----· -.._ ...-··-_ _, , ... ---· · -·-·- -" .... _ .... -...... ... ·- ......-.. --·-· --� ... ---' " ' . -* .. --· � · · *:--·-·-· -· . -·.. ... · ·· · t ... ·· · . ·� � -·�· -·· --· ··-· ·-� -· · � -· -.... .. · � .·.-........· -·· 1 . ..., _ . -· ·-� -...... . --···--·· ,,

µ ••

11t,1;N NO•.»._

•• ••

•••

M ...

,,

NOUO·..

-" ,......00,,,0

•so•.,.,.� ""•to•.,,

�

••

••• ••• •••

,.,,_

.. o,_

..........

.......

Mo,»..

•u,_ .. o,.-

H -

,,,

�

-lNnWI..-C,

u.n,n,,

WJlll)tl

.._u, ..nn,,

,,.,u,·-"'"u'

""� __.,,11,,

1111

�

M

__,... ,1..

M ..

--••t•>••

•• m

,_.,. m

M ·�

'

�

*

._,.,

M -

" H ·••1 M

.... IC'..

•• ••

0

.,,

Jt\t!Ulll•

-

'

",, ,, • .,., • ,, ......,.. •

�

H ..

M

.

•

•

• ........ . ..... •

. ...... ••

Certainty Level Oltrerent types of doeurntnts have cfifferelll cenainty le\lels. user can filter doct.ments through this field. Certainty level of SD & MM:

SOSO, SOSA, MMPO, MMPR, MMSA

Figure 125: List of Cash Flow Items

The Source Applications for cash flow items have been enhanced, documents from Sales & Distribution and Material Management have been added.

136



C.

-·-.....-

•

a•·-• ,.,

-

"°...

--0. . . , . . __ , . , , _ -...--.-.�-

" · �......----_,... . ---:

0..

,• ..

•

-

_,_ ,o(IO

..7<>.20

,

1--,-1

-

-,Y,,T

•o

_ �·--

. . . . - Cl•o"-·-··

.._...., ,.p_cr-

•

(' -,1$1Nlc:,tl0u1i,O(lfl

. ,.

--:-·---.-.·�. -.., .;._ ... --..�·

"'- ,.....>II '

--- -e.,,,,()Wlfo

-

-·-"""'"-

--

......

...,.,.,.. 1Nt\a9tfflllll lfl"-h)l'I

,.... . .......

°'9" ,.,.....

")l),)r)!J

Figure 126: Detailed Information of SD & MM Document

Segmented information of Sales Distribution & Material Management Documents, General Information. Business Partner Information. and Sales and Distribution Information/ Materials Management Information will be displayed for documents from SD/ MM.

.911.00,.,.

SAP A.G.

General Information Lqu• lldn UQIIIOl'f lt(-111 Ot$C: seeree .114):,allol'I PlannriQ Le'oiCI Pl6r1nll'lg Le.-dlelCI. UKr N;Jf'IW W!m Te:d

Accounting Document lnformatio'I LP_APHUAO Tr..at p,y-W!t$. nirc paro,c$ 11.00)J(i!S Pa,� fl

Fl CN Cr!ENOS

�nlNurlllll:f. 1900000)90

OOCI.IYltnt Typo 1CR

........

Ciiek Document Number to N\ligate to the Manage Journal Entries app

fecaJYt3' 2015

�gDl!e 11092015 OXWl'ltnlO. 110,2015 Ttl!Madion COClt

Doc HUOtf rtXI flt!ll' lul

C.11,, AocouM 160000

BusiMss Partner Information Sl.w�

FIO.VENDOl

�Ol�lil?I' EIKWONCt�&CO 6Klronk'9�1116,CO

"""*' "' ...... """"' f'lllnnmg group A2

�lflg G1C1Up Te:JCI Foregn f)a'tll'Wtlli CAIP>

Figure 127: Detall Page & Drill Down Information - AP & AR

Segmented information of Account Payable & Account Receivable, Segment General Information. Accounting Document Information. and Business Partner Information will be displayed for Account Payable & Account Receivables records.


137

E"'


•

-. ii

Select 'Metiu .., Purchase Order

•

�

• __ .,

----

., ·•---

-- ... -

...:- Other Purchase Order', enter purchase order/ purchase

�--Dito<-�-

��-------- -

requisition number lf'l pop 14> dialog

....__ ..

...... - l.r_Q'_

$<>"'-'!,....._..._._..... --.�-w .. ........ � .•.., �0,-

,,.,..� lltXtH:1111

�-,11•.'>*-'W

cw.•- ,o

·----·

-

-

_.,.

i_,._ ..,

.• ..

•' ,

,_,..

M•l.tlWt Ml!laC•"'*" In�""""°"

..

.. - 100!_"'..' ._ C•UAT "-ff4,1<01

-

r•--

..,

--°"-' �"' •-- _ .r a.'_,....

--- -- - - - - -� ...- -

-.

e•e

•

isr ,._...

- -

,,:,. ... _ ...._.. .. -

It ......

o--

·--

c-

.

. • oe--·-"

-- . . -. . .-.... -- ·-'- ... --.. - --. ... ...,., . .. ...-.,- - - -- - - ·- .. ........-- . -- ---

-i,r,

-

_ .....

... ' -

_.,.

-

\

..,_

. . ..

;

�

�

Figure 128: Dnll Down Information - Purchase OrderI Requisition/ Scheduling Agreement

As shown in the figure, Drill Down Information· Purchase Order/ Requisition/ Scheduling Agreement. you can drill down to the Purchase OrderI Requisition/ Scheduling Agreement document detail information page. a. ,• ....

v

i-,,,__,__

•

---�

----,-� ---�· ----�

·---V>. -""' -. .,_ .,

.... �--°"" _.. .,_ ..........� ..... 0,,.

-

__ � (I_ ,... .. _ •• _"••,,.....,IICIQII

-

•i>.98

- __ .. -.

811Jntfl ill1'N!• �en

� -.Q.11•

-.. .,,

£. ·---·---···--··-- -- -··-·-• __-----------. .......... ------ - ..-.....- ----- ·--- ··- .. --.... --.

..

··-..

1•

�

r. ..

ti., ......

IIJI

'

.,.

••

a- ... •

--

......

-

""-•

figure 129: Dnll Down Information - Sales Order/Sales Scheduling Agreement

As shown in the figure. Drill Down Information - Sales Order/Sales Scheduling Agreement. you can drill down directly to Sales Order/Sales Scheduling Agreement detail page.

138



Q.

,•,

ot,

• SAP A,Q

�=-( ) w=�=;.--------11 �.-,�� ....._- ..-� · -== -- :::::.

-· .... -_ .,,.._ _, .. -....-r.--.,. .....-!>co<

_,,.. --«··

-·..--

0,,.-!M

...

Drill Down to Manage Journal Entries

I

;!7"

�··� �

�

----..�---w �·· -··- ._.. . . ._.' _.,

-,;:,,.

I

........_,,

•

..:"ft

• ...,.,11) _

_ --· -··

__ . ---.. --- --. -- .

<;,t,•rt

....

,.

--i..U<

... .__.

•

_,.co_ .. .....,...,,.,.

-- -- ··-� -" " · ··- • ··- ·- ··--·- ·- .. - - __

••

Oltplay lhnk Account Detail lnform4ltion

.....,

..

Figure 130: Drill Down lnfonnation · Manage Journal Entries

As shown in the figure. Drill Down Information· Manage Journal Entries. by selecting the document number, the Manage Journal Entries app is opened for the document. Q.

•• r-- ,,,

·1 000.000,00 ...

SAP A.G.

··-°' -....l... °"

......-.- '-'40!'P-l".-:,O

v.. -� o,,et¢,,r,oi.n:,. r._

--�

1

� ....... l�II fll,....,

"""''H

--

......��

-l'8C Qiir'O(*lOO( -· ,..., Ott.«ril a.. _,

-·--"·- - 00,...,

- Cle-01 WH» flar•�ltflt; (lkl9(),"m.l(-·

•

-

- -----.

· -.

011 ·----·

Ill

II

--·-e..,•_ . _ ·-- ......... -

.. -

•

Drill Down to TRM

....

-···--

------

-- ·.-.:._-------· ,_

F ,gure 131: Dnll Down Information • Treasury and Risk Management

As shown in the figure, Drill Down Information · Treasury and Risk Management, you can navigate directly to Treasury and Risk Management (TRM).


139


..

� o-,r-,.. _

•

SAPICG

-� n•o••,

·.... -"'C-,,, -�-·· --

hi.mo Rec:Otd ll'!l�Klt."I

Ger«al lnfolmil'!ICl-i

_...,._Jr ....

- _-·-.. -

,..-. -eo..

� ,f

....., ......

........

-- oe,),lffl

,.,.

,�

"

t,w,eo--W--

llilcW,tffil'--�

Drill dO'WO iO Memo Record

......

�-.,,,...

8...... WO!Mal>M

--.... --:-··---_··�--·� -.-...°""".., ,-o.-�-,

•. :._.:.,.-.·:.-:--..:. -r -

•

_ ...._ o•o•

-·

.........

�

::f

..

'"• w • --�, .. -,.,

...

•••

. I

.... ,,_,_.. •

- ,..•.. ""'-. • • . --· · . ···�"·<>�-�--··-· · ........ _.... -.. -- --

--:,-··--·

• ., e• •- _,,.._ ....

·- ...;..)mw,,to·�......... ,.... ...]

··-- . ..

•

:,,

figure 132: Drill Down Information • Memo Records

As shown in the figure, Drill Down Information - Memo Records, there is a direct link to memo records.

·2 000,00,,..

FOM1

Drill 00'.vn to Bank

Statement

-·--·

Bank Sla,emeni k!formali

�·.

.,.,,_ ,., --00011 .._.. ..... ...

"'-°""' _,

�, ·•·•If••

-

0!)001

S..Oc117,0�$0t.OOeoGWl_P- __

_ """"""_,... si-

I.Mo "- JW\G..IOI'#

..

•

r.;'i!l"

-.- ... .. --·-__ -___ --· .. --· . ... ,,,,_,,.._

...,,.

..

--·

o,,..,.,._l<*i'I

. .. ---__ . . ,._ ..

•

-·

.. "

,. "'

.(<(H,11'\l t'oQl\let"

�q,tl

.,.... ('IO,;

200.. 1111

,o....u

"

•

ba,,k:

t9inni"9 b•h.",;• Otll 1 O
"Ct\ JO;

... �

• •

n•t-•'lt

f'lulll>tr. �Ut-nt 0.U•: 1

....

2.000.00 •• 9U.OOO,G<>

val11t due "'°OH0ll.te

,..

�t "'OtU

...

1 11.10.:l'OlS 11.tO.lOlS tm,o1ct NAiii.,.

.

""°'2

,.9,.,ooe>.00

oul a-Miu M1"9 bllaM•

• • • •

ACtOtlr.t 1111..t>tr. M1GS•

�c,,i:

.,

..........

..,

..

t.tftl"t
--

OIIIP\11 C:omrol

figure 133: Drill Down Information • Bank Statement

As shown in the figure, Drill Down Information - Bank Statement. you can check the Bank Statement directly.

140



Make Bank Transfer App

o o·

Make Bank Transfer (Fiori ID: F0691) With the transactional App Make Bank Transfers end user can conduct bank-to-bank transfers of cash. End user can view information about the bank account from which or to which end user want to make the transfer. End user can filter or search for bank accounts by several dimensions. Figure 134: Make Bank Transfer

You can access the Make Bank Transfer app directly from Cash Position and of course you can access this app from your launch pad. With this app, cash managers can conduct bank to bank transfers to adjust the cash allocations on different bank accounts. They can also check information of bank accounts. and they can mark the frequently used bank accounts as a favorite, which can help them to quickly locate the bank accounts they would like to use.

.......... To ®

...... ...

Tool

Q,

_,.,,.l:W

Euror:

-).l·•I0 ..

..

Tool5 Im; Europe

...,. Tooli Inc

Select source and target bank account easily User input fields are easy to understand Save frequently-used bank accounts as your favorites

0.

11.'.'

=e

""""' .... !A\IKO, AMEIUCA.. N.Y

...

Toots Inc. Amerie�

T"'""' ,,.,.. ,..,......_,,...,

Figure 135: Select bank accounts and payment methods

To make a bank transfer. you need to select the source and the target bank account. On the left side of the figure, Select bank accounts and payment methods. select the bank account from which you are going to transfer the cash out and on the right side. select the bank account to which you are transferring the cash in. You can search your bank account by entering a complete bank name. bank account number, house bank ID. or house bank account ID. After selecting the bank accounts. enter the amount. transfer date. and payment method and start the transfer by choosing Make Bank Transfers.


141

E"'


'""'--·-tM -...-,u,...._ 100:llCtl,R

'"'"' **- �-1$1•�tWIII r,-,:,o

ro o.nt.. amo.�-N.<-�WI0-1

Figure 136: Confirm the transfer

A message dialog displays asking you to confirm whether you want to do this transfer and if necessary, you can enter a 'Note' for this Bank Transfer and choose Submit.

figure 137: Success or failure message

A message dialog displays indicating if the transaction is successful or not.

142



Track Bank Transfers App

o· ... -·a..

o'

--·

-

784.9. F""

Track Bank Transfers (Fiori ID: F0692) • With the transactional App Track Bank Transfers end user can view infonnation about the bank-to-bank transfers of cash that end user have made during the past 3 months. End user can filter or sort such information by several dimensions. Figure 138: Track Bank T ranslers

After you have made a bank transfer. you can check the bank transfer status by checking the Track Bank Transfers app. Using this app, you can check all the bank to bank transfer information that has been collected in the system during the past 3 months.

.. @z.. -11·,

· --

lr.(klw'l,:. ll;\�

el: __ o:.. -

tU00"•

........

MM,O.,f.

�-""·

... ff,.

·-

· _' . .-·.........

0o.............

-..

·-· ........ °""'-··· °""'..........

_,.

o...i.u.. e,,...

S, ;._

(..t. :....,.. G :.._ • c,o.....,,,._

o..__...". . _. •

·-� ·-

Oo-M-1<

...

o..-... -.. Oo_N ..•1,,

Transactions of Bank Transfers are grouped by different status.

-· , _ �'_,_ ...__..

_

__..,_

11,,••1-

-·-·..

,_,.._,_..

..._..._.. (_

.,._._,,_

••

-·

.

,1,oc,n.,11

.. -.. ..

.,.. ,llfl

,,..,. .

--••1111 1-.GIOWII

All transactions are from Make Bank Transfers App.

·-·

....., . . .. , ........

"'

Figure 139: Master view· Track Bank Transfers

In the Track Bank Transfers app, you can see bank transfers are categorized into different sections according to their status. For example. if a bank transfer encounters exception issues. you can check them in the exceptions category and also you can check the different status in the lifecycle of a bank transfer. for example. whether it is new. in approval. approved. sent to bank, or completed.


143

E"'


•

(l)::._ er:..

-

,,_,.

-.....

:u,::rM

...... .,;,:,., ,

· ·-

$,,. �

1:1 ' ..

--

...............

1.,:... ... �-'

,N_ ·.......... -

•

-·-·•· .......• ··-

---

M-

--...

M-

M•-

l'.-''.!ltl

·-----

.... -�-- . .. -.... __ ----·-

........_

,....,

--___ _ ............ _ .....,...., .

.,_

...,.

--v

-

'·

........

�-...

........

•••..e 1.l;)Ullh�

v

�

-- 11'1U"1

· ·- -·-1 -- ----·,. ---.

•

Bank Transfer Details And navigate to Analyze Payment Details

•

Figure 140: Check the details and navigate to Analyze Payment Details

If you want to find out more about the bank transfer. you can click on the entry and navigate to the Analyze Payment Details app. Approve Bank Payments App

o

-

o'

-

o o·

Approve Bank Payments (Fiori ID: F0673) With the transactional App Approve Bank Payments, end user can Approve or reject outgoing payments before payment orders are sent to the bank. This allows end user to quickly get access to the payment information to avoid delays in the process. Figure 141: Approve Bank Payments

Previously in Bank Account Management. we talked about how to use payment signatories to define Payment Approval processes. However, where can the payment signatories process the Payment Approval request? For this purpose. use the Approve Bank Payments app. Using this App. payment signatories can approve or reject outgoing payments before they are sent to the banks. Also. it allows the payment signatories to quickly get access to payment information to avoid delays in the process.

144



....

·j:

,.

SAP Germany

'"'1M

M

Detailed information of all ,..,..,Q --::::::::::::::::::::� payments in one batch,

0 (�' ®' ··((�....

........... ''°'

201K

ll'A't oel'14'8C.N�IXll3QCO

M

�··

25K

o-o.n. f>\lt�f21

(, O'

.... c, 0) M

...."

.....

..

c,-

'''''''"' ,oo_

3M

:io"

-

..,_

M

1 P.t,1'1111

including main information, history and attachments.

..

&

""""

-A�,00£1,P

�Tr-

*·*"Cl.fl

8,tkl'.....

>

Payment items in the batch, click the icon to reject or accept the payment.

Payment batches are grouped by process status: For Review and Processed.

Figure

-·

=·

142: Approve Bank Payments Worklist

On the left side of the figure. Approve Bank Payments Worklist. you can see the following; payment batches grouped by process status, payment batches that are to be reviewed, and payment batches that are already processed (approved or rejected payments). If you select a payment batch on the left side, you can check the detailed information on the right side. As you can see. individual payments are listed as entries in this batch. so you can just click the icons to reject or accept a payment.

"'

-

--·- ••- 0 .. ,· =-· .,,, -------·_,...... "'-.. -- - �·••-- - = - - . (l

;:

swo.......,,

1 lCOtOO.fq

••

"

•

w

�

__-,.,.__ ,_

.. • • •

,.9

---·--------

. ._

---··- -·-·---- ........ ··-·-

••

Check the detailed information of each payment item.

F 1gure 143: Check detalied information of each payment item

To see the detailed information for a single payment document, double-click on the item.


145

E"'


Payment Statistics App

o

o o·

o'

Payment Statistics (Fiori ID: F0693) • The analytical App displays the Key Performance Indicator (KPI) Payment Statistics. End user can have an overview of the recent payments being made and the total amount of payments according to different filtering criteria. Figure 144: Payment Statistics

Using the Payment Statistics app, cash managers have an overview of recent payments made and the total amount of payments according to different filtering criteria. Analyze Payment Details App

..

-·-

__

ln me La�l 90 oays

T

4,417,360,21

.... . . ,.�,-.

_l>r!_M--. _____ .. ____....... ---......---- ...--

,,,,_

··� 442M

.. .. ·-� ·--

•

·-··-..

!!!

Ill

.. -(-.

-�""' •"">-•

•e- c-..ro.._-..,

..

i• •

J• . I

'

•

•

·-

"

•

---

___ -

• .._

I

I

figure 145: Analyze payment statistics via different dimensions

The figure, Analyze payment statistics via different dimensions. shows all the payments that have been made in the last 90 days. You can check the total amount by looking at the figure on the upper right corner. You can also switch between different dimensions by checking the payment figures by company, by status, by bank. and so on.

146



..

. . ...-11••·

T

-·· ... -·---·n----·.,-� ,..,._. ..-. ...--.--

-

In �he Ust 90 Oa'fS

4,417,360.04

.....__t •••

442M

••

·-I-

v

-

if i• . J. •

,..

•

._.._.._,. ,..__, 8

:!!

t!!I

.....,_

)(

...

-- ••!4nu•-

., 81111,,

11,c�

•

,,,_

Sy P't
J. • !

--·--

...

!yClo$1'1C'f

•

--

•

•

---

lyC:.rtnc;y :i...-,1<>

AAl)tt�0.1.t, ..,.)-U�.ntOtllb

·--

,,.

I Navigate to Analyze Payment Details

·�

Figure 146: Navigate to Analyze Payment Details

If you have any question or if you are interested in any of the payment details. you can navigate to the Analyze Payment Details app to find out more information. Bank Risk App

o

o'

o o·

784.9

Bank Risk (Fiori ID: F0515) • The analytical App displays the Key Performance Indicator (KPI) Bank Risk. With Bank Risk, the end user can analyze deposit distribution in terms of bank ratings and identify deposits in high-risk bank accounts. Figure 147: Bank Risk

For big international companies with thousands of bank accounts around the globe. it is very important that they pay attention to high risk bank deposits. Therefore. it is often a task of the cash manager to keep an eye on high risk bank accounts in low rating banks. Therefore. for this purpose we have provided the Bank Risk app. It can help cash managers to analyze cash deposits. distribution. interest on bank ratings and identify deposits in high risk bank accounts.


147

E"'


.. . ....

Sank Rltk

..

.,.,.

.,...

,

.....

_

T

111)3,521.�

• ·-···-..--� [

,,,.,,..._

=-

..

!!!

Ill

f • I

•

-

•

- - -- - - - - - -

·-

Figure 148: Analyze bank risks via different dimensions

By default. the Bank Risk app shows the cash in low rating banks. for example. with banks whose risk rating is A minus or even lower. Of course, you can switch to other views by using the analysis dimensions in the drop-down list like All Rating, Bank, or by Bank and Company .

..

_____ ______ _ S."< ....

�-

,, _,

,

___ --

«

- - -

-·�

..........-.. 1

_..._

1,11)),527,21

..._ --·-·., ....

..

x

�,

-a

•I •

T

'

.......

I

_______

•

----·--· --

,,,_

-

'

.. --- .. -__ --·-·-. __ ....,.

...... -..�

!11 MltAINI

,,s--eo.....,. �-�o.n.-

�.,.,,,,_111,c--

-

l

•

'" Ill

.

I Navigate to Cash Position Details and Make Bank Transfer

.

•

...

,,

•

�

••

·�

- -

»

-···�e..-,�

- - - - - -

Figure 149: Navigate to Analyze Payment Details and Make Bank Transfer

The Bank Risk app is integrated with Make Bank Transfers and Cash Position Details. Therefore. if you have a lot of cash deposited in a low rating bank, you could directly initiate a bank transfer from this app,

148


Unit 4 Exercise 20 Access the Cash Position App

The analytical Cash Position app displays the Key Performance Indicator (KPI). With Cash Position, it is possible to check cash positions by location. company, and currency. This KPI allows you to filter and drill down by various dimensions.

1. Enter a GL Accounting Document using a bank account 11001020 for company code TA##. 2. Access the Cash Position app. and show the Delta View using the following selection criteria: Field Name

Values

Company Code

All are selected default

Bank Group


Currency


Bank


Country



149

E"'

Unit 4 Solution 20 Access the Cash Position App

The analytical Cash Position app displays the Key Performance Indicator (KPI). With Cash Position, it is possible to check cash positions by location. company, and currency. This KPI allows you to filter and drill down by various dimensions.

1. Enter a GL Accounting Document using a bank account 11001020 for company code TA##. a) In SAP Fiori. choose Operational Processing

--+

Post General Journal Entries.

b) In the screen Post General Journal Entries header section. enter the following data:

Field Name

Value

Document Date

first day of the current month

Posting Date


Period

current month

Journal Entry Type

SA

Company Code

TA##

Transaction Currency

EUR

c) In the screen Post General Journal Entries line item section, enter the following data:

150

Field Name

Value

Company Code

TA##

GL Account

11001020

Debit

100000

House Bank

BAN Kl

Account ID

GIRO

Company Code

TA##

GL Account

10010000

Credit

100000



Field Name

Value

Value Date


d) Choose Simulate. e) Choose Post. 2. Access the Cash Position app, and show the Delta View using the following selection criteria: Field Name

Values

Company Code


Bank Group


Currency


Bank


Country


a) In SAP Fiori. choose Daily Business :« Cash Position. b) On the Cash position screen. use the selection criteria provided in the table. c) From the pop-up list on the chart. choose By Bank. d) Choose Open In. e) Choose Cash Position Details to navigate to the app. On the Cash Position Details screen the button Show Delta View is available. The initial view was Delta With Balance View.


151

E"'


152


Unit 4

Exercise 21 Use the Cash Position Details App

Using the transactional Cash Position Details app. it is possible to monitor the cash position trend in the company and analyze cash position details using different dimensions and filters. based on transaction data from accounting. memo records, and the Exposure Hub. In this exercise. replace## with your participant ID.

1. Access the Cash Position Details app and select the following user settings. Table Name

Value

Scaling

Select value of 'Scaling' from drop-down list (for example: 0)

Decimal Places

Select value of Decimal Places from search help list (for example: 3)

Default View

Delta with Balance View

2. In the Cash Position Details results. expand and review the lines for the EUR currency and the company code TA##. 3. Use Check Cash Flow Items to display a list of documents for a chosen amount.

© Copyright All rights reserved.

153

E"'

Unit 4 Solution 21 Use the Cash Position Details App

Using the transactional Cash Position Details app, it is possible to monitor the cash position trend in the company and analyze cash position details using different dimensions and filters. based on transaction data from accounting. memo records, and the Exposure Hub. In this exercise. replace## with your participant ID.

1. Access the Cash Position Details app and select the following user settings. Table Name

Value

Scaling

Select value of 'Scaling' from drop-down list (for example: 0)

Decimal Places

Select value of Decimal Places from search help list (for example: 3)

Default View

Delta with Balance View

a) In SAP Fiori, choose Daily Business

->

Cash Position Details.

b) On the Cash Position Details screen. under the User Name button. choose User Settings. c) On the User Settings screen. select the data shown in the table. d) Choose OK. e) On the Cash Position Details screen. choose Go. 2. In the Cash Position Details results. expand and review the lines for the EUR currency and the company code TA##. a) Expand the line Bank Account Currency: EUR. A new line displays for each company code that exists in the system. b) Expand the line for Company Code TA##. New lines for the banks with operations display. 3. Use Check Cash Flow Items to display a list of documents for a chosen amount. a) Select Hide Filter Bar. b) Choose Setting. c) On the View Setting screen. select the fields to display on the screen. d) Select the field to display as columns. e) Select one amount from the list and in the Navigation screen. select Check Cash Flow Items. The list with documents and the source application displays for the computed amount.

154


Unit 4

Exercise 22 Check Cash Flow Items

Using the transactional Analyze Payment Details app, the end user can track problematic payments that are booked. For example. outgoing payments that are rejected by a stakeholder, or a bank. or expected incoming payments that do not arrive in time. The end user can also check the details. for example. Cash Positions of the aggregated cash flows. and analyze the root cause of unexpected cash flows.

1. Run the Cash flow items app select any transaction amount to view the information categories. 2. View Bank Information. 3. In the Accounting Document Information section. select a document number and view the document.


155

E"

Unit 4 Solution 22 Check Cash Flow Items

Using the transactional Analyze Payment Details app, the end user can track problematic payments that are booked. For example, outgoing payments that are rejected by a stakeholder. or a bank. or expected incoming payments that do not arrive in time. The end user can also check the details. for example. Cash Positions of the aggregated cash flows. and analyze the root cause of unexpected cash flows.

1. Run the Cash flow items app select any transaction amount to view the information categories. a) In SAP Fiori, choose Daily Business

--+

Check cash Flow Items.

b) On the Check Cash Flow Items screen. choose Go. c) Select any line displayed and click the transaction amount. . The General Data Information. Bank Information. Accounting Document Information and Bank Communication Management information are displayed and divided into four sections. 2. View Bank Information. a) Under the Bank Information section. choose Bank Account Description. On the Bank Account Description screen. bank account information displays. 3. In the Accounting Document Information section. select a document number and view the document. a) Under the Accounting Document Information section. choose Document Number. In the Manage Journal Entry screen the posted document displays. b) Choose Home to return on initial screen.

156


Unit 4

Exercise 23 Make a Bank Transfer

As prerequisite to finalizing the bank transfer. when the workflow is activated the signatory group and user are maintained in the sender account bank account. The user maintained here is also the user who will approve the bank transfer. User S4F40A-## is used in this exercise. In this exercise. replace## with your participant ID.

1. As a first prerequisite step, maintain payment signatory access in SAP Fiori. Enter the following data for the payment signatory. Field Name

Value

Signatory Group

GOOl

Signatory

S4F40A-##

Full Name

will be completed by the system with full name of user

Currency

EUR


100000


200000

Valid From

current date

Valid To

3112.9999

2. Approve and confirm the bank account for the users outlined in the following table: Field Name

Values

S4F40A-##

Cash Manager will approve the changes.

S4F408-##

Bank Accountant will confirm the changes.

S4F40-##

User will confirm the changes.

3. In SAP Fiori, post a general journal entry using the following data: Field Name

Value

Document Date

first day of current month

Posting Date


Journal Entry Type

SA


157

E"'


Field Name

Value

Company Code

TA##


EUR

4. Enter the following line item data for BANKl: Field Name

Value

Company Code

TA##

GLAccount

11001020

Debit

Debit box 10000

House Bank

BAN Kl

House Bank Account

GIRO

5. Enter a second line item for the following data for BANK2: Field Name

Value

Company Code

TA##

GLAccount

11002020

Debit

Debit box 10000

House Bank

BANK2

House Bank Account

GIRO

6. Add a line item and enter the following credit box data. then simulate the document and post the data. Field Name

Value

Company Code

TA##

GLAccount

10010000

Debit

Credit box 20000

7. Make a bank transfer from BANKl to BANK2.

158

Field Name

Value

Amount

1000

Transfer Date

Set as current date and can be changed.


Unit 4 Solution 23 Make a Bank Transfer

As prerequisite to finalizing the bank transfer. when the workflow is activated the signatory group and user are maintained in the sender account bank account. The user maintained here is also the user who will approve the bank transfer. User S4F40A-## is used in this exercise. In this exercise. replace## with your participant ID.

1. As a first prerequisite step, maintain payment signatory access in SAP Fiori. Enter the following data for the payment signatory. Field Name

Value

Signatory Group

GOOl

Signatory

S4F40A-##

Full Name

will be completed by the system with full name of user

Currency

EUR


100000


200000

Valid From

current date

Valid To

3112.9999

a) In SAP Fiori, choose Bank Account Management. b) Choose Account List. and select the sender bank account for the bank transfer. c) Choose Edit. then and choose the Payment Signatory tab. d) Enter the data provided in the table. e) Choose Save and Submit. 2. Approve and confirm the bank account for the users outlined in the following table: Field Name

Values

S4F40A-##

Cash Manager will approve the changes.

S4F40B-##

Bank Accountant will confirm the changes.

S4F40-##

User will confirm the changes.


159

E"'


a) Log on to SAP Fiori using each of the users provided in the table. b) Choose My Bank Account List. c) Select the line of the bank account to be approved or confirmed and on the next screen choose Approve or Confirm (depending on the user profile). d) After the approval and confirmation steps for S4F40A-## and S4F40B-##, user S4F40A-## can approve the changes. 3. In SAP Fiori, post a general journal entry using the following data: Field Name

Value

Document Date


Posting Date


Journal Entry Type

SA

Company Code

TA##


EUR

a) In SAP Fiori, choose Operation Processing

---+

Post General Journal Entries.

b) In Post General Journal Entries. enter the data provided in the table. 4. Enter the following line item data for BAN Kl: Field Name

Value

Company Code

TA##

GLAccount

11001020

Debit

Debit box 10000

House Bank

BAN Kl

House Bank Account

GIRO

a) In the Line Items section. enter the data provided in the table. b) Select the arrow from the left side of the line to enter House Bank and House Bank Account. 5. Enter a second line item for the following data for BANK2:

160

Field Name

Value

Company Code

TA##

GLAccount

11002020

Debit

Debit box 10000

House Bank

BANK2



Field Name

Value

House Bank Account

GIRO

a) For the second line, enter the data provided in the table. b) Select the arrow from the left side of the line to enter House Bank and House Bank Account. 6. Add a line item and enter the following credit box data. then simulate the document and post the data. Field Name

Value

Company Code

TA##

GL Account

10010000

Debit

Credit box 20000

a) Choose Add Line Item from the second line and enter the data provided in the table. b) Choose Simulate. c) Choose Post. The amount of 10000 EUR is available in both House Banks (BANKl and BANK2). Based on available amount the Bank Transfer can be performed. 7. Make a bank transfer from BANKl to BANK2. Field Name

Value

Amount

1000

Transfer Date

Set as current date and can be changed.

a) In SAP Fiori. choose Daily Business ..... Make Bank Transfer. b) On the Make Bank Transfer screen. enter the data provided in the table. c) Under the From section. select a bank. This can be BANK 1. The Bank Account Details screen displays. d) On the Bank Account Details screen, choose Close. e) Select the Payment Method drop-down, and choose payment method F. f) In the Note field, enter Bank Transfer ##. g) Under the To section. select a bank. This can be Bank 2. h) Choose Make Bank Transfer. The Initiate Transfer screen displays. i) On the Initiate Transfer screen. choose Submit. The message Bank transfer 1000 EUR from BANKl to BANK2 initiated successfully. Payment request X cleared with payment run current date. OOOOXR displays.


161

E"'


j) Choose OK.

162


Unit 4

Exercise 24 Track a Bank Transfer

In this exercise. replace## with your participant ID. Use the following users for the bank transfer if the workflow is activated for Bank Account Management: Field Name

Value

S4F40-##

the user who initiate the bank transfer

S4F40A-##

the user who approve the bank transfer

1. Track the bank transfer created in the previous exercise, Make a Bank Transfer, and view the transfer details. Field Name

Value

Exceptions

For all other batches Something may have gone wrong with them and they need special attention.

New

For all the bank transfers have been merged as batch that waits for their first approval.

In approval

For all batches that were approved at least once. but not yet finally.

Approved

For all batches that went successfully through the approval process. where the payment medium file was created.

Send to Bank

Payment medium file was sent to FSN for further processing. and the payment status message was pulled from FSN.

Completed

For the batches already confirmed by a bank statement.

2. In order to visualize the Payment Medium Workbench (PMW) created. enter the following data: Field Name

Value

Paying Company Code

TA##

Country

DE


163

E"'


Field Name

Value

Payment run

automatically selected

Data Medium (not yet transferred external- automatically selected ly) Data Medium (w/o account statement)


3. Log in SAP Fiori with user S4F40-## and verify the bank transfer is in status NEW. 4. Log in SAP Fiori with user S4F40A-## and reject a payment. 5. Track the bank transfer again using user S4F40-##. 6. In order to visualize the PMW created. enter the following data: Field Name

Value

Paying Company Code

TA##

Country

DE

Payment run



164



Unit 4 Solution 24 Track a Bank Transfer

In this exercise. replace## with your participant ID. Use the following users for the bank transfer if the workflow is activated for Bank Account Management: Field Name

Value

S4F40-##

the user who initiate the bank transfer

S4F40A-##

the user who approve the bank transfer

1. Track the bank transfer created in the previous exercise, Make a Bank Transfer, and view the transfer details. Field Name

Value

Exceptions

For all other batches Something may have gone wrong with them and they need special attention.

New

For all the bank transfers have been merged as batch that waits for their first approval.

In approval

For all batches that were approved at least once. but not yet finally.

Approved

For all batches that went successfully through the approval process. where the payment medium file was created.

Send to Bank

Payment medium file was sent to FSN for further processing. and the payment status message was pulled from FSN.

Completed

For the batches already confirmed by a bank statement.

a) In SAP Fiori, choose Daily Business --> Track Bank Transfer. b) On the Track Bank Transfers screen, verify that the fields outlined in the table are set. The bank transfer previously performed is in status APPROVED. c) Select the Bank Transfer.


165

E"'


d) On the Bank Transfer Details screen additional information is provided regarding amount. identification, and so on. e) Choose Navigate to - Payment Details and a list with input/output values displays. f) Select the transaction with the amount transferred.

Details about the transaction performed display. 2. In order to visualize the Payment Medium Workbench (PMW) created, enter the following data: Field Name

Value

Paying Company Code

TA##

Country

DE

Payment run



a) In SAP Fiori, choose Daily Business

:«


Administrate Data Medium.

b) Enter the data provided in the table. c) Choose Overview. The Data Medium Overview screen displays. d) On the Data Medium Overview screen, select the identification with the amount transferred and choose Display DME contents. The file content displays. e) Choose Home to return to the initial screen. 3. Log in SAP Fiori with user S4F40-## and verify the bank transfer is in status NEW. a) Log in to SAP Fiori with user S4F40-##. b) In SAP Fiori, choose Daily Buslness-« Track Bank Transfer. The bank transfer previously performed is in status NEW. 4. Log in SAP Fiori with user S4F40A-## and reject a payment. a) Log in to SAP Fiori with user S4F40A-##. b) In SAP Fiori. choose Daily Business=« Approve Bank Payments. Under the Payment Batches section, the transfers to be approved display. c) In the Batch section, the first bank transfer displays and is set by default with Approved status. If this transfer is to be rejected, change the status of it. The message Payment approval status has been changed to rejected displays. In this exercise. the Approved status will be kept. d) Choose Submit. e) On the screen, confirm that 1 Payment is set to Rejected, and 1 Payment is set to Approved.

166



f) Choose OK. The message - Your decision has been sent out. displays. 5. Track the bank transfer again using user S4F40-##. a) Log in again with user S4F40-## b) In SAP Fiori, choose Daily Business ..... Track Bank Transfer c) On the Track Bank Transfers screen, verify that the fields outlined in the table are set. The bank transfer previously performed is in status APPROVED. d) Select the Bank Transfer. e) On the Bank Transfer Details screen additional information is provided regarding amount. identification. and so on. f) Choose Navigate to - Payment Details and a list with input/output values displays. g) Select the transaction with the amount transferred. Details about the transaction performed display. 6. In order to visualize the PMW created. enter the following data: Field Name

Value

Paying Company Code

TA##

Country

DE

Payment run




a) In SAP Fiori. choose Daily Business ..... Administrate Data Medium. b) Enter the data provided in the table. c) Choose Overview. The Data Medium Overview screen displays. d) On the Data Medium Overview screen. select the identification with the amount transferred and choose Display DME contents. The file content displays. e) Choose Home to return to the initial screen.


167

E"'


168




•


•



169

E"'

Unit 4

Lesson 2 Customizing Cash Operations



Cash Operation Customization Scenario You are interested in customizing Cash Operations. Flow Type Lifecycle of cash flow

Transactional Data (Fl

Payments, Memo Record One Exposure) Liquidity Item Origination of cash flow

Planning Level I Planning Group Integration with other components

Figure 150: Customizing to set up Cash Management data

The following list outlines the three important concepts in Cash Management:

170

•

Flow Type indicating the lifecycle of cash flow

•

Liquidity item indicating the origination of cash flows

•

Planning Level & Planning Group shows integration with other components


Lesson: Customizing Cash Operations

O.U aw. TMIM F(JNL_FLOW_OIIT$elect £.nlrle.

,._ Cl 11. ;; ii Ci 61 0

-- ......

hl>.tl

r..,o;;•)

.;ii

l ?
- :«1:C
...... �'°m

1�1('1

:tO!IO

"""

- ,to!n "'"'

• -(

2�H'l 1tOJ«I Y.4Jt>l

,.....

- xo,02:

"""-"'"'

"

"'"t... Cl•,S,,•

..""

rrew� O.•I

"" " "

-·

fUR$ tt.,QUf?l(:9

" "" ""

i:o:QO

-

_n,u._

l

Nrffl•x oron

ttt_,.,. tt..i. a (:t.:; l• uor1vo1>t,

1t(l:CO)

.xo,u .xo:c,:,

III l•c.t1u, ._w,1>h lnl.O

*

"="" 11<-t �.r.

,_.., IIU'tt• 14..t>.lU,r l'X ?4.,..td Pc•a1or. ky l'l( ,,,.......,, .....u.... ,C-.H

t1I "'"'""" h,ui.o.. n1110

rta, :nnn.,e14 �«e1•� '"'· :............... hS'Kl• l-l�IW. tu, u«.1.�k l-l"4 lo ,_,_,, ,..,.,,.: !:-w:-�cy

1111ei..,.uu• hi.

o,,,;p.1, r... o....-.... l..,..i l•• oecno...

xono xo:n - •«>MO •tolC'I

- ,tO:oo

�

�l.,..l•nl��y �!.. t..... -..-!,u r.... h)":IO(

t.1111,1,., tu• o.,,., t.t-, �, "1t"'-1--.:&..,

«o:c.1

tll$'ft6f,

1:1,qoh� t.�...

�1U t.JW,,u 0.tl'N.H

lltOU.0 -tHOI

"o:e,o

,."

...._ _)«)!0)1

Data consumed by cash management Applications must have Flow Type assigned: • BSEG records • One Exposure from Operations records

tee��

...... -� ...... ... ....." "''� " ..".. .c-_, °""" ...... .. ...... .... =--· .... "'"'"*'" �""" " Y.H�

Specify the steps in the lifecycle of cash flow from "forecast" into "actual". • "90"': actual cash flow confirmed by the bank; • "20*" to "80*": forecasted cash flows .

�hr ,.,,_..« i..,o.,« in

··--

......'l.�J'l. ...t

.

...... ........ ..".... ., ......

.._........... ..... -�''"" .,.,,. eeeeee

,

t,:11:IGO�

toOtOl

"''" ...... tot-10!

...... '®IOI 9'00101

".... ......

H

"'"' """ ,oouc; IOOlll ,00,11.J

fQOlU

-:.r. :n,..I< 1.. s,u.i;,a.:o� -:.a'""""'' oo Stl!·l.uUo�

lt11t·l"1;ln" (.I• 11.,,�, oa hat·hl.Ut\ffl C.lllt, 1nan, 1..11 !� &tu CUii fflepi:,; So:=Jt Cull t� lcl' C-ull ��1.t,; l&U CUii f�·r-K l-:119�C'MII

Tu_._..,.

Flow Types are already pre-defined (database table FQMI_FLOW_CAT)

�"9hlicCWl'i kflt ¢Mii ..l_ tlW:tUH

!..U: c,:oi. SU.:IN !litt.tuH t� I� Cull toe:.! Cr.�u,o l� CUii (CCLI lr#c•U'9 C••b (rt-OJ

Derivation logic of Flow Types is also partly pre-defined already by the software.

c.,,., (rt-o• w..

Oc.l.9>Ui9

C1.i, o. J11tl.. H (tOOC> Cull klwc. ti.ere,uc f!OCC• I� Cull (JOO!:) W-r.l.r,; Cut, (lOOC) IU:ON"9 C••b (L;.) �l"9 (Hl'i it.F)

Figure 151: Flow Type Flow type specifies the steps in the lifecycle of Cash Management from "forecast" into "actual". The flow types. starting with 90, indicate that the actual cash flow is confirmed by the bank. and flow types starting from 20 to 80 indicate that these are forecasted cash flows. The data consumed by Cash Management applications must have flow type assigned BSEG records and One Exposure from Operations records. The flow types are already pre-defined in the database table, FQMI_FLOW_CAT. The derivation logic of flow types is also partially pre-defined by the software. G(LAa.'OlHltclHsat'ioo as•

Ddnr.,b\:
Flow

incticllt«

Type

s

n...,nk

II

9000,,.'J 900001 Sc'\'l004 800003 700000 700001

s

600001

H

6'.."X!OIO

s

6'.'X>OC\1 600011

H

s

9,mk Clca.rins

H

s

Payment Request Cletrtns \'�nd.,,r

Ct1stomer

H

Tax {ou-1put1a,c; BSEG-.\lWART .. 'A)

s II

Tu: (inpuf t11X, BSEC-.\lW,\.lff -

'V'J

s H

Pre-defined derivation logic for One Exposure from Operations records

Pre-defined derivation logic for BSEG records • •G/L Account classified as' is explained in next page.

3000(0 300001 300000 300011

Data m One [xpomn: from Opa,abon:J

f1ow Tvr,c

900100, 900101 900104,90010�

Contrnct Acoounls Receivable and Payable TICA

900106, 9-00107

CLM.'Qr. C'.;tsh i\1An;tgem,e11t d;dn l'mm r�motl' $)'.stem Cl.wie Liquldifyf'b11.11cr data fro;:;;;;;";";.ot� �·11.e.m

90011(1, 900111

900112.900113

900102. 900103

Figure 152: Pre·defined derivation of Flow Types In the figure. Pre-defined derivation of Flow Types, the first table shows the pre-defined derivation logic of flow type for BSEG entries. The second table shows the pre-defined derivation logic for One Exposure from Operations records.


171

E"'


"Bank" GIL accounts: defined in House Bank Account attribute "G/L Account", representing •actual" data in e.g. Cash Position. meaning the cash flow has been confirmed by the bank through bank statement. "Bank Clearing" GIL accounts: defined as bank clearing account under Financial Accounting (new) -> Bank Accounting -> Business Transactions -> Payment Transactions -> Payment Handling -> Bank Clearing Account D&t&rmination. These GIL Accounts represent 'forecast" data in e.g. Cash Position, meaning payment has been booked in the system but either hasn't been sent to the bank yet, or hasn't been confirmed by the bank. "Payment Request Clearing" GIL accounts: defined as clearing accounts for Payment Request under Financial Supply Chain Management -> Treasury and Risk Management -> Transacllon Manager -> General Settings -> Payment Management -> Payment Requests -> Define Clearing Account for Payment Requests. These GIL Accounts represent "forecast" data in e.g. Cash Position, meaning that the TRM deal has been settled and ready for payment run (F111) to turn them into payments. "Tax" GIL accounts: defined as Tax account under Financial Account (new) -> Accounts Receivable and Accounts Payable -> Business Transacltons -> Outgoing Invoices I crea« Memos -> Define Tax Accounts for Outgoing Invoices. These Gil Accounts represent "forecasted" cash flows from taxes in liquidity Forecast. "Vendor" G/L accounts: defined as vendor accounts (reconciliation account) with the account type K - Vendors. "Customer" GIL accounts: defined as customer accounts (reconciliation account) with the account type D Customers. figure 153: G/L Account classilication

The following list explains the GIL Account classifications: •

Bank GIL accounts: Defined in House Bank Account attribute GIL Account. representing "actual" data in. for example. Cash Position. meaning the cash flow has been confirmed by the bank through bank statement.

•

Bank Clearing GIL accounts: Defined as bank clearing account under Financial Accounting (new)--> Bank Accoimting=« Business Trensections-« Payment Trensections-« Payment Handling -+ Bank Clearing Account Determination. These GIL Accounts represent "forecast" data in. for example.Cash Position. meaning payment has been booked in the system but either hasn't been sent to the bank yet, or hasn't been confirmed by the bank.

•

Payment Request Clearing GIL accounts: Defined as clearing accounts for Payment Request under Financial Supply Chain Management -+ Treasury and Risk Management-+ Transaction Manager--, General Settings --> Payment Management --> Payment Requests --> Define Clearing Account for Payment Requests. These GIL Accounts represent "forecast" data in e.g. Cash Position. meaning that the TRM deal has been settled and ready for payment run (Flll) to turn them into payments.

•

Tax GIL accounts: Defined as Tax account under Financial Account (new) -+ Accounts Receivable and Accounts Psyebte :« Business Transactions --, Outgoing Invoices/ Credit Memos -. Define Tax Accounts for Outgoing Invoices. These GIL Accounts represent "forecasted" cash flows from taxes in Liquidity Forecast.

•

Vendor GIL accounts: Defined as vendor accounts (reconciliation account) with the account type K - Vendors.

•

Customer GIL accounts: Defined as customer accounts (reconciliation account) with the account type D Customers.

172



D/$p/4yING 0aiul08CStts '>,

"ii

""""' • f1o • Z,

.• . ;;:; •A

SN' 0J"""1'ft!O lr!'olemefltfUOn Gu� (4), Aet.w.l•� � W SM* FNrl« A.o:4"1n b W � Sule �.cl � SAP :4AMA $>PNtt\\� &t� Sm;run oo..t,p� �!lb f�A«O.nM,l (litfl)

•

.

ID••

•

<,

F.....-.::.t�l)'a,an .._o_t

.. . "''""' """""'• •

•o Gontolii¥.bn

()llfl ..... �ldity Hlr\llJtffltflt

.

8"Aooourit...,.�� Cd\Nllf'l;,o-.C

•

•.

ttwir10 lcr,.. n Pllnnr,.o Groucis Fo¥I T)ptt

· fA <& c.me � �

• 0i � � OWll'li'lt U...... to RY#

'""'*

: � ! � fb# !i�t.!!�9.!!.Yff • • • •

These configurations are all optional: • Define Flow Types: extend standard Flow Types if necessary, • Assign Flow Types to G/L Accounts: define further derivation logic from GIL Accounts (explained in next page) • Assign Flow Types to Planning Levels: give Flow Types to the data imported from remote classic cash management component (e.g. specify which planning levels are actual "90*", and which planning levels are forecast "60*" or "80*").

Melf'O Reccr.:!J ()IQ $«110

""'

tJIUst Al!f-..t tau'.)$\

F 1gure 154: Enhance or overwrite the standard logic Based on the pre-defined logic. the customer can choose to enhance or overwrite the standard logic. The customer can define their own flow types to extend standard flow types if necessary, and assign flow types to GIL accounts that defines further derivation logic from G/L accounts. Customers can also assign flow types to planning levels. therefore giving flow types to the data imported from remote Classic Cash Management components. An example would be to specify whether the planning levels are actual or forecasted.

....-r_

�..,_.�fr:,,- flow

7

r,.,..,,, f-or.sE
�Q.s.')91!l0

�njl

... ............ ··-- .-···--- ............. ......... ···---· ................. ··-- ........,�,�............

-oi.r-r_._�

e.

� G,t�k- Qll/Ak To .... '""""

t"'

UJl)I

,11 ui1n

C:'' 11""1

-

....., · C'"

1uu•

01 lU:ttl

,

�

HOO(O

u.un

fU lt.t•n

!::u u.11.n •

111u•

U 11.U)I

rUW»H

tU-H

� U.H')II

't,J« tum !"« u,m

--·

m:t•

F_tum

I""-· U)l:111

o.. .....n.o.n.

UlUt

o.."' non.

r:n ttnH

�H l.WOI

,1_ ,.,... _,. ftt"

.aa: .......

Ja�

U)Ul

,.,A,(.f,t't•

0.. (wn,c,,, o.t, fwl'!On.

1111»),i

�nu"Jm f'C'' U.HU

°"' ""°'n..

"*"

,l('U OOJH

r.n

··--· -·· ····----·· -·· Oq,., ··--· °""'"' ·.-.... °"".,..,,.c,- .,-.,. 0..- � n.u.n.

�t)

nunn 1
.

lUl1f

n,c.,,,-,-

··.·--.-... ..... .

�-,KA11'1l #1,t,.1 ,.

U..lfllfl,(1,1,VPA.C.

• •

..

'-

Figure 155: Configure Flow Type in BSEG (optional) This configuration extend or overwrite the pre-defined derivation logic from G/L Account to Flow Types. The logic defined here Applies to BSEG records only. You might have used other bank clearing accounts in. for example, Bank Transfer configuration under Financial Accounting (New=« Bank Accountmg=« Business Trensections-« Payment Trensections-« Payment Request .... Define Clearing Accts for Receiving Bank for Acct. Transfer or Define Clearing Accounts for Cross-Country Bank Account


173

E"'


Transfers. The system doesn't assign default flow types to these bank clearing accounts, therefore you need to define them in this configuration.

.

""""" • 0,

' SAP a.isto�"'9 �twon Gude

· G (f), A.on to SAP Ac(Ol;lllttig powered IW SAP K.4.NA $APNe�Ytr

• Bo •G

Ente!:Pl1H Stn.itttse

era.Mok.ion COl'l"OOtlena fnatl(l;II A((01,.r'ltnO (�) �a,xul Supp., Ch:lii N:an.-gom11nt

lletOl'tct �ll�tlOn Olli .-Ml UlUldty M.tn�ment Genml Stttl'IOS 8rt AcCOMnt ManaOetnel'lt Qist'i H¥!�ment �,"9 t.twls .Id Planniig Grou115

�-�-!,.!\_.;;;;) "' �-iel( Uluidtv k.,,,.

. la

• fl.
�tion Rules b Ui...UV bn'e

· (], � Otl\'lt Q11itne• fOf Uluidtf hem oe�

' [} Q> Ot< QUttr SeQUtkti · f). A5Sql Que!fl to Quert SeoutllCH · G q'; Oeltle lbJIH:y Jt!!'I\ DeMti>n setli'lcs � �V' COdes · 0 (f; o�, Otfa,.t. Ululdcy ltt!N to, Gil Accounts · B, G Rt-.9onena Condtcn Strr,p fbwT,,.. Mt!'l"C)lt
T""

U::!udtv Pbllr.lg �s!Qn�nt

Figure 156: t.rquidrty Item Custorruzmg

Liquidity Item specifies the business purpose or origination of the cash flow. In cash management reports, categorize the cash flows into a structure with business meaning, for example, cash flows from Operations. cash flows from Investment. or cash flows from Financing activities. Both Financial Accounting (database table BSEG) and One Exposure from Operations table (database table FQM_FLOW) have the field Liquidity Item. For Memo Records. end users can enter liquidity item information when creating memo records. Display/MG

�a

�ecs.,,:;

'""'"" G Sl'P�lrn�Guid� . [) Acli\�e 81.tsinul FunCIIOIIS

•

• (l. • [J,

Mqr1tion to SN> Accoldiog powered by SN' HAlfA S/IPNel\VtEn1«pns. Stn.ctur. �i�IOl'l(.om�·-o ��(NtwJ

Fra,,c:1111 SYPW <:Min Man•o-meni alMf Oif9CI BAng CoMoldltion Cnh.-dlJ
&nkAttoud.M��merc Ca5ti Man119CL'lld Ptml119 L.... Kid F'13nfflfl9 Groups Llipd11y lltms

• n. /'fl.' �dn Ll.....-..11.-.

t:rln;,oc-1

,._.,...-..,p,a�

=-�1... ,-..w

•

___·..-- ··--·-·....-.....__. .··-. . .. ,.,:_ ---- --......--__· --· ,.,:,.,,, - -··� ... ...,_ ......... -- ..... .. ""'· ' .... �---- ,.,:._ --- -� ---

Liquklity ltt':m Hiemchy List

(E)"'·- ,. ....

0,.0, ,..

)I.I).-

01.(11 lllllt

,ui-

,,o,,..

",,_,. ",u,.

.,

,,1)_

,

(__I

.,_.,...... 9

0,.0, ...

•• (rl '""

,,o,,_

,,.

"°''*

ti,)_

Olbl ...

11.,:-

� �

01.0,.,..

Jiil-

""'11,�""-"t,

eu10..io <4l
ti 0, lll)f

CU>J.•

,

..o,,.

11,,,.

"'�--

till-

OIJ)I Ill»

,.,._._ ... �-.,00

(N:it_,.,

...

!ltYO..-n'!TtlillCOIOUQU01"'1rtt,1

• IMG (I-code SPRO) Financial Supply Chain Management > Cash and Liquidity Management > Cash Management > Liquidity Items > Define Liquidity Item Hierarchies The liquidity item hierarchy defined here can be selected in cash management report e.g. Cash Position for end user to get a desired structure of cash flows. Figure 157: Liquidity Item Hierarchy

174



Liquidity Item can also be structured as Liquidity Item Hierarchy. The Liquidity Item Hierarchy defined in the figure. Liquidity Item Hierarchy. can be selected in the Cash Management report. for example. Cash Position for end user to get a desired structure of cash flows. Defmtion Rules fot �ltY lterr5

1 Create a query sequence for the new origin (transaction code FLQC15). 2 Create queries to be linked to the query sequence (transaction code FLQQA 1 ).

· [}
· G (:) Oefne Quetv S�uetic:es

• 0,-
· � � oefM onut UQUdtV ttems ro, G/L Accounts • !:!,
3 Assign the queries to the query sequence (transaction code FLQQAS). 4 Define default liquidity item derivation parameters for Company Code (transaction code FLQCO).

Figure 158: Liquidity Item derivation· Query and Query Sequence

To derive Liquidity item, the customer can define the query and query sequence. as follows:

L Create a query sequence for the new origin. 2. Create queries to be linked to the query sequence.

3. Assign the queries to the query sequence. 4. Define the default liquidity item derivation parameters for the company code.

Default Liquidity Item tor GIL

Accounts

BSEG Ql.lel)I I Query Sequence (Origin

Liquidity Item field vinBSEG

"C'" or•O"


1----• )

Query I Query Sequence (Origin

'X..:.. )_ ' __,

Item field �----·inLiquidity One Exposure

Figure 159: Liquidity Item derivation· Origins for Query and Query Sequence

Regarding the origin for Query and Query Sequence to derive liquidity item for BSEG. you can use default liquidity item for G/L accounts and Query/Query Sequence using origin "C" or "D" for bank clearing information and invoice. For One Exposure from Operations. the Query/ Query Sequence shall use Origin "X".


175

E"'


Change View "Liquidity Calculation • Accounts with Assignment lnformat */!) N9W fnlf)fS :0 � "'l> I!',!

8

n

U�.odily Calcutaoon . Accounts with AsSiAnmeot ln6:lrmation

-

Ch.. Co

Aecoun1 from Accoun1 to lncVtxd 1300EU ifc1 I lnclu&Nt of de6fl«t Vilut$hange 1 1 E Exclusive ol deined valuu/rangt

INT !HT !HT !HT INT INT !HT !HT INT INT INT

F

Oefailt Value

. 0 SAPOOOe1 Q SAP00003

Q SAPOOOOA Q SAPOOOOS I teetc., • O SAP00006

1 13Elll96 130008 13Eloe9 180000 194460 196400

I Incte., ....

47,oee

O SAP00007

Name checks payable bank transfer foreign automatic debit

TRM payments Qlho,

intenm postings

chtd
t teetc., • Q SAP00008

CU$1.onwtr ineoowig P*Y'

1 J I £

tnetu., ... Jnclu.. •

n U'_OCO

Ope,at.w: Cath Outflow T�asury Cash Flow

Inelu� •

Q LP_OCO

Oper-attve Cash Outftow Expense

tnclu,_. ...

n TCF001

CME,C0000007

•

• IMG (t-code SPRO} Financial Supply Chain Management > Cash and Liquidity Management > Cash Management > Liquidity Items > Deviation Rules for Liquidity Items > Define Default Liquidity Items for G/L Accounts • Liquidity item derivation logic by query and query sequence has higher priority than the default one for Gil accounts. figure 160: Liquidity Item derivation · Default Liquidity llem for G/L Accounts

This activity is to derive liquidity item for G/L Account. This is default Liquidity item for different G/L accounts. The Liquidity item derivation logic by query and query sequence has higher priority than the default one for G/L accounts.

....... · I)

The Planning Level and Group need to be configured, in order to ensure all integration points with other components are working.

S#�....,...l3Cl(ll'IG,i0t

·OG,,_,._.__ '

__ 1o,.,.,..__..,hW-

,.._

·O ...,,...� ·Go..��

.

You need to assign a Planning Group to customer or vendor master data, so that the system ensures to calculate Planning Date (field FDTAG) in corresponding accounting documents.

--'----" "'�,!!!f...._W

. 0- G o.,a,,. ,____

_-

·O�o.-......_-..

·ae...._ ........ ...,....,..._...,

,-(!]-----.,.---�...-"= "i �

( I

...

� )...-1"""""°

am�...°':.......--

-----· -·--__ -�

- p�c,c,,1 p<--�

-

-'! - - -

l...;ze:........,,�.........-

-� -·

.,.I.\

--

i:.,-

�- - '"'°""""' ·-

Ill_.�-·-·....,........_�

-

,,_, .... ,_

--�--

'

_ ......

--·

-----

You need to assign Planning Level to GIL Accounts (for example, the bank clearing GIL account), so that the system ensures to calculate Planning Date (field FDTAG) in the accounting documents. You can assign a planning level for Treasury deals. The configuration is under IMG: financial Supply Chain Management -> Treasury and Risk Management -> Transaction Manager -> General Settings ·> Link to Cash Management ·> Assign Planning Levels. You can specify the Planning Levels of the bank account balance data uploaded through excel file under IMG: Financral Supply Chain Management -> Cash and Liquidity Management ·> Cash Management ·> Flow Types·> Assign Planning Levels to Flow Types

Figure 161: Planning Level and Planning Group

The Planning Level and Group need to be configured, in order to ensure all integration points with other components are working.

176



OISh �a9ement Plannhg Leve� and Plannho Gtoui>s UQuldry ftemsc

•

Flow Types Memo Rtt0tds Tools

· 0, Q> Prei,¥e Produttbn Startup and oat. Setu1> · 0, Cl). [c°M�Ndual soor'ce�.e.�

[ 1ctrnt• Sowce '-P:ik:atlons O>C6 Src. \.. �M.Qe"V:n;. • eooo

APOl

· G ActNate Mult,I! source Applatons A. ft\. • � � R.ebuttl IJQu!dtv Items l'I

.(-uru.:•

T"dlle BSEG

• LY v, Rebufd Row Types In Table BSEG . [} q,. Lo.Jd TranSKtklo Dita to nble FQHJl.OW · l.h Cl> tlsert House Bank al'M! House Bani: Account Data to Tc

a!l'1

Co,n,.an..., Aeutt Ac"U\"e

Rblr M •• 9000

:..CH\'t'

Pi1•�"-•H .no. �rt
Mtol\'I!:

Aecellftt, 11a1: :}000

kt1W

:'NU
f-

�et

•

•

•

•

•

Activate Individual Source Applications: • Maintenance view: FQMV_ACT_COMP • Once a source Application has been activated, the transactions from the Application are included in reporting for cash management • To activate source Applications for mass company codes easily, transaction FQM_ACTIVATE can be used Figure 162: Activate source Applications

Use transaction FQM_ACTIVATE to activate the source applications. Once the source applications have been activated. the transactions from the application are included in reporting for Cash Management. '' �

•

•

r

•

•�

•

•

• «

·• '

·-

, •'

- •

flt:

Dfspl,,y VJew "Com,w,y Code Glol»I 0.11": o.taNs

� J;:(UNl(l;:m

•

• �

�., (l)cl,

JC,,!

$1,J ....,.

(olntry�

:<

�

O,n:ot4cns

r..r1;_

c ,

Gli)hl COC4•

Ae,W ,al),!' -

W.t

�,.. !IOl-

P!beOH'IOIIW111m. Hu. UC!lill!OI .,... d-.«I

l111$

Ce tidllul>1t.H:111f.�

��--.w.

a•

u,a

-.11..

............

"

'l,'(11t'\Dot rl...-(

oc,, ffJt'dl f1t Q'II c.Gf.c,.(0-�

c..c. ti ... _ln9 «t,. ' s c�'"'k'-. .�, --'--'.l 1lus is for-ciAsSU>;Ciw.i.Ma.ua.git:weuL only,

w

.i

k

not relevant to SAP Cash 1'.hoagemenL powered by SAP t IAN A

F 1gure 163: Switch of Classic Cash Management • Deprecated

The Switch for Classic Cash Management based on the Company code Global SAP Data is depreciated in the new SAP Cash Management.


177

E"'


!MG Path: Financial Supply Chain Management-> Bank Communication Management-> Bank Statement Monitor·> Settings for Bank Statement Monitor

• Bank Statement Monitor is using the backend of Bank Communication Management's Bank Statement Monitor function. • Therefore the configuration must be done for each House Bank Account to be included in the monitoring.

FTE-6SM: Sttti'IQS fo, 6�k SQt� Mot'lltor

�

Coed House bk. Acct ID

0001

or

-i••• , C3( 0001 Qi 0001 D&

0001 O& 0001 ti!

0001 OS -10001 OU.

""""

... ...

Process St... Otference ... Serial Ho..•. Recond. Sts �te... lnteMI Unt R, 9.) ,1) 1 1 Ca.leodu D- • R

ft.

COIT'Pil'IY COcf,e HOIJSf bri AC(OU'lt ID

';,]

1

l Cdtnd&r D- •

FTE-BSH! semios tot BaM smemem: Montor

l

Q'Pro
�

tvR

Pl

r.r

vi

vi

GUO

./

./

�

l

r.r

r.r

Pl

1 c.iendu e., • l Cde:i4.ar O.. •

¥]

',]

l

1 C-aleru:lar D- •

'11Serta1Ho, Sts

l;T r.,

r.r

11)

¥]

1

1 C.ah:'l!Jar D- •

., Recood. Sts

vl

,:,,

1

1 Cde:i.du

GI>O

r,

r=

1 c..ien.da.r o_ •

21

r.

litRTP

[ci,

1

2l

G1. g

QI'(

!�0�1'

I)_ •

'2,0lfertr.ce Sts

.......

ltiteMI Unit

f.K.Q1!f'ldar ID

P031:DII Olftrtnet Amount

°"'"'"

fa,.... l

Caltndar C,Yf

•'

r-, 400.�63.0U.,lt

r

Figure 164: Bank Statement Monitor - Settings

Bank Statement Monitor uses the back-end of the Bank Communication Management's Bank Statement Monitor Function. Therefore, the configuration must be done to include each House Bank Account in the monitor. /MG Path: Financial Accounting (New) ·> Bank Accountinq-» Business Transactions

trensecuons-» Payment

• Make Bank Transfer creates payment request to process cash transfers

...... SN'�...--.-· •G

-oe----. ....l'.lO!I\OW ..«-,o-tc!WW_,,

. .....,..,.. •& . ...-""--�' ,,....,_.,...., -· ktl.rO.,...., '

•Q

&t-� 0-....... �,.

.

61nd..-�O....)

��.-.- ......

·0 ·0

. ��----�� _.__, •!l ·[}

. ll

·l) • Q.

..,.,_ ---.... Olll'J l_.. O...:t 0..,..

.0

... ""'- -..

====�-:; .)

�··-

·c;. 11---. .--

•O

·I).

·---

,.,__......

·t)��'*�

.

� EnwO,.,.�

•

_°""""'_Doi___

. i} $ Oelr,t,t,u..,.._ .

0..:..-

figure 165: Make Bank Transfer· Payment Request relevant configurations

Make Bank Transfer creates a payment request to process cash transfers, therefore Make Bank Transfer needs payment requests for relevant configuration to be done in the back-end.

178



/MG Path: Financial Supply Chain Management-> Treasury and Risk Management-> Basic Functions-> Settings for Financial Services -> Ratings I Credit Standing-> Credit Standing-> Define Rating

• Ratings are part of the business partner's credit standing data

.

Fmndal Supp� Chan Hanaoement

•

•

Mer Direct ea,q Con.solditlOO

•

Osh ind UQuld(y MiO,c»tmtnt

•

• •

.. r..

Defl'lt R.ati'IO R... eesc.

''"'"to

A+ 12 A

Basie Fun
.•

9++ 31 9+

(30

Semios for Fnancal Ser.,ces

General SettilQs

•.

Rati'los / Credit Standno R.a.tngs

I• : ilfEE!::a.,gg i, I

Reou� Reoortt10 Oiti

-

-

lit- � (].

,�• ,

•

I'

-

'32 9 j33 9.

�SK s.ttnos

• >-

13 A· 14 A-

General Settl'los

.

�.,i

II

In-House CW! TreMUry ind R&Sk MWOtmtnt

.

V°H!W "Oefl- /l4tlng•: Ovent/el

� uew Entries (!) � oi,

COIKtions Mina,oemtnt Credt Manaoeme-.nt Dispute Manaoement �nk Corrrrumcauon M"ini9ement

•

.

Change

134

.

9-

I

-

Figure 166: Bank Risk· Define Rating for Banks

This activity defines the rating for banks and the rating is defined in the bank master data. LESSON SUMMARY You should now be able to: •



179

E"'

Unit 4

Lesson 3 Setting up data for Cash Operations


•


Cash Operations Data Initialization Scenario You are interested in the steps of data initialization in Cash Operations.

�- n1>•

l'li9t&

j2 Aa,.;t

,,ert °'"� l,l,{O)...� �"'" s.,tnti=t --'""""�...... � ��w��rn�=�� ,,__,, �illil.!:��.S!!:ll��·��--1 ·

"'"'' WA�tllts

�

.,

�

n"'"

�2'5'?i!!

....., ""' -

.:.!!.!'!!5!

�-�mr

.., r- �

m, ,::cu.

m:,

n;;t,,u,.arcqm

(U.<'

.E!!L"'

=

�

cw

ca:.-.

....., f.l,,lfflt, QIM

¢Im)

r11:., �..... Oltl �

• Fila;

'°' ff'llnotl

�Flt
(l;!ltJ� INtlaotf'NII'!

: t.o.lllltv 11.,...'C......_

cw.

�

nm. u: �

'•

' e

IJ(WlltOl,lll':M:��

,cm !MOW"��'°'" e.--.�•

• CW! te-:l)er: &;lfflM or �ut Aotw,t ¢fird,�� (Ml4 ,P..-t,,1"'¥f

,,--�

Rebuild Flow Type and Liquidity Item in BSEG: • Account Document Segment table is enhanced with two additional fields: Flow Type and Liquidity Item • Rebuild Flow Types (I-code FQM_UPD_FLOW_TYPE) • Rebuild Liquidity Item (I-code FQM_UPD_LITEM) Figure 167: Data Set Up: Flow Type and liquidity ltern in BSEG

The Accounting Document segment table is enhanced with two additional fields, Flow Type and Liquidity Item. Two tools are used to review the Flow Types and Liquidity Items for the existing BSEG entries.

180


Lesson: Setting up data for Cash Operations

OlctionMy: Olspi.y T•ble � .;;,. "?l

c8

-

"'"""' >MD !m2

'°

oat�

.fl ,....., 0 � tll ledln01Setthl)S Indexes.... Aootnd swcrure...

..,,,,..

� O

....

'l rJ rs ffl.:iKtlll CJ o� !!!!:! J

=

,,

..

-

212

,u PCffllt

O rrs �105

c JD (Qt �ount 6eUl5

c

'°" EJll'nen,

C Oumc, Specfit to Ledo« (.(ouPJ c: Tax�� um n1.11Tbe:1 c PitmMt Serl(e Pro-Mer c P�t Reference of Pam,ent SeMCe Prowler

1

•

• "

C!!AA

..,...

CP�fiJIKllonalArea

lO

C
)08 I )6&

(Pnftff SeQMMt f0t Seornentalbp,ortn(I

" '

°"" ......

,

C Segment (Of Seomtl'ltll lte$)olmg

10

"""

I] l
IJ 11

Ltngth DKI...

au.It

r!I�

__

� ,,

!dlS
Kev lnL. 0;3g etrril'l'lfflt

!!!!!! �

i �

Populate House bank and House bank account for existing entries in BSEG: • Transaction Code: FQM_UPD_HBK_HKT • In this program, system finds the house bank and house bank account from imported bank statements. payments for open items (F110) and payment request (F111) and inserts the information in BSEG. Figure 168: Data Set Up: House Bank and House Bank Account in BSEG House bank and house bank account is critically important for payment BSEG entries if the payment is going to be displayed in the Cash Management reports. This transaction is used to populate House Bank and House Bank accounts for existing entries in BSEG. In this program, the solution finds the house bank and house bank account information from imported bank statements. payments for open items. and payment requests and inserts the information in BSEG.

I

La.d T,..IISM:tionO.t.

<:>

�

Mode

J

® L.oad TIVIActiOf\ om Q Re� Transaction Oita ' Tedvlic.al SeltflO:S, R. T•St Run

0Pilllet ProcesSllq ol Tasks Hlllll)er of Tasks Fft:er Gtntril Piramtttrs Co"1)any COde

source Al>PlatiOn

'

-,,

,...,,

/nNSUry '\ M�tettals M:regement

Qjstomef �

ri

Mortq.itOe Loans

Treasury

Product T'rl)e Product Oteoo,v

D � I

Transaction Key Oiltt

,.:.

;

10.02.201s

• Transaction Code: FQM_INITIALIZE • Load transaction data from a source Applications into One Exposure from Operations so that the data is available for cash management reporting.

-

to to

:r-'.P

Load Legacy Transaction Data relevant to Cash Management to One Exposure:

to to tD

,1

�

-I-

Figure 169: Data Set Up: Load Cash relevant information to One Exposure

This transaction is used to load legacy transaction data relevant to Cash Management into One Exposure. Load transaction data from a source application into One Exposure from operations so that the data is available for Cash Management reporting.


181

E"'


The data set up procedure needs to be executed once before go-live, or if there are any corresponding customizing changes that make it necessary to re-set up the data to reflect the customizing change. Afterwards. the corresponding BSEG data (Liquidity Item and Flow Type) is updated in realtime when the BSEG record is inserted, and One Exposure operations data integrated from local system (TRM. CML. or FICA) is updated real-time. LESSON SUMMARY You should now be able to:

•

182




Lesson 1

184 199

Using Liquidity Management Exercise 25: Start a Process Instance Exercise 26: Enter a Liquidity Plan

201

Lesson 2 205

Customizing Liquidity Management

UNIT OBJECTIVES •

,

Using Liquidity Management

,

List the detailed features of Liquidity Management

,

Describe the required customizing settings of Develop Liquidity Plans App and Liquidity Plans App

•

Configure KPI modeler of Liquidity Forecast App

•

Describe the required customizing settings of Cash Flow


183

E"'

Unit 5 Lesson 1 Using Liquidity Management


•


•


Liquidity Management Scenario You are interested in the detailed functions in Liquidity Management. Function Overview of Liquidity Management

"'

1•

- -- - --- ------·----

•

Liquidity Management • Complete lrtecycle management of Rolhng Liquidity Planning • Reference data to help Cash Manager plan the liquidity precisely and easily

-

• Plan/Plan, Ptanlf'orecast and Plan/Actual comparisons • Suspicious plans overview

I -- �

_,._ - -

•••

• ='

�I-= -- - 1.L. -- -- 11. -- .. _ 1,d _ - -- --

-

•..

......

...

•••

•

•

·--· !==::.::-.··

·--

I

figure 170: function Overview of Liquidity Management

Using the Liquidity Planning function. cash managers are able to centrally manage the entire life cycle of Rolling Liquidity Plans. The group cash managers are in charge of the entire process. starting from the planning cycle. to checking and reviewing the liquidity plans submitted by subsidiary cash managers as well as finishing the planning cycle and doing postplanning analysis. The subsidiary cash managers are responsible for entering the plan data for the planning units that they are responsible for.

184


Lesson: Using Liquidity Management

In the Liquidity Planning process. we provide tools. such as reference data. to help cash managers do a better estimate of the liquidity plan data. We also provide the Currency Conversion function. which can help the cash manager to carry out hedging with the headquarter for foreign currencies. We provide various dimensions for planning analysis. for example. cash managers are enabled to do Plan/Plan, Plan/Forecast and Plan/Actual comparisons with our apps. Cash managers and CF Os put their focus on the overall solvency of a company. Reliable forecast of future cash flows and timely view of actual cash flows and balance are of the highest importance. so that cash managers and CF Os want to: •

Get a timely. congruent and objective liquidity plan

•

Use liquidity planning as an early warning indicator of liquidity shortages or as a steering tool for medium-and long-term investment or borrowing

•

Track and trace liquidity planning cycle

•

Analyze variances to improve liquidity plans

•

Check liquidity forecast based on system data

•

Analyze actual cash flows Process of Developing Rolling Liquidity Plan Enter Liquidrty Plan

Trigger Planning Cycle

-

., -··-·"'c:"'

Start a new planning

Review Liquidity Plan ..... � Review tne su nlan

I

"' � "'"' o

TAppmve / Complete current planning cycle 'Mien

a

o

all the plans are approved

-"'"'

c ::;

"' � "'"' o

·,,-"'

>-

! Track th& planning status along the

corporate group

I Reject the plan

c. :,

.,

I

Re�e�

::;

Analyze and Track Plans

Enter plan data based on retereoee

'

Cll
aggregation currency view. checic the plan from ptevious cycle, or

analyze liquidity plans

data

T

Enter Currency Conversion plan

'-

Display liquidity ""'ns

3<

"' :,

(/)

Submit the plan

-

Figure 171: Rolling Liquidity Plan Process

The figure. Rolling Liquidity Plan Process. shows a flow diagram demonstrating the typical process of Rolling Liquidity Planning. It starts from the group cash manager who triggers a new planning cycle. The system then automatically creates a bunch of instances corresponding to the planning units that are defined for this company. The subsidiary cash managers responsible for each planning unit receive an e-mail containing a URL for developing Liquidity Plans. By using this URL. the subsidiary cash managers can enter plan data for this planning cycle. The cash managers can use different sources of reference data. for example. the Liquidity Forecast data. the Actual data of last year and the Plan data of the previous planning cycle. They can use these references and copy the planning data to their plans and also with the


185

E"'

Unit 5: Liquidity Management

delta factor. if necessary. Hedging done with the headquarter is also supported. The subsidiary cash managers would like to do a hedge if there are some exchange rate fluctuations. wherein they would like to exchange some foreign currency with the headquarter. After the subsidiary cash manager finishes the plan, they submit the plan and the plan goes back to the group cash manager. The group cash manager can review the plan and analyze if the plan is good or not. The group cash manager can then decide whether to approve the plan or reject it and send it back to the subsidiary cash manager. After all the planning units have submitted the plans and all the plans have been approved by the group cash manager. the group cash manager can complete the Planning Cycle. Meanwhile. the group cash manager can do some analysis work to check if the Liquidity Plan can be improved in the future. For example. the group cash manager can check the alerts overview to see whether there is any significant difference from the previous cycle of the Plan data. They can also analyze Liquidity Plans and drill down to see different details for Plan/ Plan. Plan/Forecast. and also Plan/Actual comparisons. Develop Liquidity Plans App

=�

+

$::,.S

+

spr.:

Develop Liquidity Plans (Fiori ID: F0738) • With the Develop Liquidity Plans app, the Group Cash Manager can regularly trigger a new planning cycle for a liquidity plan. Subsidiary Cash Managers then enter the liquidity plans for the relevant planning period and submit the plan to the Group Cash Manager for approval. The timely and precise estimates of future balance and operative cash inflow and outflow allow Subsidiary Cash Managers to ensure that payment obligations can be met and support Group Cash Managers make investment or financing plans. The entire process management is powered by BPC. • Develop Liquidity Plans includes five major functionalities: Start New Planning Cycle, Track Status, Review Liquidity Plans, Enter Liquidity Plans and Display Liquidity Plans. Figure 172: Develop Liquidity Plans

In the Develop Liquidity Plans app, we have provided different types of features targeting group cash managers and subsidiary cash managers. For example. the group cash managers can use the tiles. 'Start New Planning cycle' to trigger a new planning cycle for the Liquidity Plans. which is the starting point of the planning cycle and after that. the subsidiary cash managers can develop liquidity plans using the tile 'Enter Liquidity Plans' and submit the plan to the group cash manager for approval. They can also check Liquidity Plans using the tile 'Display Liquidity Plans'. The group cash manager can check the status of Liquidity Planning in the group by checking the 'Track Status' tile. After the subsidiary cash managers have submitted the liquidity plans. the group cash managers can use the 'Preview Liquidity Plan' tiles to check the Liquidity Plan submitted by the subsidiary cash managers and decide to approve or reject the Liquidity Plan.

186



0.

···--·-

•

.... ........,.... ....._ .,........_

s:P

-III

_

m ... -·- -- " ---£.ll

.·,._

,,., ...

0

III

••

l11)1:Q1'

·:-�-....-

'(--�-"floe($$

-.

The Group Ca$h Manager starts a new planning cycle and notifies

the fes.ponslble per,oos of target $ub$iclia ries to wbrrit liqviclity plans.

Prooess template is FCLM_LP_PROCESS.

�"'·

-

Figure 173: Group Cash Manager· Starl New Planning Cycle

To start a new Planning Cycle. the group cash managers need to first launch the tile from the launchpad After that, they would be able to see the main option to process instances. The cash manager can copy the defined PPF templates and create a new planning cycle. The system automatically creates instances for all the defined planning units in the activated planning unit hierarchy.

.........,. 1,_..._

.x

·•"-

wejtct

..w.Jul-•SC....

� .J ..... �- .r• .,..�,,

�... 11::, ,_.. '.

--

o· u ..,.. __ .,.,.....11.,01"wo-11.,o..-. aA') loi
.j t.t-llN

le"!'.

p,.. ._.. ,.......

"':"' .:}· �,......... l!o.i-,c-,-

�JI'-

� Al

f\

"4·

n.o:'•"-, · : ..

� -�·�•'--..:..--"'""""" · �" �: ' : �=---�.... ,,,._-� · :::...,·

l'loio,11t'�1· ,:-•IHl
Once a new plannilg cycle

Is triggered. Sobsld;ary Cash Mc1nager$ receive an Pt-per(- ch( (oJlo

e-maJ notification about &11t1Mty;.

A¢tMi-y· (1l Monl)i (tuldlty Rclll&J Pltn OOOl»OOOOOOOOCIS] Ccmtx1 Fr.me.'" mpuir

Ulec plannlng cycle and activities to be performed.

V'-�""""'- • 11""*, "'"'"""'""'•dl1j>rto111btr,

11-p: tda1iq9J.wdl1cp.cn:1tJ(}()@ p.'i?f: -w-..a � r.>-.:,,,f'

trMTln•QJWIP lff«t.,lll•rm,&gpp•OFCl-Y LP £.\:1'Ww.ld:c/8£86Hl8PllJC'£lOO

Subsidiary Cash Managers can also open the actNity in

the MY ACnv1nEs panel w ...-·----�·

11:h ...,ail•41 �'7111D"IQl)('oi'O, pf- 00 "lOt ""'6·! COIIIDffJ'OIV fflhi�Jp-�-.

.........

Develop 1Jqu1ctty Plans EMet UQuiCMy PIM$

--

-ro..u>.J•XU
N'IIfl(!!l,0.).1.J'IW)«,.;

....._

+

s�

-···

-·--

... . .,-... �.a H

,..

of SPC from 'the ·�p Liquidity Plan;s • Enter Liquidity Plan' tile.

_

...,,_..

- -lf-

-

11_,u.....-- ................. ,.-

qi-.. N

ai-..

11-,1-..�-

-"-

"-·�--

--

:-,· · -· ·-·-. -.. ...

Figure 174: Subsidiary Cash Manager· Get E·Mail Nolificalion

Once a new planning cycle is triggered. subsidiary cash managers receive an e-mail notification about the planning cycle and the activities to be performed.


187

E"'


They can also open the activity from the Develop Liquidity Plans - Enter Liquidity Plans tile from the launchpad.

----

"'

« ,e.•

___

-·---

-- -- _--.. ·--

-·

.,.

--......---_ ----------c��---------------_--�--_

.

T

,;..-

This is the planning data entry layout

Onty forleaUevel planning unit, r;,lanning data can be entered directly. For nco-lear-level planning unit. the planning data from its child plaMing units v.11 be aggregated and is rtad-onty. For example: Planning unit hierarchy of Groop is as below.

• Group (non-leaf-level) • Clina Company (leaf-level)

......

------.-- - ----

- Germany Company (leaf-level)

The plani,er, of China Coml)cl,ny and Germilly Company enter planning data 100 EUR and 200 EUR respectively for their own

planning unit. W'Mn the planner ftom Gto� go to Group's data entry page, he/she can see the 3ggregated planni'lg data H 300 EUR but canno1 enter arry plaooing data.

Plannlng unit ls an organizational unfr that needs rhe responsible Cash Manager to submit tiquidityplans. A planning unit shall be a company code.

Figure 175: Subsidiary Cash Manager· Enter Plan Data

This is the user interface used for entering Plan data. As you can observe from the form, on the left side you can see the planning units are displayed in hierarchical order and this is similar to the way you define the planning unit hierarchy. And on this form. you are supposed to enter data for planning units. but please be aware that you are only supposed to enter amounts for leaf-level planning units. For non-leaf-level planning unit. the planning data from its children planning units will be automatically calculated and consolidated so you do not have to do anything.

----

�

_.,,,..._,

-----

-- . .... .·.�--

----------- -- ·--------

..

_ ----··..

...

Subsidiary Cash Manage( can select nutiple

reference sources. The $elected reference sources will be displayed oo the cobnn of

the plal\Mg data ent,y page. The reference sources can be Liql.lidity Forecast. Previous Cycle Plan, and Last Year Actual.

...

Subsidiary Cash Manager can 9e1 reference data of setected data source for the 12 months in plannir.g.

If the reference source is liquidity Forecast. tfle opening balance both for cash and bank dtp0$11 will bt fttchtd

and displayed i'l Liq1,1ic:ity Forecast column.

�

..

-----·- - ...... -•• -----.. ----·-- -- ·--- -- -- -·- -.. -·- -- ------. -------------------- -·�-- T

,,..

Figure 176: Subsidiary Cash Manager - Get Reference Data for Planning

188



To facilitate the subsidiary cash managers in entering data for Liquidity Plans, we provide several sources of references namely Liquidity Forecast. Previous Cycle Plan and Last Year Actual. To make these columns visible. the subsidiary cash manager can choose Reference Data. then select the reference data source, and then choose Get Reference Data to load the data from the system into the Liquidity Plan user interface. If you want to copy the reference data to your plan column, you can do so by choosing Auto-Fill.

After get� the referel')C6 data. SubSldiary Cash Manager can auto-fl planning data vnth reference d.-ta based on a tenain factor if he/she finds the reference data is reliabae on certain Sevel. This makes the planning job much easier than before.

Both l)O$itrve and negaUY"e percentaqe are allowed here

For txamplt:

-----.. ----_ _·...-

----(-�------., .--_

--

...

·-----._....

•

Reference data from Previov.s Cycle Pion is 1000 EUR. Case A • Delta percentage: 5 % Case B - Delta percentage: -5 % Planning Value auto-filled in case A is 1050 EUR. Planning Value auto.filled in case B is 950 EUR.

- ... -·· -- -·�

Note that the forecasted opering balaoce(Cash. Barie Deposit) for the first month is copied to related plalrilg oell regardless of the factor.

�

•

Figure 177: Subsidiary Cash Manager -Auto-flll with Reference Data

After getting the reference data. the subsidiary cash managers can check the reference data and use it directly for planning. This indicates that the subsidiary cash managers can use the auto-fill button to copy reference data and adjust it using a self-defined adjustment factor and copy the result directly to the plan column. For example. the reference data from the previous cycle plan is 1000 Euros and according to your experience for this planning cycle, you may have a delta change of 5 °A>. so you simply enter 5 in the dialog box for the delta percentage and the system automatically fills your planning cell with a number of 1050 Euros.


189

E"'


_. ...__ ,,_,...

0.

T

---·-·-__--

'

••

-

"---0..

---·-·----�e-----•'·-c..- "·-----------·----- -..,._

____ §

·-Ol et,f r.;:�1 •••a"" _ _.

111 .......

•°"'• -,., ,u..a«"

.......

,uou,...,

•

•o•w

•

.,..,..,.,.

•••• (..,

__ c,(...

. .. "'

..

••

••

-i•

••

'OOIO,

..

Once Subsidiary Cash Manager entered the plan data for a month, he/she can select the plan column and copy it to the plan column of the following months.

........

Figure 178: Subsidiary Cash Manager· Auto-f,11 with Planning Data

After the subsidiary cash manager has entered the plan data for a month, they can select the plan column and copy it to the subsequent months using the auto-fill planning data option.

__..._

0. ••

-----·---. --·----- ...-- -. ·-·-·---__ ..�_ ... ---

·-.......... ·--

,_..

,_ ...

--

-... ..._._

..... .,,...._.

.

. ---------· - .

·-·-·-

. ... _

·-··-

-......

,._...__

·-·-·----_

··........ . ·--

·-.......... ·--

,.

<

··-

·-......... . .

....... ·--

�

,..,,_.,....._

....... "'.".

"**""

-

> - ie

Figure 179: Subsidiary Cash Manager - Calculate Balance

Except for the first month. the closing balance and opening balance can be calculated automatically for plan based on the first month's planned opening balance. and flows planned in funding allocation along the 12 months involved in planning. The liquidity items under Cash flow from operating, investing and capital activities. define the purpose of the cash flow. The liquidity items under Funding Allocation classify cash flows from operating, investing. and capital activities into their corresponding funding types for balance calculation

190



- __--... _ -------··-_ -· -· -· - -·-· -·- -_- _ _-------.. -�-_,.,_ ·--· · -- ---·---·---...-""' �. - _ -· ----·----·--�------------·..._ ...... --·-· ·_ .. ,...

..... ...

-·

�-""'M00Df'-"'

'

'•

••

_,.

�

.... ..

,. . _,_

------------------

If subsidiary has foreign currency deficit or surplus, Subsidiary Cash Manager can plan hedging with headquarter. Example: France company has 1000 USO foreign currency surplus and need hedge with headquarter by exchanging 1000 USO into 500 EUR. The Cash Manager enter a currency conversion plan for this surplus. 500 EUR which is Amount in Conversion Currency is calculated automatically on the popup.

Figure 180: Subsidiary Cash Manager - Plan Currency Conversion l

To cope with foreign currency fluctuations, subsidiaries dealing with foreign currencies would often carry out a hedge with the headquarters. For example. a French company has 1000 USO and they would like to hedge with headquarters to exchange it for some euros. In order to do so, the cash manager can enter a currency conversion plan for these 1000 USO and they would be able to calculate the amount of Euros that can be exchanged directly in the dialog .

..._...

·-·-

-- - --- ·-- -

- _ -----------___ ------- _ ·------------- -----··----------------_.. ,

...

. .-� .� . •

•

-

-

.. ....

-·-

-·

-

-

Example: An inflow 500 in EUR for France company is filled automatically.

,'----'

--

-- -.

---- .- ·--·-------·-- ---_ ·-· ---'

Example: An outflow 1000 in USO for France company is filled automatically.

-·- ·-··--·

--

.._

•

Figure 181: Subsidiary Cash Manager - Plan Currency Conversion 2

After the currency conversion plan is made in the Liquidity Plan of the French company, you will observe an inflow of 500 EUR and also an outflow of 1000 USO.


191

E"'


----· .. ·----

--... --·· -· " -· --· �_

-----_ _ _._._ ...

•..

Example: An inflow 1000 in USO for headquarter is filled automatically.

...

---·-

.. --__ __ ..--· -

---

----- . ----- ----- ---··-·--------- .-. ,_ -___ ---

-

...

�

----

Example: The outflow 500 in EUR for headquarter is filled automatically.

•

figure 182: Subsidiary Cash Manager • Plan Currency Conversion 3

As an example. if you look at the Liquidity Plan for Teleporter. you would be able to observe an inflow of 1000 USO that is filled automatically by the system and also you would be able to see an outflow of 500 EUR. which is also automatically filled.

" Group Cash Manager receives an email notification asking him/her to review the planning submitted by Subsidiary Cash Manager. Group Cash Manager can also open the review activity from the 'Develop Liquidity Plans • Review Liquidity Plan' tile.

.

- ·x - • -· ::-- _!::;-.;. ,._ ":'- ..

.- - - - ·-

;;:-

-· ---- ··------·_ ,.... m ..., --------··-·..-i-- . .,. ..,,.. e

m

a .... ,..

---·- ---o.

-

--------. -----. ---___ ------___ -----•

.......

-·· --. ....

-· -· ·--·-··- -

---

,, .,,_,

---------

-··-·-

.. T' :--·- - "'• �=-- "i IJI ·-=- ' -- ""':""...... - ..:::.

1n, •• .,._ ,....,...,....

u,

s

..

-

-· ...

- _,. .. umsn•••

.,..,

s ,

Figure 183: Group Cash Manager · Get the notification

After the subsidiary cash manager submits the liquidity plan. the group cash manager would receive an e-mail notification asking them to review the plans submitted by the subsidiary cash manager.

192



0.

a•

v

T

......

•

100J>WE1,.A If CCI) 00 Ei,11

•

,ooooeei.11

•

"

Before Group Cash Manager make the decision of accepting or rejecting the plan, he/she can make use of the functions on the screen to help him review the plans from the subsidiaries. In dropdown list opened from Reference Data button, Group Cash Manager can: Check reference data from different reference source. In dropdown list opened from Related Links button, Group Cash Manager can: Go to aggregation view to review the planning amount aggregated in aggregation currency configured on the group. • Go to Liquidity Plans App to check various analysis reports. Check plan from previous cycle. • Check the planning status of the subsidiaries. Figure 184: Group Cash Manager· Review Liqu1d1ty Plans

To check a submitted Liquidity Plan and to decide whether it should be accepted or rejected, the group cash managers can use a few tools to assist them in this decision making process. The first tool is the reference data. The group cash manager can load reference data from different sources to compare the data with the submitted Liquidity plan. The group cash manager can also navigate to the aggregation view to check the planning amounts aggregated in aggregation currency. If necessary. they can have a look at the analysis report for Liquidity Plans.

...... --�---· -

�C-,:MJ"

,-,... _,

E,-'>)t�T,M

11>"'"""'__ ....._,_

· ··--·--··

•..,,• .,_ .()H.(I

ci.o,c.....1<•

E..,,..,..,.._.,�,

. ---.......

l!tJ•--¥-•_..,..

�--<-. .

"""" ' ..,..r,�,

11,

._.,......_-�

�112$1

»>•

)OO;i,.i:....

•om•e,..

..

•C.·-·-·

U10

..-·.

-..."c.':;�;� •--c•n•
��

IQ.fflMI�

,·�•c,..

'"''

,,.,,

,__

.__

,.,,,

·-

:-

0.-

c- .. --- ....

---· .:r.. 11--·· --·· ·---H _..__ l>M.,,v. ·-·

c...r,...,,.,_..,_ �·

olN•

o.-_.. ,,,suc1

Figure 185: Group/Subsidiary Cash Manager · Check Aggregation Currency View

A group or subsidiary cash manager can make use of the Aggregation Currency view to check the plan amount in aggregation currency configured on the planning unit.


193

E"'


Also, the Aggregation Detail shows the distribution of the aggregated amount by planning currency. and exchange rates for aggregation are all available for cash managers to refer to. Aggregation Detail is opened from the context menu by right-clicking the plan amount.

,..

__

-·--------. ---""'... .,,..

a. •• v

....

-..

.._.._

v

T

:---

)·-

...........h

........-

...._,._

'-"""'

--

_....,..

,_

--

·--

............

-.... ••

-""'-

,....

Group Cash Manager can also track the planning status by planning unit hierarchy. When the planning deadline is approaching, he/she can identify the subsidiaries which haven't submitted their plans and contact the responsible Subsidiary Cash Manager to check what happened. Figure 186: Group Cash Manager· Track Status

The figure, Group Cash Manager· Track Status, shows the status tracker for group cash managers. Using this tool, group cash managers can check the planning status for certain planning cycles. The numbers in the fields stand for the status of the planning as follows:

194

•

If the cell is empty, it is new and the plan is not yet opened by the subsidiary cash manager.

•

If the number is 1. the subsidiary cash manager is currently working on the plan.

•

If the number is 2. the subsidiary cash manager has already submitted the plan and the group cash manager can check the plan now.

•

If the number is 3. the planning work in the corresponding planning unit has been completed.



Q.

••

------

·-�(;""'�!·" • .,._..._c.ci,.

JO!UI

- --,.·-c.c·

o-----c..

•*'•M

----

.. ll'O/Jlf...

_..,._C.• ,r .,. _.,.

--·-"'UI

_,.,..._.

91'11'111l...

>116"11.IWI

Wll'lltOt.-

)O•"-•� l;-IIIV. ••..,. .. -.aau.

,um,

JOl10JOM

ti*

"••...,.

.. MIINf........ , II

Jt•1t•t...

lt\JO.l;,111

""'•WI lttJltllll\.11 •1fl0ml... •IMtllll•

•·�•'-"' lf-·IIV':

t• -.011,111 I ... WI:

u•outilJI , ..... t.... "IM•t-..11

11'19.tl#II ,..._.._.. IIMlOOV..- ni,a.111t.-

,__. ......

.,,._

N)l1Ulltull

"'•••t�

JIIOO•U..

u•••'-"'

at'tOU...

IIIH"OOIU!,1111 ,,.._.,..,. J'll••tn;,111

••M•UYI .........

t• ·�ttJII ,.,..� IHIOOO�

vwo.oot... :i:w:aOUUII fl!)O.l,JII .. -.••,.,. .. ,.._.,."' );••- n.uo.•t1,111 u•OO.__

IU!,Omll..

......... .....

.....

Figure 187: Explanation ol Functionality - Liquidity Plans

Cash managers need various analytical liquidity plan reports that help them to increase the reliability of liquidity plans. Typically, the continuous analysis of actual, plan. forecast data, and alert of the significant difference between the current plan and the previous one are essential for cash managers to keep track of each planning cycle. The following list outlines the features and capabilities of liquidity plan reports: •

Plan vs. Plan. Plan vs. Forecast. and Plan vs. Actual comparison

,

Overview suspicious plans

•

Drill-down from the alerts to Liquidity Plans by Planning Currency or Aggregation Currency

•

Liquidity Plans by Planning Currency or Aggregation Currency in graphic view and table view

•

Navigate from the Develop Liquidity Plan app to the Liquidity Plans app

•

Check the difference detail by liquidity Item hierarchy in planning currency or aggregation currency


195

E"'


Liquidity Plans

Liquidity Plans (Fiori ID: F0767) • Cash Managers need various reports analyzing the liquidity plans to help them increase the reliability of the liquidity plans. Typically, the continuous analysis of actual, plan and forecast data, and alert of the significant difference between current plan and the previous one is essential for Cash Manager to keep track of each planning cycle. figure 188: Liquidity Plans

In addition to the developed Liquidity Plans app, we also provide tools for analyzing the Liquidity Plans so that the cash managers can identify issues in liquidity planning and improve the reliability of the Liquidity Plans.

0,

•• T

.----

--� -.- -·----..c. •

The report alerts the Cash Manager about the significant difference between current plan and previous plan. The Cash Manager can locate the significant differences in which liquidity item and planning unit and also can find responsible person of the planned data. The data is aggregated in the aggregation currency configured on the root planning unit.

....SI...

1·--•M•· --

_,ea..,,

1,11,1,.,_.._

UI

CIN'C.-

_.,,,._.,

Sltlflt'.t,otfl

O•Uttufl

·--.-.... --

.....c-.

V.lllfW.....

• .........

_ _,_.__

--'-"""

U.f'U'\C-

l•HO- ---

-.�..,

l"'!_.,./1111

-.�

1�1.......-.

"C1,,11

�� ·�...._,..

..__c,uo

---.ciu.o

,...........- ...·---

-.,e-.. ""-""'

------.�-.. ,._.....- _ ---·-..- -·C- -- ,..,. --�---- -·� - ...,

...

�

...-•I

_._

---__ ·---· · ....,. -. - -- _(--�-, -c_- _.__ . ,_ -. --� ....._<>no

-·-

---· t..

.......c-.--

-- .,,,,....

...

..

-.._ .._ -

....

-'--

--"-

·--·--

.. ......

... ----- -·-·-- -•'""'""''" ---- --·-,,r_,. .•. � ,.� •rt••· .,... JI l .... M• ""'°'Jt •,,...,,t... ,,., ....... W1'1">1C'tu'I •111•1"<,• •• •• • •!II�.

.

....... .

·--

�·

·-· · -·

·-· ··--··

·-

•:nilO...

,�

·-·-·

The Cash Manager can check the aggregated data in the original planning currency. Difference between plan and forecast, plan and actual are also listed on the table.

Figure 189: Cash Manager · Overview Suspicious Plans

Using the Liquidity Plans alert tile. cash managers would be able to identify significant differences between the current plan and the previous plan. They are also able to identify the Liquidity Item and the Planning Unit where differences occur. If necessary, the responsible person for the plan data is contacted. The cash managers can check the data in aggregation currency view or planning currency view and can just switch between different views according to different needs. In the meantime. the cash managers can do a comparison between planned and forecasted data. planned and actual data. and so on.

196



___ ·----·, I I..• 1l .1 •• 11 I • _.... .. .... -- -·- -- ....... _.... -- -- -.. -·.... ...... ·-.--,....... .._... ·-· -· . . ·-·-·..... . .. -.. - -__ _--·-· ... . ·-·-......__·-··-- __--.. --·- ...... ----.......·---··--·--. . ·-·-... ----- .. --- ---o�•

On this view, Cash Manager can compare selected planning cycle's plan amount with previous planning cycle's, and with actual transaction data.

,.,.,,.....

-....

Also minimum and maximum plan amount from last 12 planning cycles is calculated for each calendar month involved in the planning of selected planning cycle. In the chart, Cash Manager can get a clear view for the plan gap, plan trend, and plan position between minimum and maximum plan data.

..

"

Liquidity plan by Planning/Aggregation Currency graphic view.

--

-M

.....

.........

--

" __._.

.,_,.....,

.......

... _,...

-,u

..

..

,._

_,..,

..�,. . -·..

•

.........

........

,.,__

---

,.

.

-··

·-

•

•-•

......

,.,_

....._,. -

,.._,,_ ,,

.,..

""-

..

....

--

. .....

�== �"..:"�""-:....1 Liquidity plan by Planning/Aggregation Currency . ..... • ·-·°"" , table view. . ...... ........ . ...... . ..... In this view, Cash Manager can know the plan amount from last 12 planning cycles, actual data -··- ... .. .

__ -_.--··. ,_ -----.·-........ ,.....

,

,........... ..,., ..evo v 'fc.. ..,._

i,o•• ,.,._

,i;- ........ .,,, .. -_;_"'·=·�==-�"-''"-'-'' · "::•::...__ _c,.. �,;,,,,•...- .... .r ·••••- 1,1t

..,.._,_,.�--- _;,1..., ,,ic..

"""

11,.,.

u

....., ""

,u,n,•

-J'-------.

_ a•- .;::: .:::: ::::::

....

.......

-Q,,,,;,t.,..

....,...""

.........

·aooc.- """ ..t..OI

�... ,.NI •-111ei.. . "'""'"

..u

'• 'lt«;tJ

.._...

.- +11•,,u•• ,..

_.

e,o ""-

.....

and forecast data on 12 calendar months involved in planning of selected planning cycle.

Figure !90: Cash Manager - Liquidity Plans by Aggregation or Planning Currency

To analyze the Liquidity Plans. the cash managers can check Liquidity Plan variances either by aggregation currency or planning currency. In the graphic view. cash managers can compare selected planning cycle's plan amount with previous planning cycle's plan amount with actual transaction data. The report also shows minimum and maximum plan amount from the last 12 planning cycles. In the chart, cash managers can also get a clear overview of the plan gap, plan trend, and plan position between minimum and maximum plan data. In the table view. cash managers can get to know the plan amount from the last 12 planning cycles including actual data and forecasted data of 12 calendar months for the selected planning cycle. 0.

-....-.,�-(-

T

-..--.c- .,.,,

··--

••

="'--------� M;lflltll:P.11 J•iUMNCl.11

"··-�c,._. lf•••• -·-• ---- ,. (o.11

.•• •44•t<.• '•0.!1N"-11

� --

_

�= �----:7" """ ' ,..... , ___,,_-::"M' flH.O•ltf-4Mlt.ll . ' -» �00 ::' ...

" -.,: • """

II :•_,,....

ol:IO,Ollf.,11

,. ..O:Mn.-

».GOO-

!l)WlolUUII

•• ,... r.11

.... :It_ �!«!-�

·-·-

',,. ,. ...... •••IV' •••wri i·�..

•

�.,t:'.., ...

•1011:0, ..

•.allMNflA

,.,._ll..U'i

)ltf;'fMfiA

lO,lf_Q,W ..

,l!IQflCG.111

)11,IO)fl-

-n lOO.OOC.11

;· ..,,uu,

•.....'Xll:'."I

When Cash Manager check the analysis on graphic view of Liquidity Plan by Planning I Aggregation Currency screen, he/she can navigate to Difference Details by Planning I Aggregation Currency to check the detailed planning amount by liquidity item hierarchy in order to locate suspicious amount belonging to which liquidity item.

... ,.,.

••-flCC'-"I

��>HIJ'I'.

When Cash Manager checks the -- • Difference Details by Aggregation Currency, he/she can selected a row to check how the planning amount of selected planning cycle is aggregated. In the popup, Cash Manager can check the distribution of the total amount by planning currency and also check the related exchange rate.

Figure 191: Cash Manager - Check Difference Details by Aggregation or Planning Currency


197

E"'


To check the difference details. you can navigate to difference details screen from either planning currency view or aggregation currency view in order to identify suspicious amounts in a certain liquidity item. Cash managers can also check the difference in details by aggregation currency where she or he can select a row to check how the planning amount of selected planning currency cycle is aggregated.

198


Unit 5 Exercise 25 Start a Process Instance

For access to BPC direct login, use the following path: http://wdflbmt2261.wdf.sap.corp:50080/sap/bc/ui5_ui5/sap/bpcwebclient/index.html? sap-cl ient=400&sa p- language= EN #cm=O FC LM_LP_ENV: conn Type= pa k 1. Start a new instance in BPC.


199

E"'

Unit 5 Solution 25 Start a Process Instance

For access to BPC direct login, use the following path: http://wdflbmt2261.wdf.sap.corp:50080/sap/bc/ui5_ui5/sap/bpcwebclient/index.html? sap-cl i ent=400&sap· la nguage=EN#cm=O FC LM_LP_ENV :conn Type=pak

1. Start a new instance in BPC. a) In SAP Fiori, choose Liquidity Management .... Develop Liquidity Plan .... Start New Planning Cycle. b) Under Process Instances. choose New. c) On the Process Instances screen. select FCLM_LP_PROCESS. and choose Next. d) In the Select Owner step. choose HEDAV as name. and choose Next. The Owner name can be changed in Process Template. A new version should be created for Process template. After the new Owner is defined the new version of Process Template need to be Validated and Deployed. e) In the Select Context step. select a version from the drop-down list. f) From the list. select January 2016 and choose OK. g) In the Check Assignment the message The Process Instance FCLM_LP_PROCESS. JANUARY 2016 will generate X activities instance(s). Ensure that there is a unit whose performer and reviewer are both your name. h) Select the line with Planning Unit assigned to your name and choose Next. The standard solution is developed with an assignment of 1:1 for Planning Unit and Planner/Reviewer. For an assignment of several users to one planning unit the sap note 2144227 should be implemented. i) Under Set Timeline area. select the Start Process Instance Immediately radio button and choose Finish. j) Choose Close. The instance FCLM_LP_PROCESS January 2016 is created with owner HE DAV and status Running.

200


Unit 5 Exercise 26 Enter a Liquidity Plan

1. Enter a liquidity plan for the activity Germany.


201

E"'

Unit 5 Solution 26 Enter a Liquidity Plan

1. Enter a liquidity plan for the activity Germany. a) In SAP Fiori. choose Liquidity Management Plans). A new BPC session opens.

Develop Liquidity Plans (Enter Liquidity

->

b) Select My Activities. The activities for America. Europe and Germany and Headquarter are displayed. c) Select the activity line for Germany. A new screen is displayed. d) In the new screen. choose Start Liquidity Plans. e) Choose OK, and open an entry in the liquidity planning app. f) Input a plan amount in first month.

g) Save and submit planning. The planning status is Submitted. h) In SAP Fiori, choose Liquidity Management

->

Develop Liquidity Plans (Track Status)

i) Delete the planning date proposed by the system. j) Input planning cycle you used previous. E.g. 201601 in the Key. The version status is in submitted.

k) In the column 01.2016 Planning Status on line Germany the option 2 - Submitted is set.

202




203

E"'


LESSON SUMMARY You should now be able to: •

204

•


•



Unit 5 Lesson 2 Customizing Liquidity Management

LESSON OBJECTIVES After completing this lesson, you will be able to:

•


•


•


Liquidity Management Customization Scenario

You are interested in the customizing features in Liquidity Management.

0

" "'�.... �

s.t,IOl-�-

• � """0-,i:

AIQlirQ
•

F ,gure 192: Install BW Content

To begin customizing Liquidity Management you must first install BW Content. You need to install the BW content Bundle FIN_CLM_PLANNING. This is also described in the technical overview.


205

E"'


Analysis Application

l>ZAf>

Monthly liquidity plan-Aggregation View

OFCLM_MLP_AGGVIEW

Analysis Appbcation

l>ZAf>

Develop Liquidity Plans.-OISPLAY

OFCLM_MLP_OISPLAY


l>ZAf>

Develop Liquidity Plans-Data Entry

OFCLM_MLP_INPUT


l>ZAf>

Develop Liquidity Plans-Review

OFCLM_MLP_REVIEW

Analysis Aiiplication

l>ZAf>

Develop Liquidity Plans-Trc1c1< SW:tu$

OFCLM_MLP_STATIJS

Malys.ls Appbcation

l>ZAf>

OANALYSIS

OANALYSIS

Analyze Liquidity Plans by Aggregation


OFCLM_ALP_ACUR

Currency Analyze Liquidity Plan..ning by Alert Overview

Analysis Appbcatlon

OFCLM_ALP_BY_ALERT_OVERVIE

w

l>ZAf>

Difference Oetail$ by AQgreg..ltion Currency

OFCLM_ALP_ev_LQITEM_ACUR

Analysis Applk:ation

l>ZAf>

Difference Oetads by Planning Currency

OFCLM_ALP_8Y_LOITEM_PCUR


l>ZAf>

Analyze Liquidity Plans by Planning Currency

OFCLM_ALP_PCUR

figure 193: Customizing Settings in the Back-end Server (1/2)

You then need to activate additional Bl contents not in the Bl content bundle using the transaction RSOR.

BPC Unified

ENVM

Liquidity Plan$ Environment

OFCLM_LP_ENV

BPCModel

MOOL

Liquidity Plans Model

OFCtM_LP_ENV

BPCBPF

BBPF

OFCLM LP ENV Develop Liquidity Plans(Oesign Studio) FCU.l_�-�ROCESS

Environment

FCLM_LP_MODEL

OFCLM_LP_ENV/Root BPC Workspace

WKSP

OFClM_LP_ENV/Public

OFCLM_LP_ENV/Teams

,

Additional Bl contents not collected tn 81 content bundle FIN CLM PLANNING should be activated - individually via transaction RSOR

Figure 194: Customizing Settings in the Back-end Server (2/2)

Check the BPC Installation guide: http://help.sap.com/bopac

Caution: Make sure you have finished the BPC installation by following the latest installation guide before activating the BPC related Bl content listed in the figure, Customizing Settings in the Back-end Server.

206



0.ta WarfflOusln(I WorkHnch: BI ContMt CC

t.

{lJ

"-:1 cotemd

1:1 ,;J

Delete

1111 ,MCTO

_to or. �J_ LL """"'' Ad.fflistnition I Al Ot,Jecu AccordhQ to T\ll)e L TMSpoft Conn••• > -' oa� Tr.nsfer -Procm > .. PtoctiS ()lift L o«umenu > Cil Pf'O
> ·P�ntlO

> � R11>01t
8 Currtne'( �n�n tYP• > LI Q�notY c:o,..,.er,on TYDe

. fl lr:!oPtOYidtl'$ t · Ill infoObJeas b)

>

i;:,.""'

¥' I! ... GtOUl)ilO " /

ledlnrc:.al... OTP< RSPC PROCESSES

•

5\\tch (8ust1essklnc:tiotls}

.!I Object O'il"(le�

wul •

cotiectfd oo:ieru

• l:3 OAlfAlYSIS

v

-..

=•

COlectioc'I Mode •

L II S A Techtlraiil Nine

8

ll!l1 OAHAlYSJS

"

"""' .,,

cntT UOMT

> • AnWJt, Process > ,&.. � Sf
• • lnfoSol.lrces b'I

· •aoi.s

"'•Moce f't?es OTHERS > if} Alll!iSa Offlu Elect! WO<. MO< > Iii Anal,w Offict PQwttPo- MOP

• � Obl«t ,Y,es

• l!)-nBW

, D Knhg Mo6el

• Clf T�nS?Olt Rell

> I) Model source

• ;j PilCbQes

f

' ..

tll

.., t3 Anat,,,i, At>� . .t. Sele
.,,,.,,,so ......._,.,. AUMO

> "' 01591 Stwo ExttnW! AW<

Figure 195: Customizing Settings in the Back·end Server· Process

The following list outlines the customizing process:

1. Enter RSOR. 2. Choose Object Types on the left panel. 3. On the middle panel, find an object type of the Bl Contents listed on the tables in the figures, Customizing Settings in the Back-end Server (1/2) (2/2). 4. Choose Select Objects. 5. In the dialog box. select the objects to be activated. 6. Choose Transfer Selections 7. On the right panel. select Dataflow Before and Afterwards in the Grouping menu. 8. Select all the objects. 9. Choose Install to start the content installation. Dlsp/4y/HG €ilietno IIC Stu �

"' il

-�

Stniruiit

SN> OJ� IIo'leti)i#ltwol'J Gu�

-

• � G, �ttM'ittt�,

•• •M

.•

•

N�fl to $,tJ> A«tU� Mwttll:I bY UP ti.VU. SAP lkttWtlWW

,)

• • •

'""""'

Oo.Atdabefl COfroontfl'.,,. �l"<(OV'OI\I (Ne•) R"t,e,oal Sil� ""11'1 jQt\lQM'ltflt

••

•.

Uilf 0,,Kt ., GclMold,� 091 �· U)v«', �l)Mlellt

Dlsplily View "BPC confl(lun,tlon for HLP": Dwrvlew

?�11,Q. 8P( corlvuratbn fer Mii 8PC�5etl) Gf'CUU,!_arv

Gtntnl �tOll)S 1111'11 Am,w;c M:aria;tment

..........,...

a:r-c "-Pok.ioon IO ttl.l!_t;_MXl:tl.

AC1;tnte

8PC Tt"li'latt IO

:rtu!_'µ_ffi>ttS,

.., rnfi: ;IWII"" J

v

1Au�11�

.• r., � liiii!i)iK '�·- !!ii � � lllntan � t.lf'lt Slli:tr.QS

• � Q, Artirr.t PW!flng �t 19mrd!)' · fA Q, Otfnt �"'""" Com� Ru�, ' � � Otlt!t Rti!tl'fl'I« Oita $0i.t(e,: • � � 0fcl.ldt uii.av ltwr. -ttMltflll) 8*!ct \'lllte5

• � Q, o,fn, u,;udtv f";m� T)lle,

Figure 196: Customizing Settings in the Back·end Server

You then need to specify a BPC Configuration set. By default. the standard BPC configuration set provided by SAP is activated for Liquidity Planning.


207

E"'


If you want to use your own configuration set. add the configuration set and make sure only one configuration set is activated for Liquidity Planning. �y/HG

...........

,.g

....... ·�

CINnge t'liew -��(I.nit�"";�...

� ·----. . ,-f. --�""�· ....._,....,.c.: '·--

'

,- - £fflill

w o.isw.roio ��ton 6.xlt

' Qi 4 Atttme &1'4"otfl fl.ftCOl'IS

tow��., bt w � w,..tv.�..., M9l1l.iOfl

' '' ... ' ...

'• • '• '• ' "

et� Stnxtl.o� �CO!l'l»"itfCS �..dl�(tlew}

•'

fNo!(1'I

' •'

!D � .., I'·

Oilb;SO-.t':....

s� o,ui -;anaotmtr.c

81itt0r4« •..,, CO
• • .•

-

Gwl ,r,c: Llo;ICtty ��r� GtMIII SeW,qJ t.NI ,1,<«tur.t Ml� QWI MIN,Q-,t

. . -u-

.._...,,,...

----� -...-. ·- ··--� --· --·--·- -

i,-

J" .,

=

11.U01PU -

-- :a.ur(Vl,U

P,l'IUlt«IU U..Tllt\11:'U VTI

:_,t

� ,.TWY!t!CJ

�"lNIIWl:1!11

=

,..,..,.�11 1-,

. .....-�

ecee

w�

p,i,ur--. ™11lV!tlO.

m

�-lf:I,

ChMrt1e ..,_. "N#Jr,Wn 111.nff/Dq ewr-dff•; ow,,.f,nv

--

'!)��'I.�"'

__ a., ··�._.,...ll' l (S., An!t't

·��aiPt��ft , � (i> ,Wn� lN: ilm'� • � (i) Amr,QctPOIWIOU!c � • fi:I. Ot!'t!t C\l't� Cltl'•ffWI It,... <& Ot(T,f �"""' Ott, SOl.rco

,-;DI'!

•• IOf'Qfl

(lf

. f4

• (A� nd.lllt �ty n......iw11:�� """" • Q, � odne '*1<:l:'t' �n·ro r;11u

··�-'"""""

::,,

}

___,o.,,__

�

I!".

=

I

• •

Maintain Planning Unit Setting • Maintenance view cluster: FCLM VC ORG UNIT • Planning unit and rts related attributes description, aggregation currency. performer, reviewer and company code can be configured in the view 'Maintain Planning Unit Settings' • Planning currencies can be defined for Planning unit in the drilldown view 'Maintain Planning Currencies' Figure 197: Maintain Planning Urnt Setting

The Maintain Planning Unit Setting activity maintains the planning unit. The planning unit and its related attributes description, aggregation currency. performer, reviewer. and company code can be configured in the Maintain Plan Unit Settings view. Planning currencies can also be defined for plan unit in the drill-down view Maintain Planning Currencies. Hierarchy 'SAP Group' Display: 'Active Version' S �

"° ]

1

Nmtm lffll

SAP Grouo

lnfOObJect

v �(i(OUI)

ERP/ORG_UHJT 000000000000000000000000000000 16

· 4' HudQullttr ) ,i0Eu<"9<

' 41,,.,,.

> tilAmenas

' ti' 17

ERJ>/ORG_UHIT ERP/ORG_UH:JT EIU>/ORG_ulllT eRl'/ORG_UIIIT ERP/ORG_UlflT

tlodetume

L

00000000000000000000000000000001 00000000000000000000000000000010 OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOS 00000000000000000000000000000002 0000000000000000000000000000001,

Maintain Planning Unit Hierarchy Setting • Start BW modeling via t-code RSA 1. Fmd the info-object /ERP/ORG_UNIT under Modellng>lnfoObJects->Financ,al Management and Controlling (technical name: /ERP/FMCO)->Cash and Liquidity Management->Characteristlcs. • Double click the mto-object 'Planning Unit'. In the 'Hierarchy' tab, click 'Maintain Hierarchy' button • Create a new Planning Unit hierarchy. Give the name and description. • New hierarchy node via the button 'Planning Unit'. • Define a planning unit named "Head Quarter" with key '1' which used for currency conversion side. • If planning unit hierarchy is maintained m Bl client, it is required to maintain all planning units with same key as units in business client, or planning unit hierarchy can be maintained directly in business client with t-code RSH1. Figure 198: Maintain Planning Unit Hierarchy Setting

The customer can maintain the Planning Unit Hierarchy via transaction RSAl by following these steps.

208



1. Check planner and reviewer of planning unit 2. Activate planning unit hierarchy 3. Define currency conversion rules 4. Define reference data sources 5. Define planning type 6. Define liquidity items used as balance 7. Maintain liquidity item hierarchy. If the Planning Unit Hierarchy is maintained in BW client. then all planning units are required to be maintained with same key as units in business client. or Planning Unit Hierarchy can be maintained directly in business client with transaction RSHl. Check Planner and Reviewer of Planning Unit Change View "Maintain P/ann/11f1 Unit S..ttings•: Ovenllew � flew EntriH

f[l � '3 @ � I].

°'loO Stl'\la:ure

.., 0 Malnun Plarri'\9 Unl SI • •Mlntk'I Plwlni'lo OJ,

MillnQh Plilri'IO unt Sttmos

oeso;,oon

Plannnourc l

� Americ»

2

'•

' '' • •

10

..

USAConwny

canadi Coin:wtv

Subsidiary j

""

.

PlannH

""'

SATREVltnD. ZliA:mJOA

,'

...... ... ""

""'

Chna (.onwny

C!IY

»i>an COfl"NflY

sre

8eli'l9 �bSid.acy Shanghai Subsidiary

Eurooe

Re>Mwer

AOQ. OJ".

C.Cd QfOl

!A!PWmt� Sll'P.f'II!k'ER !A!Pt.A.tt!R.'!ll !.UUV?tltt:R

rrrt

Z:!tU:;Jit

QUI

ZWGJIE SAlfDIOl4.�R SAU.fVU:i(t:R

[

I

1icar

CAlCO

JCIWIMO

�

QI'(

Qi.,..,

.

QIY

CIIUl.t

""'

!J..! P:!llFOlt�R :U.ntVI!iml

I

0001 Qf03

user

l=•

Check Planner and Reviewer of Planning Unit • Maintenance view cluster: FCLM VC ORG UNIT • After the Planning Unit Hierarchy has been defined in previous step, the Planner and Reviewer of Planning Unit need to be checked to make sure that the Reviewer of the subsidiary Planning Unit is consistent wrth the Planner of the parent Planning Unit. Otherwise, the status of BPC can not modified as expected. Figure i99: Check Planner and Reviewer of Planning Unit

In the Maintain Planning Unit activity. you need to check the Planner and Reviewer of Planning Units. The Planner and Reviewer of Planning Units need to be checked to make sure that the Reviewer of the subsidiary Planning Unit is consistent with the Planner of the parent Planning Unit. Otherwise. the status of BPC cannot be modified as expected.


209

E"'


Activate Planning Unit Hierarchy

""""" "' � W�o IITMl!lff!tf:ll)nMt • � � Ac!Jq� &ls«ff �

> >

NO'lDOtl 1$ $AP AttOltltll'O OOMfd 11,- SAP IIAM

$� He!,Y,',e:,,,er

:. I:.

Enttf:l'\llt SW� Qw.,t.p;t:m)t\ CA1T911nns ffltldll A«Wllti'IO (......) r.--,otl sux,y 0-..tin M.ffir.,ell'e!'(

>�

"'"'""

111119�11 o,,11 " l.llvidtr �fflfrt

..,

>>

"""""""" Ol'ii: 4C(Ooil'lt twlacl-

>

Q,tl H1�-t

•

Activilte Pk,nning Unit Hi67,rchy �

Pbnnno un.c- Hierarchy

UQ�"-1'10

· IA � so.ci,, , .c c.nrO-,OOM. s.!.

• 1411> Nlt'lt.> ,,,.,.,.., u,c s-

� � �··Plarnh)···-�. ,; ,i,;J lht H

' 1W '¥

' (4 4)

O&<OilfHCV�--

• � I& • � Q,>

Exd,fa Ui:udt)' br..'e Re'X'tW!t,,O 8'� V..ts Otl'nt UO,lid,ty ,� ft\*

, '" Q> Otli,• -.r.:"'°' l>itl $wic..

Activate Planning Unit Hierarchy • Use this customizing activity to set the Planning Unit Hierarchy to the active hierarchy which will be uniquely used m the whole Liquidity Planning area. • If error message occurred in during the activation, please follow the message description to correct the Planning Unit master data. There are some typical errors: planning currency cannot be assigned to planning unit without company code, planners and reviewers are not assigned correctly. figure 200: Activate Planning Unit Hierarchy

You can use this customizing activity to set the Planning Unit Hierarchy to the active hierarchy, which will be uniquely used in the whole Liquidity Planning area. If an error message occurs during the activation, please follow the message description to correct the Planning Unit master data. There are some typical errors: planning currency cannot be assigned to planning unit without company code. planners and reviewers are not assigned correctly, and so on. Define Currency Conversion Rules D#P,.yIHO

.. �

,_ " Ii\

--"'

SAi' O>ltlllTOffl(I

" "°--

• Q <... •

-· ........ ,.,,_ fa

•�

....''"' fm•._�,.

.

Change View "CutRncy (:.()nw,rslon Rule": Overvli!w

ti.u,, ,c �

N�n

'?' Go>II!"•

$N' MGou!IUl9 _...,_,.SM' Mff,ti

-

00.,IIP-fk;II.. �

• [.;:i., >

�Mdv�...,""A-�"«O�
.,

-il ........ -.

.... ..,,_.,..

c.tt, ao
tltw E'ltriff

!ti � If)

�

j!.

IJ

Cul1etl
IA,_

p1

'

...

T•.On.

'"'

C1fT C1fT

C-,IIS-o,

•

>

11,.itA«.....c N-,.Qlh�-

• � � Spodyalf>C�-..... s..t

• r.. Ii> """'* .................. ,� , � Q>

�.,.......,u..: 1t1e111<1't

' � � ��• 9'009'.(!'••t<"'?.A.�

• 1S ll,) o.n-, iw.....:,

Ol(a, swita

' 1;. it) &no" P.M)ilQ(V ,W,,. �-11'10 8l,lln« Y�tf • I:. (p, Otllrlt '-"llkll\o' � T�

Define Currency Conversion Rules • Should use '1" for target planning unit for the new rule currently, otherwrse currency conversion will not work from UI side • To mitigate the risks of possible exchange rate fluctuations. you may want to hedge against exchange risks by exchanging your cash surplus into another currency. To do so, you must first define the rules for currency conversion using this Customizing activity. • Define a currency conversion rule for each currency defined for an Planning Unit that you want to convert Figure 201: Define Currency Conversion Rules

210



The customer should use "1" as the target planning unit for a new rule, otherwise currency conversion will not work through UI. To mitigate risks of possible exchange rate fluctuations. you may want to hedge against the exchange risks by exchanging your cash surplus into another currency. To do so. you must first define the rules for currency conversion using this customizing activity. Define a currency conversion rule for each currency defined for a Planning Unit that you want to convert.

Define Reference Data Sources Di-YING

•�

Ettno ec Sta wee

""""" " � u, cu�

.,.,,..,.ec,

�lttnlM.7.lOl'I G.Jli!e

• � � Attrf'ltt llilM'!ellJ kn::tli3rls

�,l'M tow A«OJ"llr'IO�t4b)'Sl#lll\ll� $.\P��

> )

> !;. >

0/sp/ay View •0efine Rderence O.t,, Sourc.s•: Overview

Odne bference O:it:i Sauttc,

E� SCN(tlQ OOu,Ao:ilntt:11'1 cor..-o:rerrts

Ce

lt:.. i\<(OIJ"b!!I (Mtw)

•

��SIIIIOft�MI�

e"rDltn

>

91r!O Cc,:,so�1t,ot1

CM!! ,nd Uiudty �ON9"'1"ent

>

,

'""

•

A.dual An'ount

LJQudcY FortQl:St PfeY()IJS Cycle p�

Lq.jdcy f
Pbn Amount

Plwl Aroount

Pin Atn)IJnt of Pre
Gtn�StMl)S

>

81nt A(COUl'I: N;aea;,tm,m:

>

Cul'I M.-IJQffl'em.

"

..,,.,,,,._

'ti> I!! I! I]

O.uldtr PW!nno

• rl'a ti)

Sodt'IIPC��

• � 11;

ActJm• Plwlnino �t Hlrl!fflt'

• � f«>

M,,ig11 �nl'lf',o Ufl( $,t�

• fl; ti) Defile Me<'ltY Cor,,-c:n !w!e,

. � q, IP!tri!. 11t";;;;ao1a�ou:ru , � 11; eeoidt wv«v It"" �o Ill""<* vwu • fw ti) o,m, Lil:l1Jd� p;,nnr,g T)oes

Define Reference Data Sources • • • •

Maintenance view: FCLM V SUGG Reference data sources are used to classify the source of suggested value Key 001-004 are from SAP standard delivery. User can define own reference data sources in this customizing activity other than the standard one

Figure 202: Define Reference Data Sources

The Reference Data Source is used to classify the source of suggested value. Key 001 to Key 004 are for SAP standard delivery. The user can define their own reference data sources in their customizing activity rather than the standard ones.


211

E"'


Define Planning Type OdpMyIHG

Strum:r,

Olspkly W..W ·�fin" Planning Typu": �-

"' �

µp a-onwt10 11'!¥1l'1� Gutlt • � � Am.<:r..e IIIJJir>N Rlnm:w > M� to SAP l,(n,u� oow.rtd br v, HAkA > S-.P Htt'WOYtl'

>�

� ]',�C.

r.tt�lllt �" °°"""� Cotf'POl'ltrn

) fA )

Defile Plannrio Types

ft!WldllAci::Ol.tltfl(I {N,...)

"'

Pt.I Tvl>�

FmntdSWPifCh,in��

>

tl4,()rt(\

)

NtlfGotl�

...

CftJl!d Lq.,e,:Y�O-.

> > >

•

Descll>OOfl

Text

�-NOROi.L },on.ao.,9 !>tin

llon""*'o Man

li_R.OUI� Month� Rl)q Plln

Month� Rmo Pt.n

G-1S� lri. 4c
· ��Art,..._,

• � � M;w.un l'lln!no .,...� s,mios P�n"9\lr\t M....d,y

·Q<'&-��·.-.

. ��L..,..,,.. . ,..,...,.,,. · Q (v Ol'M._.t_C!I Dm $GUC"5

• � � EiOCllclol Lo;,C:ty �- -..OftHflti'IO IIWI« Val..,.s

figure 203: Define Planning Type

Type is used to classify the different kinds of planning data. Monthly Rolling Plan and NonRolling Plan are from SAP standard delivery. The user can define their own planning type in their customizing activity rather than the standard ones. Define Liquidity Items Used as Balance Dlspl,y !HG

Changt, W.,w "Liquidity /t..ms us«/ as Billance•: Ov�w ..,. Q """"'' . Q
SI# Olstalf'im9 ll'l\*ml,m�:i31'1 Gul:lt At'Mtt 8utnffl Rir,cUon, N�n t• $� ,l,((
>

>> �

"'"""""" �S:n.idl.m:

> >

FNrKlal��(MtW}

0

6j, r
O.,,,.� �n�

LP_AAOP£ti

eae,, o..,a 81110 con�n

LP_BAm
Q,ti.,., 1.41odtf M....Ol'Mirt

>

LP_Wfi((){ltu

G-1Jr1� k'«Aooour!t Mt·�nt

l.P_C.SliOP

cw, "�"'*<'4 v

u:iu,:,:yPllnn�o �edy f 91'C Como,IIT.l)fl Sr.

' Q 'v

• Q, (&

1.1:iuidty Rems used as 8 ... IJQu(llty Item Ir !ltPOUT

""-! �ult Oi." H¥i•u..........t

> >

CD � .., @. l!\1. G.

�ar, PIN'\n... � $IMO'

• fA � �u f'lillwlO unc 111,m,'Oly

• ��C\lnentY��

LP_CPCLOSE.

LP_CPOPtN

A

y

I

LP_LBO?EN

. � 4, cw- ...r.---. � SeuK•

• f:o � i!iiGt l,lai. hd!)''i.ii..;;,-�iiii!c• � • � � �,t W,1,dt,> p-,IW'-9

'VPft

Define Liquidity Items Used as Balance • Maintenance view: FCLM LP EX BAL • Balance-related liquidity items differentiate themselves from other flow-related liquidity items

•

Figure 204: Define Liquidity Items Used as Balance

The Balance-related liquidity items differentiate themselves from other flow-related liquidity items so you need to define those Liquidity Items here as Balance.

212



Maintain Liquidity Item Hierarchy

, ...

Liquidity Item Hier.trchy Configuration

'""'""' "' �

ii,, (> -

W O.stO!riMO �m!M Gude

• IW AcMte ll.ltl'ltff Function,

>

)

>

M9r1wnto SAP AccotrlUI; poweitd try SAP HAl'fA tff'l\\'ti'lfl

_,,,__

w

rw

�-,-

�l'tNIIClUIIO

OIIJ\.IIOO

:io.t«-.

lM-="r-blCI

�-'-

� ,:..,..

&'lt"'fllllllf SUURVII

> �

Cro�polat,on �tntl

�0,11 A
> v

RMnoal SUpp\'Chh Mill\�

) ) v

> >

., 0.tC't 8*'19 (on&alel.tt.n 0th and li:l!Adty Man� G�eral Selti'\0$ �k A«ount Managemtnt Cd! tt111aoement > P!ai'lflf'IO ltvff ¥Id PWfll)
Llqi.,icllty lttm H!er•r(hy

., •' Lt)--.

ti i..--

I ·

uc:u;:nYIV.liOOIO

• ..-..-�

u,:u:nvlltJ#ocw,

�r.ot

-..efth,. ,. .--................ ,..

• ,-,,.,.. ..,001,,:0•

LPJA

....... ""11i)(ll(Jfl

' � 911¥11•

LP.Cl..&o't

• ca.,.. u• c:.,, ....-

i.,.CIICMAI..

UQudcy hffl5

• �
£.dt LilUIOtY Jttl'r'f

)

Oen.1,tion Rules f« Uoudty Jtffl'l5

--

• a,1

• � �-'-l.tl.!d_tv ll��

--·

Maintain Liquidity Item Hierarchy • Use T-Code 'M_LQH' lo maintain the sample liquidity hierarchy • SAP Note 2145500 describes the sample liquidity item and liquidity ,tern hierarchy custorruzmq information which ,s required by Appucatron 'Develop Liquidity Plans'

Figure 205: Maintain Liquidity Item Hierarchy

SAP Note 2145500 describes the sample liquidity item and the liquidity item hierarchy customizing information. which is required by Application 'Develop Liquidity Plans.

=-,_

·-..-_-

·IJ-QI__,,'*...,. JCII"'<'--

......._ . ...

c. ......._

--·-..-_ --· •

C•of'

-

• •e.rtllo•--

-----__

--liol·---�· .,.,_

,_ _,,_. Clfll-0

--� ---·_------__ ...�

.. 0W-¢w>""-

,,...,._.n,,i_

O...,C.O,-·

b:- "* - ,::,.,-,, • c..no.-....-..i

.

- . C.0,--I,..'\

....,,_ ,_

"-� ....,.,,..

.,,_

.,,.,..,,.

"'--TM. ....�

,--·/1(;

.. ,_

.......... .,_........

....a

c-,,_____

,

....,....,...,.. .,,.,_

,,,.,_

""-�V.Jll't!-..0

.,,...,.. �.OTl
.,.,,. .,..,.

-

---... ....,h_

e. ....._

e.•t-

.....

---

---

c:-ie-i... ,_....__,._..._,.

-----" ---..- " ---' " ' -·-. :·-·-·_.,. . _

---(1-�-1----cw.... ,--�o ..... o.-c-�

:J'.Ol!CIIOO

'1--·-· · *'{,--·--

.,.,.,,,

-...---.r(
,,........'&,,OE

....... ,,,..._

,,_,..._

,,,, ....,,

....'""' � ""·""""'

-(---.1 --· 1ll-N;-·IDCl-0

........,�-·C.l-

_-__. ---· .._ ·1 -1·1

-----

Figure 206: Sample Liquidity Item Hierarchy

Key points for Liquidity Item Hierarchy and Liquidity Items Current Closing balance calculation logic is based on the sample liquidity item hierarchy. if you would like to customize the liquidity item and liquidity item hierarchy, then you need to customize the closing balance calculation back-end logic as well. The way to do the back-end calculation customizing follows the standard BW logic as follows:


213

E"'


•

Liquidity Item "LP _CASHOP" is used to integrate with Cash Position. "LP_CASHOP" is used to get the Cash Position for normal bank accounts.

•

Liquidity Item "LP _EXI" is used to do Currency Conversion as exchange into liquidity item.

•

Liquidity Item "LP _EXF" is used to do Currency Conversion as exchange from liquidity item.

•

For liquidity item derivation rule. please refer to Learn 2 Customizing Cash Operations in Unit 4 Cash Operations

Customizing Settings in the Back-end Server Key Points for Liquidity Item Hierarchy and Liquidity Items The following list outlines the key points for liquidity item hierarchy and liquidity items: •

Liquidity Item "LP _CASHOP" is used to identify the opening balance for cash. which is from Cash Position.

•

Liquidity Item "LP _DPOP" is used to identify the opening balance for deposits. such as fixed-term deposits. deposits at notice. which are integrated from Treasury and Risk Management (TRM).

•

Calculation logic of closing balance: LP_AROPEN + LP_ARFA = LP_ARCL LP_LBOPEN - LP_LBFA = LP_LBCL LP_ARCPOP + LP_ARC PFA= LP_ARCPCL LP_LBCPOP - LP_LBCPFA = LP_LBCPCL LP_DPOP + LP_DEPOSITFA = LP_DPCL LP_LOOP - LP_LOANODFA = LP _LOCL LP_CASHOP + LP_CASHFA = LP _CASHCL LP_AR3RDDOP + LP _AR3RDFA = LP_AR3RDCL LP_LB3RDOP - LP _LB3RDFA = LP _LB3RDCL

214

•

Liquidity Item "LP _EXI" represents cash planned to be converted to another currency in currency conversion.

•

Liquidity Item "LP _EXF" represents cash planned to be converted from another currency in currency conversion.



� Vlftv ..Liquidity ltffld": o�

Display/HG

� lei Structure

• I?,

..... 8CSD

.,

£nt� Stwrtu"'

',Q Iii

ew..

!l) � 41 §.

...,... .. ."-'"'" .,.,., ...""" .......,,,,..., "" "" = = "-""""' "" ..,,.._ .......... .... ....,.... .. "-''"'' "'�'°' ...,.,.., "..".. ..... _ "

l!J. (3.

...,.,.,

� � OIM"I kMIQtll"eflt

B"' 8lnO

• • •

Drect (.oltfoldr.:loll Olh llOd I k;Uie(V MM� (ie,1$'11

.

SffllnOS

"-nnno l� Jr,d Plin,,rq
u_,,).nn

�1111:ltyltffl'e

• !;:'; � � I.lo,.,.:.;;;,i >

:D

;ii

C-"'nll)I�

• � '

W'_J.::�,

i.,_a,,:,n

$illfl: A(OO..nt M��Oft'l"ltllt

>

Od', ""' ... "-

u_1rrallQ

Cn:IM-1\oobton Coll"CJICrents � Ac
>

• • •

h'otN

t.,;udcy """"

SAP O.,st� � GiJij,e

• � � ACOvr.e 11.,Mt• funaiOl'ls > M�rlt>Cn frOM SAP 911' to W AC(Ol.ll'ltf'IO ,olll'ffld by S"' HNI,\ SAP ,1el\\'HW1 >

•

-�-

,,;,

ceeee �udty !t«"I Himo:chle,

l.tjafl

�� RI.lies fOt lJG,..iji:y � -

�,-,

""""'""""" "'""".,.. . . ......

A!lw... ,�.

ruclt N,1MK • n,,11 Olll)tJ

Tt>1t 1Nt1tiltJ , Th• N1ll,J

.... eumlftm•

,Al!lll;d-

lettt•lllt�-,l,ltt

1..w·�--....,.... �...

T!Mt ��I �*9 (o,

r•w.�

l�tllltltiltt

TQCSI �' ,DESO

"T�t 111t1tiff --llES.O

t.ted.\lb1K: l'!CFM
b:�c hcrtiiM C•>/Otc-(.)

"'......

�•...oi.,

--· .......

"'-"' "'-"' """"o,;"""1,.u.....,..

...........s

...._

CMl,NOI��

a,tt FIWRtu"l';,ltt,; t'IO'IIM (•}/Oto- (·>

(di�!�·)

CW!""'"-�

....,.,e,t.....,

t:at• h{.t....afts: i'Ot$ (•)/OW-(,)

�·fllll!Nt-•

P.te...«ilts:lla-.e(,)IDe( •) 111:......illl!K�'

Figure 207: Maintain Liquidity Item

Maintain the liquidity item master data as shown in the figure. Maintain Liquidity Item.

..

Liquidity ftem Hierarchy Configuration

,,

"""""' • � "' �

Sir# O.stcfri:nO �tl(Jofl Gull!• �te fuli'lesi Fii.ln«i>tl,

o-,_

> >

r.. > r.. >

11•10

>

&'It�• 5"\ICW't Oo�ppkatlon Cor'!Wlle!!ts

rnancal A
•

ft1¥1ml 5Uoolt Ch,n N¥i�

>

Ue1 Onct 88'tO COnSOkla,wn

>

• >

Cash and 1,.l;e:.w:l(Y Nari� General Sttttios

>

&.,,11' A
• •

Uqukllty""" ...,.....ehy

•.•, ...o--. ,,..._

I . U().JO(f'f'--

Cdl Mlna;oment P9n11r19 LMIJ w Pllli'wlno Gtoui,s UC,U'i:l(y Jt.,,.

. � 4> �t uiu«y luir.

n.-.-.i,..-1o1uo

,,,u...

_ ......

UOOOT'l'PUHDSWO

�,,

V'.Of'CIIIA:.

�,·

"·""'

II

--· ,__ .........

oio•,-tm-...; �--

• !?, � �•.!!!!!'..'>'..•"" .........] > �tion Rults fo( UOUdCV" It�

,

Mamtam as the sample hquidrty hierarchy

•

In addition to the !MG structure, you can also access this configuration using transaction M_LQH

Figure 208: Maintain Liquidity Item Hierarchy

Maintain as the sample liquidity hierarchy. In addition to the IMG structure. you can also access this configuration using transaction M LQH.


215

Unit 5: liquidity Management

·�

tntri11 IM! Sm

!Mi«u1t

• i..

•Q

S...,M'111'*'9�Q'*"Mt (i> Aaw:• ILsr!M filFlctiOf'll

� to SI# lo(tol.ttJ'IC »wer.«l t,y SAP IWIJ\

> > > i;:,

S.,., Met'l'>Q•• Ei"..t�St'UWrt

, UI

0.,A�Co!rool'\fflb fi'\11'1(111 A<�(I (Hfw)

>

•

fNM*Sup� O'.-N..-�ffl.

>

llt!t'Ot'ffl

.'

,.,o CO!!solaluon QSII ,nd ll:l.d)' Nr�lll

> > >

Gin"' $tltt'I� 13¥11; Ac((U!l; Mlll'l�t

CWl�mtlll

•

•

� -1.i'-

��--, ·· "-"""'

� VAtw "l.lqUld/tyJttm,#S#dl# �": �

Ol$p/,,y IHG

UQ"udlytt.mtll) � � �dv • 8PC COnl\J-, St't

• 6\. 4)

MftlQIJ\ lllirln•if 1,11\ot �

• °t!, (i> �• PllMitO 00 Hlfll:clr, • :,A. Q, �fr>t OJ!tcl!Q'� � • � (i) 0th Atf.-•flCt Dau SO
• � C'& fu:se-:�·ri� Rcp_,..g__-.r,c,vat..,;;;i

· e\ 1l)

oern, lo;JIIQ' ,�..... 1>,oe)

(t.)t\lf"JI' 81.l

llt

l'l•-.V�

-

U.JJ!lel'

"-"""

"""' :..�... .._.

....,...,.. "-""

UJ,IOCr

''-�

........... u_=

I.J�!,JJllc,:t(�

c.t:........:t u_.::t.AU u�-.e u_t_ u_wooc•

"-"""" "-"" "-"""' u.i..eao, "-"""' "·= "-"" u,:-

figure 209: Define liquidity Items Used as Balance

Balance-related liquidity items differentiate themselves from other flow-related liquidity items. In addition to the IMG structure. you can also access the maintenance view FCLM_LP_EX_BAL using transaction SM30.

-···---·� -.,�·-·--

Jtlalnt.6/n Services

H--

o.... -� .,. O r.l W ·�-- O, ,.�--

vrtual Host

......

S,ef\l,(:t P<'th

sevce lhr'l'le

.......-.

ICF Service Description

Service Path

BPC Unlven.al Web Client

/sap/bciui5_ui5/saplbpcwebclient

Client Service (Persistence, User Preference, etc.)

/sap/bw/cs

BW: Get Response

/sap/bw/ina/GetResponse

BWlnA

/sap/bw/ina

MIME in Web Reporting

/sap/bw/Mime

Enterprise Search lnA Adapter

/sap/es/ina

figure 210: Activate ICf Service

Use the following steps to activate the ICF Service:

1. Activate the ICF services listed in the table. 2. Run transaction SICF. 3. Enter the service path and choose Execute. 4. Right click on the service and choose Activate Service.

216



Change View "BW-/P: Activation of Deep HANA Integration•: Overview � New Entnes

lb �

lli)

[lil "' I].

8W-IP:Actlvation of Deep HANAIntegration

[]]

HMIAlnlegralll Adivo FlRldn.Adive v 8PC EJtll
� v

Figure 211: Prerequisite for BPC content installation

The prerequisite for BPC content installation. is to go through the BPC installation guide to make sure that all the BPC·related system settings are correct. Then activate both the BPC model and PAK model in maintenance view RSPLS_HDB_ACT using transaction SM30.

..

--

_..,.., ...

:i.u_�:cn.:x:w:'INJIJ,n

'"'

D._

s...t,o,_

c._

c...,.,-

--·-- .... - __ __

�.;., ;:

::.u.r.s_:,:,,-:..:=�,IM.>''

r-· ' ...

-,,..

�...... ,.,:,,,.,

_,. .. --

o 1;L!..11
U,l,PJOl_«','lJO,!OtlffWJ,Ft

L c:ca ICll,tt.&6Hy

c;: CX:::. �Uy

o:;e

... ,...nu.

'""'"

,..I'

· A--·--

,a,.......-..

Cha� Rok: AuthottutiOM

mr. a n s

�

ft>Miln�

moc- m�

�l.QP l.tv,WU.f f1tD

,�.� �l<�l�Y llil,w,9,.,.,,i.

11>=.ttMu lh.r.MU•

-

� :-,-.

-u.:o

-.,:.�,11m11-.u1

t_.._... -

... - -----

.....,,_

tr-

"""'

- --;r

IO

L

..

��!��

Figure 212: Assign Back-end Role to Users

The following sample back-end roles contain authorizations to display the related business data. use and manage BPC (for Develop Liquidity Plans). and access Design Studio app. •

Develop Liquidity Plans SAP _FIN_DEVLIQUIDITYPLAN_APP

•

Liquidity Plans: SAP_FIN_ANALIQUIDITYPLAN_APP

You can copy them as Customizing (Z*) roles. generate the authorization file for the Customizing roles. and then assign the Customizing roles to users in transaction PFCG.


217

E"'


·-- -

"-• r� ,1:w_...,._,.0C1n

·-· . ....

-·

""' ........_ _..

,. ,.,,,.,. _ ,_ 1-......... I

" '"-�-

--__ _ ... .... ..... . . ...

:.

--

-

.

-----==·�B'f�y----""jJ, I

..........

_..,.

u-,l�11o1,.11W
x

-·- ·-

Figure 213: Customize BPF Template

Use the following steps to customize the BPF Template:

1. Start BPC workcenter with the following URL (replace the blue part with your own system parameters): http{ s) :/I : I sap/be/ u i 5_ u i5/ sap/bpcwebcl ient/i ndex.htm l?sapc I ient=&sap-language=#cm=O FC LM_LP_E NV :conn Type= pa k is back-end system host 2. Go to ADMINISTRATION tab and choose Process Templates. 3. Select the BPF template FCLM_LP_PROCESS. and then choose New Version. 4. Choose a valid user for field Process Monitors on the Process Settings tab. 5. On the Activities tab. under the Driving Dimension section. select the A/I Members for the Selected Hierarchy for the Members field. 6. Select the planning unit hierarchy you have activated in the customizing activity Activate Planning Unit Hierarchy, and then choose OK. 7. Choose Save, and then choose Back. 8. Select the template. 9. Choose Validate. and then choose Deploy.

218



==· ... �

S,I.P('u� � &.,idt

• � (i> AaMtt ..,_ Fulalon1 > "41:,!QU)fl to SJ# A�OO-- by SR HAM SAP �ff'l!f

> > '..\ >

Dlspuy Vl
El!Wl><_. SIIIICtVt 0'*'4�t-- eoi�·fll$

1.

>

� l1t � I].

Flwldll ActOo.t:alll (tit•) R,¥QI 541:,ot\' ChJI �9ffl'll,lll

>

°"'

"'

CHl'I «Kl UQutlly ..

>

SPC (
i)re(l

aai9 Cll*1dn:O'\

>

BPC �PlatlOn Set I>

.,,oe,nm

--

)

Gen.,I SetU!I,» 11,n\ ,\t(OV( "41...ll!tni:nt

"'

UQudlV l't,nrirq

Actwatt

SPC Telfl)f.ne JO

SPC lit�

[CLMJ.�_Plo.OctSS

jtU/l"'

•

, -,uoi-� , "'i__i ,if.<" � ',=,."",-_�.

• IW 'V

"-'nt.,,! l"l,nrq unt �

• {A �

-01!'fl1 i:vtetq"

• fA �

8PC A«lkiti:11'1 JO FCU1:_u-_110C£t.

_

. . rr �

orcuc_:..,_o.v

Aro,w, Plwl'IO l.ll( Hln'(llt' com.-.n Rules

• � � oe�• 1te!fflrlu on, scucv

· fA � EllWcl, llXl(lty lt'"'8 Kec11e�11 a.�« ''•l.ln · � � oer,,, llll1141tY � ,.,.,,. Figure 214: Specify a BPC Configuration Set

Specify a configuration set that you want to use for liquidity planning and only activate one configuration set. w-.. -·..

r·--

c .....

--• M)0Uf'4

WOfk Status

• *'°'""''

£n�blt WOltt Sutus &y MOCltl

......-,.,...... n.••

1 �M_lP_IIOOaJ

.....

. ,.........

-

0...,�AAQ'IG_ll'lrr

--

S/11' ,._.. ,_ .... (.-

�

-

·-

-

WU,I< Sl11WI, Stt'll119 fl.II Mo11'1;

,..... _,.m

,CI.M_I.I"_MOO•I.

- -· -·- -------

·�•- -

,.

,-.. �'i"';W,-,�.;•

--

"-VM-Cll!!'q

•

I

Figure 215: Work Status Configuration

Customize Work Status Configuration as follows:

1. Start BPC Workcenter with the following URL (replace the blue part with your own system parameters): http( s ):/I : I sap/be/ u i 5_u i5/sap/bpcwebcl ient/i ndex. htm l?sap· client=#cm=OFCLM_LP_ENV;connType=pak is backend system host

2. Go to the ADMINISTRATION tab. and then choose Work Status Configuration. 3. Select the model FCLM_LP_MODEL. 4. In the section Locking Dimensions. specify the planning unit hierarchy you have activated in the Customizing activity Activate Planning Unit Hierarchy. 5. Select the Enable Work Status checkbox and save the settings.


219

E"'


htli){s)://<1'10$t>:lsap/

Laooch FCLM_LP

FCLM_LP_DS_NAVI

D�lop

Liquclity Plan•

bc/ui5_u5/ui2/uslle1Vshells/ abaplfiorilaunchpad.htrrl?

launcll

Develop Liquidity Plans •

URL

sap,.client•&sap,. language=
lnpu1

OS_INPUT

kAce.ount-inputPlan http(s)://: /sap/

FCLM_LP

FCLM_LP_DS_NAVI

Li\ll!Ch

Launoh

Develop Uq\.lC.'.lity Plans

Develop

Lquldlty Plans • R&vlew

bc/ui5_u51ui2/usl\e1Vshells/ abap/Fiorilaunchpad.hlrrl?

URL

sap-client=
DS_REVIEW

language=#Ban kAce.ount-re'AewPl.in

Figure 216: Configure the Navigation from BPC to Design Studio Reports

Create the launchpads navigating to Design Studio reports as in the sample in the figure. Configure the Navigation from BPC to Design Studio Reports. using transaction LPD_CUST.

a,,,..,...

t� • - ,0.11(.." i:,...... -

t-·-·

p- ......., .,...� c..... ltlco,,,-oir.. .._..- .... ,..__.,.,...._ •- • ••• � .• ' ;a-','-=--===-=�---- .. ..;,. ..---..-·-I

·tr="'�=·=- 1:-

···---��

..

-_

--

1---

•

�SIIOW,....1'Mf

fCUU'J)SJtAVI

...

..,. 3·

- ·-... , . .-,u.-. . . ,.--·"'-- --�I__--

-

= I I11,""""' ... =·,....-_.ei""'""=�=�=-=""'= : .=: "�=""== =· r--_,,P ' ... hw'ltt

� ,...,. ......,........ ,

L_�

�wofuunch,,...

lb11tw� I Dt.tw�Olf'

-

FCCH..,t,,,,.12$,.IIIA v, (tlfJ

•..........

··11:,

_ 1)

>

.,j_ 41,Q___ ,_.,.

--

....,...........,191':::1

T'M' d Uln:to.Jd

., " Figure 217: Configure the Navigation from BPC to Design Studio Reports

Use the following steps to configure the navigation from BPC to Design Studio Reports:

1. Call up transaction LPD_CUST. 2. Choose New Launchpad, and then specify the Role, Instance. and Description in the dialog box as shown in the figure. Configure the Navigation from BPC to Design Studio Reports. 3. Click New Application. and then specify the Link Text. Application Type. URL. Application Alias as shown in the figure. 4. Save the settings.

220



RegistN Semantic Obj«t

[§].., � [i JJl 6 'f' 'ml 13) Role FCU<_I.P

R.,,Jstw S-UntkObj«:t

..

[Q] , s a Ill .1. • iiil t-',

cil"'I� a�"' v w @ Role

l.n.stiince

FCI.M_I.P_OS_l
Maintain �mantk: Obfed Links

Register Semantic Object

tnsunce

•1FQJ
'

@ Role �

Abs

"°-'VP

OS_REVIEW X

-.. --

rcuc_.,.; JICUU,P.,C!JD,�

KI..N_U)_OS..)IAVJ

OSJr.fPUT

x

,llr/,d S-Ut>tk Oltfed Urtl

llflPOI...

..,,u

For Fbr1

tlstance rro.H_l.P�KJ>t.LP_OSJIAVJ

Jr,

!"f"1

l':O\,U

......_._.., .,.,....

l

�


Use the following procedure to create the navigation parameter:

1. Call the transaction SE38, and run program RSBPCB_MAINTAIN_SEM OBJ. 2. Register the launchpad role and the instance as shown in the table below as a semantic object. Role

Instance

FCLM_LP

FCLM_LP_DS_NAVI

3. Save the settings. 4. Select the newly-created semantic object and choose Edit to maintain the semantic object links. 5. Add the two Application Alias in the table below to the semantic object. Role

Instance

Alias

For Fiori

FCLM_LP

FCLM_LP_DS_NAVI

DS_INPUT

FCLM_LP

FCLM_LP_DS_NAVI

DS_REVIEW

x x

6. Select the For Fiori checkbox. 7. Save the settings. 8. Select the newly-created semantic object link and choose Edit to maintain the same link parameters as below for both semantic object links .. Parameter Name

Reference

Reference Value

Parameter Description

X_LQHIER

INFOOBJECT

/ERP/LQH_NAME

Liquidity Item Hierarchy

X_VERSION

INFOOBJECT

/ERP/VMONTH

Planning Cycle

X_ORG_UNIT

INFOOBJECT

/ERP/ORG_UNIT

Planning Unit

9. Save the settings.


221

E"'


I",-

Maintain Semantic Object Links

D[2) Iii\ a � .t.

Y iiil !!Ii.

la>..,.

Manet

• FClM_LP F0.11..LP

FCLM_LP_os_llAVI FO.M_LP_os_rtAvt

....os_u�Pur

I f,or FIM

x

os_AEVJEW x

...

...

ONttN......

""'-''

·-«

r.:!..11_:.,-!IS_IIJ.l't

""' �Link PK�

@, If. i3 (l)A Y 6 l,�rulldl

�

......

,.._t.. Nltnt

....

..._.

l�FOJUJ' f
' ""'-" ' """'

fQ.IU,I.J)SJV.\fl

fOJU.'.PSJl"\'l

- -...-�11e·

\°ll>J �tot 0Kc,11Uft � /WI\Qol.JI.WE Ul\oldlttt""�

OS_IIINT X..¥fltSIOII N"008lECT JOl','\WO!tTtl QUll'IJf )l.CflG_OOl P*OOUCT /�_I.fill PlrfflOIM

-�

H�lnuln Llhk hra�

"-""'' !...........

I

«tfertlltt l'III•

lllf008lliCf WO OtOl(t

•

«.!tNflCt ......

/WJ\QffJIAIE l.lJlidty t.-11� H1rN

•

t'Timtt� De,,o,ot,,DII

L
Figure 219: Configure the Navigation from 8PC to Design Studio Reports

-·----- . . =-==��------· -.. ---- -----·· -· ··--___ ... ---·-- _-- . q---- - . - ---·--· -li1'-·- m::mm·- ....

---

-

•

-.��-··-------� . ..__ __ -�- ----·-· ..... Wy;,,>111..-

=

I

_..,.


Modify activity configuration in the BPF template

1. Start BPC Workcenter with URL: http( s ):/I : I sap/bc/ui5_u i5/ sap/bpcwebclient/index. htm l?sapc I ient=&sap·language=#cm=O FC LM_LP_E NV ;conn Type= pa k. is back-end system host 2. Go to the ADMINISTRATION tab. and choose Process Templates. 3. Select the BPF template FCLM_LP_PROCESS. and then choose New Version. 4. On the Activities panel. under the Activity Performer section. choose the Edit for the Workspace field. 5. In the Target Action section. choose External Resources. and open the Application. 6. External Web-based 7. In the Web-based Application section. select the Application for launching the report of entering liquidity plans ('Launch Develop Liquidity Plans· Input' in sample table on slide

29)

222



8. For liquidity item hierarchy parameter, select the member you maintained in Customizing activity Define Liquidity Item Hierarchies which refers to the sample liquidity item hierarchy. Sample liquidity item hierarchy can be found in 2145500. For Planning Cycle and Planning Unit parameter. select Use Workspace Context

--·-------. .

=-"-·· "---=-= ·---=�-------·

---··· -· -·· --�

--· --

------·.. --·-------..--. -- Iii-·--... - -- ....--, -,, -"-- .... . -· ------ --·--· ·- a::::111... -· ---�,- --�-·._

x

• o,,,.;••

_.._

------

-�-

n,!l••Aellon

QM,----

---·-·. . .-".·.-('. . "lu'.-·----·-· .. " """""� -..,..-:1.�' ooo-·-

•·

Figure 221: Configure the Navigation from BPC lo Design Studio Reports

The following steps are used to modify the activity configuration in the BPF template:

1. Choose the Activities tab, and under the Activity Reviewer section. choose Edit in the Workspace field.

2. In the Target Action section, select External Resources, and Open External Web-based Application. 3. In the Web-based Application section. select the Application for launching the report of reviewing liquidity plans (Launch Develop Liquidity Plans· Review). 4. For the Liquidity Item Hierarchy parameter. select the member you maintained in Customizing activity Define Liquidity Item Hierarchies which refers to the sample liquidity item hierarchy. For Planning Cycle and Planning Unit parameter, choose Use Workspace Context. 5. Save, validate and then deploy the template.


223

E"'


o.n../1111/ntalns«vlcH

(ltQ._�,s.,,,u "'}

--· ...

(N"""""'

t.w,t.

SU.VICE

Hierarchy TYDe

..

V'rtl.l.ll Host

9' o!li (II

..,,.

ii

'b ,

·�NIM

fl'�tmll(l>Qr�

•.t

... bf.S.Met:

ftt,et

•

r_,..., ,

�

StMCt Path StfVie;e u�

"Odnvu,o,t

Vlll,f\W.l,(MUlllol0$l

" .' � "liJ t,c

Reference secvtce

"'Lanouaoe ""''"'"

WMM'.S"Al:E: Sii ts cal!SEDIIOt T... tASlS tllEE(WlS�)

"�'116_116

..,�,.,

•

�vu

�1#1

�tlrlll;t/$1•�

$,1,F\.IS�la:iltl...,..ISAA.ifS .....

. . ...._

--

· lli'J�

*'�'�"4"$APl;l:S� Aul--r..->,W,,•�IJ

0,,\i!ie kw•

)WI,,. s.-i<.. ICF service Oescnption

Service Path

Qnr.lfm StM:t

J•otS-•

AnaJyze Oet+Qn Studio Query

...,._ll)S.�

/sap/bcll.iS_uiSlsap/fin_ds_analyze

Qllc. :ltt>dlll't' lil'.ff'

Unified Shell

''" figure 222: Custormzmg Settings in the front·end Server· Activate ICF Service

Use the following steps to activate the ICF services listed in the figure. Customizing Settings in the Front-end Server - Activate ICF Service:

l. Go to transaction SICF, enter the service path and choose Execute. 2. Right click the service and choose Activate Service. Haintain Users

User

Ch.anoed By Dorumentation

Add1ess

Refe,enct Ustr r�

Status

12.10.2015 02:14:29

I � 115' [c, I

lo on Dau

StK

�(l']�[lil .,- . I ta

Oef:,uts

P1oftes

Groups

�

el :tJ. . use11roster record ,ffl , I [�ft,v��-RD-�

Role AssiQnf'ninU

i;ll

Sl>WS Rolt !;I 'SAJ>_BR,_CASli_NAttAGEll

T... Start �tt

8 24.07.2015

End �tt 31.12.9999

Short Role Offa1>ti0n cash Manager

figure 223: Enable App to be Accessed in Fiori Launchpad

SAP delivers a front-end business role SAP_BR_CASH_MANAGER bound with SAP Fiori Catalog and Group. which provide a sample on how you could group cash-managementrelated SAP Fiori tiles and target mappings from technical catalog into Catalog and Group. So that the end users could have those tiles in their SAP Fiori Launchpad after the administrator assigns the role to the users via transactions like PFCG or suor. You can directly assign the sample role to the user or set up your own role.

224



Confiouration of Launch cads: Role

IMtat1ce

Application Alla�

Applic,auon Type

URL

FCLM_BPC

FCLM_BPC_CI

BPC_CI

URL

http(sJ://,nos1>:/sap/bcluiS_ulS/saplbpcwebcllentlindex.h tml?sap-c/ient= >&sap/anguage=#cm=OFCLM_LP_ENV:connType=pak: VIEW_ID=admin-.composite-conteiner/arimin--bpfproces$_/nstsnces

FCLM_BPC

FCLM_BPC_INBOX

BPC_INBOX

URL

http(s):ll:>&sap. language=#cm=�CLM_LP_ENV:con.nType=pek:

Configuration of Target Mappings: Semantic Object

Action

Source of Navigation Target

Launchpad Role

Launchpad Instance

Application Alias

Desktop

Bank.Account

createCyclo

Other SAP Fiori App

FCLM_BPC

FCV"1_8PC_CI

BPC_CI

Yes

Banl
inbox

Other SAf' FiOrl App

FCLM_BPC

FCLM_BPC_INBOX

BPC_tNBOX

YO$

Figure 224: Enable App to be Accessed in SAP Fion Launchpad

For app Develop Liquidity Plans. additional configurations should be conducted to enable the tile navigation to BPC. The following three tiles are delivered along with the business role SAP _BR_CASH_MANAGER •

Start New Planning Cycle (binding target mapping BankAccount·createCycle)

•

Enter Liquidity Plans (binding target mapping BankAccount·inbox)

•

Review Liquidity Plans (binding target mapping BankAccount·inbox)

However. the corresponding target mappings for the three tiles are not delivered and need to be configured in the SAP Fiori Launchpad Designer by customers. If the corresponding target mappings are not configured. the tiles cannot be found on the SAP Fiori Launchpad. Before creating the target mappings. two launchpads need to be created using the transaction LPD-CUST for launching BPC. Overvu,w of uunchpads

Cl flew LaunchpH CJ flew Repos«ory

�Show more coutms

CD Sh-ow Oocument.atbn R

....

ltlsunce

Ot�n

IePc O'Htt Jnstanct

tlamtst,a(t

Typt of uonchtiad Language:

Figure 225: Enable App to be Accessed in Fiori Launchpad

To create a new launchpad. carry out the following steps:

l. Create Launchpads. 2. Enter transaction LPD CUST.


225

E"'


3. Choose New Launchpad, and then specify the Role and Instance (see table Configuration of Launchpads). These two fields will be used when creating the target mapping. The Description can be maintained up to customer.

. ...... �. ·-�,,-·� -- ·::"---

C,,.� W,-:l,p«l • llr>Jt,t FCUf._ tJll'C I�: J::CUf_#C_CJ {(NJ

o- toll•• _rµ_ �-

.. ltwto.... -.

,e..._._� · Qo,lltlll't"°""'4

�°""t.o,,,w.... �ot •.11n...• ......,

o-

•

--·��

""""'°"

Qr..:.IKau,c,(

J

E]

-- ;�"••• a---... r,..

·"l

,_,--.,..,.--,..m,�-�

"J". I?t.

II'-

1t. •

•'

·-

ll�

11-1',\'*'1"4-.........�........�,-

"'

·�-_,_,�....,,-_.s,,,........, .... __._...

...............

-

---

UI.OH

u1,u,o.,,11.

--(��

-.Cd __ t_.'I

-.-...i,,,.-

_°"'_____

1�--:1 . -"" --· ,.,...., ___ e«i!SIJC M!lttt �-

tft_(I

-·---· -- ·�,-

'>

�

2..:..0

m

S...•ili.......

OlJC,111)- •

..._,..._,

1......,• ...,,_0n:w_ .... w .

figure 226: Enable App to be Accessed in Fiori Launchpad

To configure or change the new launchpad. carry out the following steps:

1. Choose New Application. 2. Fill the following content according to the table Configuration of Launchpads: •

Link Text (up to customer)

•

Application Type

•

URL

•

Application Alias

3. Choose Save.

226



-

.........

Figure 227: Enable App to be Accessed in Fion Launchpad

To create an SAP Fiori Catalog, carry out the following steps: 1. Open the Fiori Launchpad Designer.

2. Create a standard customizing catalog and fill the Title and the ID. The customizing catalog is to contain the customizing target mappings. 3. Choose Save.

., ... , �-· $' �

-

{ :::

1:

....

...,,.

-- -

--o -·0.

-

----

-·--"'"' __ --- -··-- -...

..

----[�-t ·-"'=

-- �---

-

-

...,

---

-

- -

Create Target Mappings

a

In the customizing catalog, go to Target Mapping panel and click Create Target Mapping

b

Configure the target mapping as fisted in table Configuration ot Target Mappings. Launchpad Role, Launchpad Instance and Application Alias are bound to the target mapping, so that when opening the tile, BPC will be launched.

c

Save.


To create Target Mappings, carry out the following steps: 1. In the customizing catalog. go to the Target Mapping panel and choose Create Target Mapping.

2. Configure the target mapping as listed in table Configuration of Target Mappings. Launchpad Role. Launchpad Instance and Application Alias are bound to the target mapping. so that when opening the tile, BPC will be launched.


227

E"'


3. Choose Save. Role Haintenance It] tJ"'

...

IIJ 11;-T""""""'

ShOtt Otso;)t1)n

Chl�Roles � � Other 1o1t

...

Oetcf'l)tion

D 1n1i«r.ance

CO

ZLEOU!OlTY_JWt� I.J(lui:fitvM�

gepott �bfflt>efalt Wtb °'fnpro Applation

-

ISP AIIC)flaQOn

---·

�

AP F,on Ut Gtou

·-...... -

._....

·-- u.. ......

I..

If

�·

...... 10, 11,11,l'lto


To bind a catalog to a role. carry out the following steps:

1. Create a customizing role or opening an existing role using transaction PFCG. 2. Add Transaction SAP Fiori Tile Catalog. 3. Bind the customizing Catalog to the role. Catalog Provider should be X-SAP-Ul2CATALOGPAGE. 4. Assign the customizing role to the users. Actlvilte •nd Halnlilln Sent/ces

.till A 'I Ol)�JG).,ffi. Service Catalog Tvo• Te 116'

..,.

......

BSAO ODAIA SllY

V �br

I

�Add Seivu

Jii0o1tte � (l,j StMCe Oeals jl@loMI Mmd.ita I �-- £,rof l.09 I � Aeque:st St;itstlCS JI �R..ofrlHh C.

·v sereee oescrooon

SADt.

:ti�l t:11:H AtW.XIIQi S:PQ2 SB:!£

1 Tbgo .ind 8oobna!k XCM W Odm I SAlX. Genemed SeMCe I SACX. Genemed serw::e I �feitl.lrM

$Alll

GW HOWE AN.Al XIKS SP IO SRV ..

I ANr,US fe.ao.ifM

s �M SQ !tl

�

ms

S 6tllS: SDTTfM Atj �S:

,' l(f uode

• I �¢11 Browsec

Status ra neee CCII OOATA

S MYS SO AH YP

Sessbn nne«it SOft sate

o.sa,,....,

00:00:00

StMdlfd' Mod4

.,

OM

ms

S AIVS SQUfN Afl CDS

SAOL 1:i� l:IOME: !H�I ll"5 Sfili SBY

,u

s.!£!1 l:illi l:f.Qtf: MJ�I YTK'.S SP:l!J: SB!l QI �Add Svstc:mAll1 I'"!.� $)'$ltmAinj�o..stommg

jiiw
!CF Nodes

'"'NameSOKe

e«emal Sffi'!Ce !lame R$60 9PAIA $&Y

.," �

System Aliases SAP Sv,tem AIM SFltlOOATAI

DeSO'OtlOn GoMKtlOn to Plrnat'fs./4M Test svstem

Figure 230: Activate OData Service

Activate and maintain the OData service RSAO_ODATA_SRV using transaction /IWFND/ MAINT SERVICE.

The System Alias directing to the back-end system should also be maintained. Assign Roles with OData Service Authorization to Users Option 1:

228



On the back-end server. dedicated authorization roles (PFCG role) for the OData service are delivered as an example. You can manually copy these roles and adjust it to your needs. These roles contain additional authorizations like display the related business data. etc. The authorization object for OData Service RSAO_ODATA_SRV is S_RS_ZEN, which controls the access authority for the Design Studio app. Change Roi#

� IOcu,ec '*

[} ..-«

...

""

·-

•

� ION;,erNl!t

-

• 11o,e� W

.....

o\W'lorntens

-

• • Aa� ·I a·� !al. s ., llodll, :::!" -

,�_

........ .

0

m

U?,�Jtl!Y_l'J.IO.IJ&af

frott 9tsttm

a

I

I .,.,,._, ....... ] .--, �tO &,'*\

.._

Clwn� Rolff

-

......

-

L""""'°"

(D

l'I'

fliiillii-;--"-""---nd

f�tt$Wttm N- --.- Wo!tl"ow

-.....

-·= ...

Cn•

""'

. ..

"""" ..,

"""" uw o;,o�,o�

..f�About.� Pro!lt

�

,ro11t Tut

Obj. T�

J'I./SG SAP Gateway: Sem::e Groups Meodata

TADm Stf\liet

v

Teort

IWQ..OllATJUllY..POO�

b!l,-�- .. 'Ill El lf.l(!]O

�·�

.

�Ul�.

• HoO.Mn

II

R.3TR.

Chanr,� Rok: Authortutions

tLtQOte:!Y �Pl!!ff

""

v

!51

116',t(lf';�

0,-,ol.t JOOIQl»f',

� '(I_ ..

HT TAOJR Serv,ce

Au-Othot Prooram 10

"

O «m,1111.t. o�. lcvet.t.

r.n�Qt'IIC! lal""""' ,tat._,,

!IS-

e -ePdl He�
b� I 1l:° a a'"m"'" ""'" '"""' '"'"""' .,,.�

tuQ:1c1n �llt �o:idu:I

0:-. U¢4tt-,. .11o.,uo-M

�ou·•wHot.tllll "'uonutiui Ob;t,;u

cca 1••,u:::u� !<1.,tM" ll"uCOG,e
oo,co,i:o

_

f;l9 l'A111t.l.l=cll �ta;:,

§ , """'"

�...U,>: .bUIU-H:f �o,;t

. , "". "''

Ot�b:IOMI IWtll.••

�!�:I

•

� lMl't:.l.ll CHellt Jeetw:a? 11.. • � �i.JSt• n1em �,;� nve AU TWl'Ju , �: (ktt� hJ�lbltJ tot •

lfo ll.lthOCU!»n Gitt h1ltS

Figure 231: Assign Roles with OData Service Authorization to Users· Option 2

Option 2: On the front-end server. you must assign the OData service authorization to a new or existing role. such as a business role that has been adjusted according to your needs. To add OData start authorizations to the role on the front-end server. proceed as follows:

1. In the Role Maintenance transaction (PFCG). edit the role. 2. On the Menu tab, open the menu of the Transaction. Choose the object type Authorization Default. 3. In the Service window. choose TADIR Service from the menu for the Authorization Default. Specify the following values: •

Program ID: R3TR

•

Object Type: IWSG

4. In the table. enter the name of the OData service you have activated RSAO_ODATA_SRV_0001. 5. On the Authorization tab, choose the push button next to Profile Name to generate the authorization profile for the role. 6. Choose Change Authorization Data, fill the values for the open authorization referring to the back-end role and then choose Generate. 7. Assign role to the user.


229

E"'



230

•


•


•




Lesson 1 Customizing and Data Setup

232

Lesson 2

236

Storing Data

UNIT OBJECTIVES

,

Describe how One Exposure used in Integration Scenarios

,

Learn how One Exposure is used in Customizing and Data Setup

,

One Exposure from Operations use in Data Storage

•

One Exposure from Operations use in Data Consumption


231

E"'

Unit 6 Lesson 1 Customizing and Data Setup



•


One Exposure from Operations One Exposure from Operations Concept One Exposure from Operations is designed to be the central data storage location for all operational data that is relevant for managing a company's exposures. The solution aims to be the single source of truth for any financial risk. Today. One Exposure from Operations is a central data storage location for all operational data that is relevant for managing a company's cash and liquidity. Since One Exposure from Operations aims to measure and support the monitoring of uncertain future cash flows, it has to focus on recording the calculation basis for cash flows. which is called quantity. One Exposure from Operations Integration of source applications

. • • • .•

sh Mana�nt Pfanni'lo Levels and Plilrmi'l9 Gtouos U:iuidty Items Fbw Types

Memo Rtcords

oao sewp

• � q,

AC01itt Jnd�ujl SOO'°tJOns

I

Adlvate#ultipl,SourmApplia-

· [A� AC�fl'att Mub>le Source Apl)iC.at(lf'IS • � <:&, R.ebul:l Planooo Leveb,, Groups, Oates n Accoonmo Do Cl>

• l6/t �

• (i::,
lnsert House Bank and Hoose �nk Account Data to A£c A@n Rebuld Lk!UldltY tems n Accountno Oorume:nts 'i'l Act,m,

Rebul:f Flow lYC>ts f'I Accountl'lg OOC'Umenu • � � u,.,d Trans. Ojti from Sou,ce Aol)l nto Ont EXPoS\trt I • � � eufct Qstl Flows from Accountno Documents • � � CiJstotrize Fl Fbw &.rider A.Wnte Source Applcations

Ste. AOPl ln cee txpo#1.ue BKPr rtna.ticial Operatio�s

�

I

ODeilCO/ite

""'""" ""'"""''

Coll'O.-,y eo.!e

Coed A
•

• 0001 1 .\c-t.1ve

•

�n

f

to

n

to

;

Figure 232: Activate Integration of Source Applications

To integrate a source application, you must explicitly activate the update into the One Exposure from Operations hub in customizing (IMG). You have the following options for activation in customizing:

232

•

Individual activation (per application and company code)

•

Mass activation (per application and range of company codes)


Lesson: Customizing and Data Setup

The upload of existing transaction data from the source applications is optional and can be performed as a mass upload. Rebuild Flow Types in Accounting Documents

.

Clsh and UQu�ty MWgemtnt

• •

Gefleral St:tmQS

Sank Account M.ln•ment

•

• •

• •

.

ash Mwoement Plannl'lo Lt\'tls and Ptannr'lo Grouos

l.l:luktrv Items fbw l','PtS Memo A.ecords Data setup

· r.. � ""'"' ln4Mlcluol source ADPlotiOns

• � � Actifatt Mult:t>lt Source Apl)btiGns Rebui:I PlilMhO Levels. G1oups, Oote-$ n Accounti'lo Oocwnents • � (& Insert House Bank and House Bank Account �ta to Accountno Documents Rebul:t UQuMfr-c_ rrerrs n Accounmo Documents

• � <&

· !?a �

• � � Rebulcl Fl:iw T)'.Pes n Accountno Oo(Urnents · � <-0 LO� Tnns. o� from soutct � nto Ont Etl)Oi\l!t from OptrniOns I-tub • Ile � Bukt CW! Rows f1om Accounti'lo Documents · !?a Cl, Customire A A:lw 8d:le1

,.

:

Figure 233: Integration of Source Apphcations • M1gralion Step 'Rebuild Flow Types'

You can derive and rebuild flow types for line items that have already been posted to ledgers. You need to repeat this each time an additional source application is activated. Use the IMG activity or transaction FQM UPD FLOW TYPE.

-

-

-

Load Transaction Data Integration of Source Applications� Initialization

.

• • • •.

Qsh MWQ.emtl'lt Ptanni'lo Levels and Ptlnnrlo Groups

�uiclty Items A:lw TVPes Memo Rtcords

Load TnmsM:tlon 0.111 �

oni senip

· I.. �

Acttntt lnd!nduol source AoPlotiOns

• � (i> Acttntt Muloole Source Appbtaons

· � (i,

Rebul:I Pfanni,9 Lnels, Groups, Oates il Accounm9 Oocume • � � Insert House Bank and House Bank Account Ort.a to Account

Mode @Load Transaro:,n oao

O Rebad TranS.1
· �
· �
· rt.\ (i> · I.. �

Rebut:! Fl:iw Tyoes 11 Accounttio ooa.imenu Loid T11ns.

oni from source At>-i>L nto one EXoosi.He from 1

Buii':I Qish Ft,ws from Accountno Documents CUstomtf Fl Row Buldtt

Ttc:hniol Senti�

?'Test fwn

rPm1e1 Processri9 of Tasks tlurrber of Tisks fiter

General Pa�ters C01'1"1)¥ly COdt

sour« 11,t)fllati>n

.,....., • -'!.

,..., I

•• r::J •• ' _}

-

Figure 234: Load Transaction Data

Use the transaction FQM_INITIALIZE to load transaction data from a source application into the One Exposure from Operations hub so that the data is available for reporting.


233

E"'

Unit 6: One Exposure from Operations

Build Cash Flows from Accounting Documents Integration of Source Applications· Build Cash Flows from Accounting Documents (Fl Flow Builder]

.

cash MWOtmtnt Plannno U:•1tls �nd Prat1nflo Grouos UquidlY Jtems

•

• • .•

FIFlowBulltHlr

�&

Flow Types

Mem:, Records

COl'lttol P�fl'S

Oati Setup · � � Alcat!Mf • � � Actmte Multt)le source APOieatj()ns

. . ..........

� Sti0$ol�fA(t\9"

• � (1) ttebukl Ptannno levels. Gloups, Oates n A<:countno

· Q Ct>

• l6a (t,

R!Tf'St ftun

hsert House Sank .ind House Bank Account Oata to

W Show� A�et A#ed

Rebufd UQuidty ltems fl Accountrl9 Documents

0Mtf9t 1)x k.,-.;

• re). (i) Rtbuld Flow l'(pes n Accountr'lo Oocume:nts · � loxt T'1f'ls.. om hom sour
Seie(ttlOn CrtcnJ of Fl Ooc.

--

• � (l) O,stomi!e Fl Flow Bulle<

Conll¥1Y (ode

•

A5niYIN

Inbound Happino for Jnte,aratnn of Remote Dita rm

""""'

,:;\,

............

•j

•

........,

"

'

" r:J " I

P-,

"

"

I

I

Figure 235: Build Cash Flows from Accounting Documents

Configure Liquidity Items and Flow Types. and then use the transaction FCLM_FLOW_BUILDER to derive cash flows by loading accounting transactions from database table BKPF and BSEG to One Exposure. Customize Fl Flow Builder Integration of Source Applications • Customize Fl Flow Builder c.ash Management

• • • •

Planning Leveli and Pbimi'lg Groups

�uld(Y items

Flow TYl)ts Mtrno Rt<:ords __ . , Dns • � (i> Actmte Mu�le Source AppbbOns • 16& (1, Rebulcl Planning Ltvels. Groups, Oitts n Accountr\o I • � � In� House eant 1nd Houst B.,_k Account om to J • � Rtbuld ll:luldtv Ittms i"I Accounmo OOCumtnu • � <& Rebui:1 Flow TVPts n Accountrlo Documents · � osur • � � Buti Cash Ft,ws from Accounmo Documents · Ii:. (l) Custom:• Fl Flow klbound Mappi'lg for lnttOl1tiOn of Rtmote OatJ i"lto BuSi'ltSS Add-Ins (BAdlS) •

• �

•

' ::'

8".l
FI Flow Builder: s«tin{1s •nd Tools (l) Options

(.)(hed( Background Job LOQS r 1,,.QSchedufe 8a,ckQround Job

O De�ete Flows ()en.red from A

, J

0Change Oefauk t..oadnq �

Figure 236: Customize Fl Flow Builder

Use the transaction FCLM_FB_UTIL to access Fl Flow Builder. The customizing activity consists of the following tools and settings to process the Fl Flow Builder: •

Check Background Job Logs

•

Schedule Background Job

•

Delete Flows Derived from Fl

•

Change Default Loading Class (the only cross-client activity)

LESSON SUMMARY You should now be able to: •

234



Lesson: Customizing and Data Setup

•



235

E"'

Unit 6

Lesson 2 Storing Data


•


•


One Exposure Data Consumption Integration into the One Exposure from Operations Hub

One Exposure from Operations Integration Infrastructure Integrated Applications TRM Adaptor

CML Adaptor

Exeel

One Exposure

Upload

iDoc

·�

. I.

1 --I �I

Manual Entries AdaptOJ

�

�

FICA

�

Adaptor

LP Adaptor

......,., o,,e....... Adaptor

_.,,.,;.

v7

v

Distributor Proxy

Distributor

�

�

"

.& E Q ta � �

"�

a.

pCllh

Unalocad /Operative lusin&M""

Panner

Tr.MalCUOM

'-

FQM_FLOW

Actuals and Forecasts

/

Forecasts

Figure 237: One Exposure from Operations Integration Infrastructure

Sending applications provide an FQM adapter that translates application data into a FQMcompatible format (mapping). This data is processed by the FQM distributor(**) which triggers an update of this data into the central data storage location of One Exposure from Operations (table FQM_FLOW). Application data can be actual data or forecast data. If the sending application does not provide the forecast information. this missing information is determined by the FQM partners(**) and updated together with the actuals in the table FQM_FLOW.

236


Lesson: Storing Data

Consuming Application (e.g. Cash ManagementApp)


Local DB Tables

(DB Table: FQM_FLOW)

.. ".. -

111 c:

::;; ...J

CJ

< CJ u.

·- .Q

�8 c: .. �

- .. c:

�i :,

� 'lli

fij CD

CD

io ¥i

.. ..= !"'

.ll

c:

0

..

�cii ·::, :II -

::, :i :S" :i;

�i

Memo Records

Q.

Figure 238: One Exposure from Operations Data Consumption Technical View

The One Exposure from Operations hub is a central data storage location for all operational data that is relevant for managing a company's cash and liquidity. Today. data from One Exposure from Operations is consumed by applications of the product SAP Cash Management. The following applications of the product SAP Cash Management consume data from One Exposure from Operations: •

F0511 Cash Position

•

F0737 Cash Position Details

•

F0735 Check Cash Flow Items

•

F0738 Develop Liquidity Plans

•

F0767 Liquidity Plans •

The following queries are available: Query Name

- - /ERP/FCLM LF MPOl Q0003 - - -

/ERP/FCLM LF MPOl QOOOl

/ERP/FCLM_LF_MP01_Q0009

All have the lnfoProvider /ERP/LF_MP01/

• The following CDS views are available: View Name

Description / Comment

P_FQMFLOW

FQM Flow

P_FQMBALANCE FQM Balances Figure 239: Data Consumption Quenes and Views

Consumption of data stored in the One Exposure from Operations hub can be classified into two types:


237

E"'

Unit 6: One Exposure from Operations

•

Consumption using Business Explorer (BEx) Query Services

•

Consumption using CDS Views

One Exposure from Operations Data Consumption

·-- --

• ,,,.N

--

- - ··••- •• ··-,. ··- -·- -··· --�··--.-�-· - • _··....·=-. . ......__··- ··-·� .._ - ••.. -..... . t•-..·•·- ••··-.. . .............. ·�•..-·-·.. ··· · = · · �-· . . . ,. .... ,...,-.,, . . ...,... ·--, ,·--· ..,.,..._ ....··..-. ····�•= • .-. ..... · . · . · · ,·,,---_____ -·-·-· . . -· · -,._ _,_.,. ....,. -····= ··= ...-... · ··· -

s1o-e

,,, a

Cash Position Details

• •

) --°""""') ··--�e,o ----, ., ·-_,�r.

... .. �(!Mt••

..

�

••on•:it••

..... °"'-" •••

-.-cw

••• uo;,o

Wa.$

"= ,,. "= ""·

111m

, --••••a1 _.,,. )

4HIMI.U-

• • • • •

�

OM

Ml.""'-'°',... _._..., ..... .tl>.JICJUl#I

MtW,U.O.lt l......h ...,

•••

·"'·''

,--••$tro,.,

•

•1.ff!M!..U-

•• •

'"""""-

• ·"'

) ..... _,.....It>

) - - )tl11'n'l(IOI

) ..... -.;,JIIM,_

•••

)--·lffll

�

•••

""'�c,

'"""'•

• .... ..... •• 1,..

t•f,..a.

.....u..

••e<.CI

'"'"-·-

....

(

.. ··-•• ··••- •• ""'°""-•'•,._ •• ···-·-·- -·-··- -- ··- -·......·.......·- ··- ·.....·-. . .... ·...··-..... ··....··-.. ··- . •···..·-_ ...-• .·.....·...-- ··--- ..·-••_ ··.......---_ .. ,,.··...-_ ..-- .....

-Olll'-•"

I# P:.i -e-o..

-OCIQ.11)11

•l\(l('tQ 11(,lf

....o

M�(.IIO

...Q,;114-

•••

_ .. c.,.

Oot•_..

.,-.

.f.H'!_H_

... 1,••.n-

.._.,,, ...._nnlf'

•••

IIOf.ol

••

•

"'�"!.l':l'ntl

•

otoeA

•

•UII.Mtff-

•• • •• • o•ieJ11

•• •

····---� ··--···...-· -····"- ··......... ··-�···-

••·,II

•••

11ot,..-i

o•e"'

.,..,,,u:__

�-· --·.......-�... ...··· ·-

...m-.n�

•AIIUN,JS-

u,_

OH·.ol

,.t,.

•111 •""

...... . ,....

1,u,;111

.··....... ___

···-···...__ ··= ··UOt_.

uu....

•� ••

••

..

uo,;oo

..__ .....,

···-·.... ....... ...······-··-... ···�·..... ..... ··�.. ··· ·-

•• • N•o,•-

lt1ti:.•

.,,.,.,.,:.

Figure 240: Data Consumption Application View

Cash flows in both bank account and bank account currency views contain data from the central storage location One Exposure from Operations hub. LESSON SUMMARY You should now be able to:

238

•


•



Cash Mangement.pdf

Recommend Documents